| Disgruntled Israeli Intelligence Chiefs Try To Stop Attack On Iran - Thursday, November 03, 2011Dagan and Diskin attempt to remove Netanyahu through leak campaign Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Thursday, November 3, 2011 The barrage of news concerning preparations for an attack on Iran came as a result of leaks made by disgruntled former Israeli intelligence chiefs who are trying to prevent the attack and remove Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu from office, according to reports. The Kuwaiti al-Jarida newspaper reports today that Netanyahu has ordered Shin Bet chief Yoram Cohen to conduct an urgent investigation into the leaks, fearful that the blaze of publicity surrounding plans for a military assault could derail the agenda to target Iranian nuclear facilities. “According to the report, former Mossad chief Meir Dagan and former Shin Bet chief Yuval Diskin are those responsible for leaking information to the media regarding an attack on Iran,” reports Haaretz.com. The two former intelligence chiefs are trying to discredit Netanyahu and Defense Minister Ehud Barak, according to an Israeli source cited by the newspaper, partly as political payback and partly in a bid to halt the military offensive. Rumors that Israel was preparing for an attack on Iran have been rumbling all summer, but they really came to the fore in early October when US Defense Secretary Leon Panetta’s October 3 Tel Aviv visit was used as an opportunity by Israeli hawks to convince Panetta to green light the attack. Just ten days later, details emerged of a highly dubious assassination plot in the United States that was blamed on Iran. It was at this point that Dagan and Diskin acted “to leak the details to the press” concerning the attack preparations in an effort to “effectively foil the operation,” the Israeli source told the newspaper. “The newspaper also quotes a source in the Prime Minister’s Office who claims opposition head Tzipi Livni was also recruited to the media campaign in order to accuse Netanyahu and Barak of harming national interests,” writes Barak Ravid. “The goal of the media campaign, according to the source, is to prevent an attack on Iran and to remove Netanyahu from the prime minister’s post.” On October 13 we reported that preparations for an attack on Iran had reached an advanced stage. Numerous reports today confirm that the U.S. and the UK have drawn up fresh plans to participate in the planned assault. “The Ministry of Defence believes the US may decide to fast-forward plans for targeted missile strikes at some key Iranian facilities. British officials say that if Washington presses ahead it will seek, and receive, UK military help for any mission,” reports the London Guardian. Tensions were further heightened yesterday by an Israeli test of a rocket capable of carrying a nuclear warhead which could strike Iran. Meanwhile, DebkaFile, the Israeli intelligence outfit which was recently proven reliable again after it accurately predicted the end of the Libya conflict, reports that Israel will step aside and let NATO powers carry out the attack if countries like the U.S., Britain, France, Italy and Germany step up to the plate. “DEBKAfile’s military sources report that if the US, Britain and other NATO nations, such as France, Italy and Germany, participate in the attack, Israel will not. Its army, air force and navy will defend the home front, be available to engage Iran’s allies to prevent them from striking the assault forces from the rear, and act as a strategic reserve,” states the report. The article expresses doubt that the Obama administration would want to embroil itself in yet another war so close to the 2012 election campaign. |
| UK military steps up plans for Iran attack amid fresh nuclear fears - Thursday, November 03, 2011
The Ministry of Defence believes the US may decide to fast-forward plans for targeted missile strikes at some key Iranian facilities. British officials say that if Washington presses ahead it will seek, and receive, UK military help for any mission, despite some deep reservations within the coalition government.
Nick Hopkins London Guardian
November 3, 2011 Britain’s armed forces are stepping up their contingency planning for potential military action against Iran amid mounting concern about Tehran’s nuclear enrichment programme, the Guardian has learned. The Ministry of Defence believes the US may decide to fast-forward plans for targeted missile strikes at some key Iranian facilities. British officials say that if Washington presses ahead it will seek, and receive, UK military help for any mission, despite some deep reservations within the coalition government. In anticipation of a potential attack, British military planners are examining where best to deploy Royal Navy ships and submarines equipped with Tomahawk cruise missiles over the coming months as part of what would be an air and sea campaign. They also believe the US would ask permission to launch attacks from Diego Garcia, the British Indian ocean territory, which the Americans have used previously for conflicts in the Middle East. Full article here |
| Alert: Federal Reserve Tries to Censor Infowars Video - Sunday, October 16, 2011Infowars October 16, 2011 Alex Jones addresses the latest intimidation tactic from the private Federal Reserve bank, whose San Antonio branch has filed a privacy violation with You Tube demanding the removal of a video filmed at the location during an “occupy” rally. Alex tells them cease and desist this action, which violates the First Amendment. Federal Reserve branches across the country have a long history of trying to stifle free speech and press coverage, from fraudulently claiming that filming its buildings is illegal to threatening arrest and more.
“I will cover this in more detail on the radio Monday, but I cant take the Bankster Fed pushing people around any more! Now the Fed wants to take down the video where we prove the Federal Reserve is a private bank impersonating a Federal agency. The Fed is the fraud that gives the globalist their power.” Alex Jones. Federal Reserve Tells YouTube to Take Down Critical Video
We have received a privacy claim by agents of the FED. They are threatening to remove the video and take down the channel within 36 hours if we don’t bow down to their demands. Alex is preparing a video response later and will talk about this more on the (Monday Edition) of the Alex Jones Show. Alex is also looking at taking legal action against the Privately owned Federal Reserve for violating his crews first amendment rights when they were shooting film at a world war one memorial back in April 2009. (See Video below). Reporters threatened with arrest for filming private Kansas City Federal Reserve building
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6TVfUVRsOZE Alex was also harassed by the military when he protested the Dallas Fed back in Nov, 2008.
(See Video Below). On November 22, 2008, Alex Jones led a rally at the Federal Reserve Bank in Dallas Texas. The Dallas protest is specifically mentioned in the official Army document. Ron Paul’s brother was also in attendance. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=65Vkqcrfh9A The Federal Reserve Is Ordered to Cease and Desist
The Federal Reserve Explains… The Federal Reserve In One Easy, Retard-Accessible VideoOccupy the Federal Reserve Movement LaunchedPolice Know The Federal Reserve is Private!The Revolution Against the Federal Reserve Starts NowReporters threatened with arrest for filming private Federal Reserve buildingVideo: Federal Reserve rescues AIGMinneapolis Federal Reserve draws third protest in six monthsHerman Cain Confronted on the Private Federal ReserveEnd the FED Houston to Protest for the Abolition of the Federal Reserve, Sunday Nov 22, 2009Our Income taxes go to the private group called the Federal ReserveFederal Reserve May Be `Central Bank of the World’ After UBS, Barclays AidThe Federal Reserve lies about United States Notes |
| Florida School District Installs Fingerprint Scanners on Buses - Friday, October 07, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
October 7, 2011 A county in Florida has installed fingerprint scanners in school buses. Described as “one of the most monumental things that Washington County has ever done” by an education bureaucrat, the machines have been used since the beginning of the school year.
School officials decided moving the scanners to the buses was a more effective way to monitor students. They plan to have a scanner and laptop installed on every bus in the district. “We got to talking about attendance in our district and how it was inconsistent,” School Superintendent Sandra Cook told WJHG, an NBC affiliate in Panama City, Florida. The effort to digitally monitor the whereabouts of students in Florida follows a national trend. In 2010, the Los Angeles Unified School District told students they would have to submit to a compulsory biometric identification system in order to receive lunch. Other K-12 schools have used fingerprint and biometric systems during lunch and to improve reimbursement for federal programs such No Child Left Behind. Police in Ohio used CompuLink laptop computers to record children’s fingerprints at the Stark County Fair and other events in 2007. The information was uploaded to the federal Amber Alert system. In 2010, a school district in Philadelphia faced a class action lawsuit after it allegedly issued laptop computers to 1,800 students across two high schools and then used concealed cameras within the machines to spy on students and their parents without their knowledge or consent. Many schools in the United States now resemble prisons. Students are often treated like criminals and terrorists. A Virginia Attorney General announced late last year that school officials can search the cell phones and laptops of public school students. In Santa Fe, New Mexico, TSA agents were brought in to oversee the search of students attending a high school prom. The U.S. Department of Agriculture has installed surveillance cameras in cafeterias so officials can monitor students while they eat. Students are now routinely arrested and assaulted by police for bringing plastic knives to school or throwing temper tantrums. In 2006, a UCLA student was tasered by cops for refusing to show his school ID. A Cincinnati college student was killed by police earlier this year when he attempted to break-up a fight on campus. “As surveillance cameras, metal detectors, police patrols, zero tolerance policies, lock downs, drug sniffing dogs and strip searches become the norm in elementary, middle and high schools across the nation, America is on a fast track to raising up an Orwellian generation – one populated by compliant citizens accustomed to living in a police state and who march in lockstep to the dictates of the government,” writes John W. Whitehead. “In other words, the schools are teaching our young people how to be obedient subjects in a totalitarian society.” |
| The momentum for a second American revolution is stirring, but the establishment is working overtime - Thursday, October 06, 2011Infowars Press Release Infowars.com
October 6, 2011 Public sentiment has shifted– against the trends of Washington and Wall Street– and now, against the private Federal Reserve bank which controls or influences so much of the world’s finances. Where as only a few years ago many Americans were unaware of the true nature of the shadowy organization, recent polls confirm that the public overwhelmingly wants to audit and even abolish the Federal Reserve bank.
The momentum for a second American revolution is stirring, but the establishment is working overtime to steer the public’s anger into easy controlled avenues and big government solutions. Instead, by striking at the root of the true problems, we can attempt to reign in the predatory banking powers that plague our nation and begin to restore the Republic. The Federal Reserve banking system is at the root of that problem and a perpetual impediment towards ending the global economic crisis that continues to grow. Join Alex Jones to “occupy” the Dallas Federal Reserve, or take the message to a Fed branch near you [see dates and times below]. We must start now by focusing media and political attention on this issue, and through our presence at these banks, start brushfires in the minds of men that will tip the momentum in favor of liberty and independence for all. FEDERAL RESERVE LOCATIONS: 
The Twelve Federal Reserve Districts
**Note: There are several dozen more branch locations. Please check the Federal Reserve district near you
Targeting the Real Enemy: Occupy the Fed Alex Jones urges supporters to take to the streets outside branches of the private Federal Reserve bank at locations across the country– not just to protest, but to “occupy” the source of real monetary tyranny in the U.S. The intent is to focus media attention not just on vague calls to ‘reform’ capitalism but to attempt to reign in the shadow banking cartel itself. The corruption of Wall Street is but a symptom of this unaccountable entity that holds a grip over finance, politics and freedom everywhere.
Alex himself will appear at three branches in Texas, including the head of the District 11 Federal Reserve in Dallas, as well as its subsidiaries in Houston and San Antonio (see dates & times below). However, it is hoped that a longer presence can be maintained at one or more of the locations throughout the nation, including possible campers and long-term demonstrators, in order to draw news coverage and expose the private bank that remains obscure and little known to most Americans. Join Alex in Dallas this Friday, Oct. 7 at 6 PM or head to the Fed near you and let’s use the momentum surrounding financial issues to point out the central role of the central bank that prints our money yet owes no allegiance to the people. Already, groups have spontaneously surrounded the Fed in Boston and other cities. Follow their example and peacefully send a message to the system that will reverberate to the very core!! The time is now to stand up for sovereignty and sound monetary policy– how else can we turn around the economic disaster that continues to spiral out of control across the globe? The Occupy Wall Street crowd has become predictably focused on issues like taxing the middle class and moderately “rich,” ending capitalism and even re-electing Obama to ‘fight’ the very elites who pushed him into power. Focus should instead be on the real source of power for the out-of-control bankster class- the private, unaccountable Federal Reserve bank that creates money out of thin air, issues secret loans to insiders and foreign governments and systematically institutes debt on the American people through their undue powers.
With this in mind, Alex Jones is calling on patriots to “occupy” branches of the Federal Reserve, with plans to appear at three locations in Texas this weekend in Dallas, Houston and San Antonio. The times and locations appear below. Further, people everywhere should converge upon Fed locations in their area to raise awareness about the real culprit behind the economic crisis. Well meaning protesters who have joined the Occupy Wall Street effort, including solidarity activities in cities everywhere, need to be educated about the power held by this insidious institution, as well as the false solutions that have been proposed by leading figures on the left and right that only further expand the scope of big government, all while avoiding the elephant in the room. Join Alex at locations throughout Texas or begin to address the issues at the Federal Reserve branch in your location. Don’t wait for orders from headquarters– go to the sound of the guns in this information war to awaken minds and stop the massive transfer of wealth being manipulated by the very offshore interests who control the Fed and even steer the protests at Wall Street. FLASHBACK: Alex Jones Bullhorns Federal Reserve branch in Dallas 11-22-2008
|
| Manchester, New Hampshire Police Officer Uses Excessive Force on High School Student (Video) - Tuesday, October 04, 2011Activist Post
October 4, 2011 As if schools weren’t already becoming prisons, a new video shot by a high school student shows his friend getting his face smashed into a table by a police officer after the student asks a question. During the filming a teacher is heard saying that it is illegal to be recording the incident. Rather than come to the student’s aid, the teacher chooses to enable police brutality instead.
18 Signs That Life In U.S. Public Schools Is Now Essentially Equivalent To Life In U.S. Prisons

In the United States today, our public schools are not very good at educating our students, but they sure are great training grounds for learning how to live in a Big Brother police state control grid. Sadly, life in many U.S. public schools is now essentially equivalent to life in U.S. prisons. Most parents don't realize this, but our students have very few rights when they are in school. Our public school students are being watched, tracked, recorded, searched and controlled like never before. Back when I was in high school, it was unheard of for a police officer to come to school, but today our public school students are being handcuffed and arrested in staggering numbers. When I was young we would joke that going to school was like going to prison, but today that is actually true.
The following are 18 signs that life in our public schools is now very similar to life in our prisons.... #1 Virginia Attorney General Ken Cuccinelli has announced that school officials can search the cell phones and laptops of public school students if there are "reasonable grounds for suspecting that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating either the law or the rules of the school." #2 It came out in court that one school district in Pennsylvania secretly recorded more than 66,000 images of students using webcams that were embedded in school-issued laptops that the students were using at home. #3 If you can believe it, a "certified TSA official" was recently brought in to oversee student searches at the Santa Fe High School prom. #4 A few years ago a class of 3rd grade students at one Kentucky elementary school were searched by a group of teachers after 5 dollars went missing. During the search the students were actually required to remove their shoes and their socks. #5 At one public school in the Chicago area, children have been banned from bringing their lunches from home. Yes, you read that correctly. Students at that particular school are absolutely prohibited from bringing lunches from home. Instead, it is mandatory that they eat the food that the school cafeteria serves. #6 The U.S. Department of Agriculture is spending huge amounts of money to install surveillance cameras in the cafeterias of public schools so that government control freaks can closely monitor what our children are eating. #7 A teenager in suburban Dallas was recently forced to take on a part-time job after being ticketed for using bad language in one high school classroom. The original ticket was for $340, but additional fees have raised the total bill to $637. #8 It is not just high school kids that are being ticketed by police. In Texas the crackdown extends all the way down to elementary school students. In fact, it has been reported that Texas police gave "1,000 tickets" to elementary school kids over a recent six year period. #9 A few months ago, a 17 year-old honor student in North Carolina named Ashley Smithwick accidentally took her father's lunch with her to school. It contained a small paring knife which he would use to slice up apples. So what happened to this standout student when the school discovered this? The school suspended her for the rest of the year and the police charged her with a misdemeanor. #10 A little over a year ago, a 6 year old girl in Florida was handcuffed and sent to a mental facility after throwing temper tantrums at her elementary school. #11 In early 2010, a 12 year old girl in New York was arrested by police and marched out of her school in handcuffs just because she doodled on her desk. "I love my friends Abby and Faith" was what she reportedly wrote on her desk. #12 There are actually some public schools in the United States that are so paranoid that they have actually installed cameras in student bathrooms. #13 Down in Florida, students have actually been arrested by police for bringing a plastic butter knife to school, for throwing an eraser, and for drawing a picture of a gun. #14 The Florida State Department of Juvenile Justice has announced that it will begin using analysis software to predict crime by young delinquents and will place "potential offenders" in specific prevention and education programs. #15 A group of high school students made national headlines a while back when they revealed that they were ordered by a security guard to stop singing the national anthem during a visit to the Lincoln Memorial. #16 In some U.S. schools, armed cops accompanied by police dogs actually conduct surprise raids with their guns drawn. In this video, you can actually see police officers aiming their guns at school children as the students are lined up facing the wall. #17 Back in 2009, one 8 year old boy in Massachusetts was sent home from school and was forced to undergo a psychological evaluation because he drew a picture of Jesus on the cross. #18 This year, 13 parents in Duncan, South Carolina were actually ticketed for cheering during a high school graduation. For many more signs that life in U.S. public schools is now essentially equivalent to life in U.S. prisons check out the short video posted below....
read more ... |
| Canada's leading privacy experts speak out on the federal government's proposed cyber surveillace - Monday, October 03, 2011In an exclusive new video, Canada's leading privacy experts speak out against the federal government's proposed cyber surveillance laws.OpenMedia.ca has been working with a coalition of organizations to raise awareness about the federal government’s impending “Lawful Access” legislation – dubbed “Online Spying” by its critics. As part of this effort, OpenMedia.ca has launched the following documentary featuring Canada’s leading privacy experts explaining the dangers of the proposed legislation – namely, that these new electronic surveillance laws allow authorities to access the private information of any Canadian, at any time, without a warrant. If the legislation is passed, OpenMedia.ca believes it will lead to internet surveillance that is: - Warrantless: In which a range of “authorities” will be able to collect private information from law-abiding Canadians using wired internet and mobile devices without having to provide any justification for doing so.
- Invasive: Showing a radical break from existing safeguards, and leaving personal and financial information less secure and more susceptible to cybercrime.
- Costly: As internet service providers will be forced to install millions of dollars’ worth of spying technology, the costs of which will be passed down to the consumer.
To find out more, and to check out OpenMedia.ca’s Stop Online Spying petition, go to: http://StopSpying.ca.
Find more media, downloads, and remix at www.unlawfulaccess.net. “Unlawful Access” was produced in collaboration with The New Transparency: Surveillance & Social Sorting, and DigitallyMediatedSurveillance.ca. read more ... |
| WARNING: Corporate-Fascist Military Coup Brewing in the United States? - Saturday, October 01, 2011Beware of pretenders supplied by the establishment to “save us” from collapsing system. Tony Cartalucci
Infowars.com
October 1, 2011 September 30, 2011 – The US intelligence community, in conjunction with Wall Street corporate-financier interests, have spent an inordinate amount of time positioning themselves for a possible military coup and martial law take over of the United States. This is being done under the guise of the fraudulent “War on Terror” but in preparation for a very real and inevitable economic collapse. In particular, one personality above all others is being groomed by intelligence operatives and policy wonks, while built-up by the corporate media [1][2] in the eyes of the public to intercede in America’s accelerating political, economic, and even global tactical decline. This man is General David Petraeus who served as former head of US Central Command which included combat operations in Iraq and former commander of US forces in Afghanistan before being sworn in as the current director of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in September 6, 2011. 
Image: Julius Caesar crosses the Rubicon, on his way to seize power in Rome via a military coup and become the republic’s first emperor. America is not immune from suffering a similar prolonged, ignoble death to the extreme, parasitic elitism empire breeds.
…. Posing as a venerable American hero, “leading” American troops through two wars in service to his nation, Petraeus’ ties are in fact to Wall Street and London corporate financier oligarchs. His membership [3] in the corporate-financier Council on Foreign Relations [4] is perhaps the most significant conflict of interest in America’s political landscape today. He has been both commander of America’s troops and now director of the CIA, all while privately associating with the unelected policy makers of the CFR, an organization that represents the collective interests of the largest banks, private institutions, and corporations on earth. Whether Petraeus is guilty or not of improprieties amidst this enormous conflict of interest is irrelevant. The fact that he hasn’t shown the proper judgment to rectify such a conflict of interest by either resigning from his post, or ending his CFR associations, should be alarming to all Americans. To add further fears regarding the ambitions and agenda of Petraeus, one must examine those that are gravitating around him and indeed prodding him along. In 2010, Petraeus gave a speech before the American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research (AEI) [5], another private institution funded by corporations, working on behalf of corporations, essentially producing their own self-serving policy and using their vast connections and resources to have it rubber stamped by Congress and executed by the US Government at the American people’s expense. In his speech, Petraeus would praise Neo-Conservative policy wonk Frederick Kagan who he credited for developing the “surge” strategy in Iraq. In fact, almost all military strategy comes not from a large mahogany desk with maps strewn across it with a calculating general hovering above, but rather from institutions like AEI and other corporate-funded think-tanks including the Brookings Institution or the RAND Corporation. Frederick Kagan, along with other “resident scholars” at AEI, have also developed the current strategies being employed in Afghanistan and soon in Pakistan [6]. One might say that Petraeus, and many other lack-luster officers in the United States military are nothing more than empty vessels with administrative and operational capabilities merely carrying corporate-funded, crafted, and serving policies onto the battlefield, while equally empty vessels for politicians sell the policies and their tremendous costs back at home to the American people. AEI’s board of trustees represents a wide variety of corporate-financier interests including those of the notorious Carlyle Group, State Farm, American Express, and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co (also of the CFR). Dick Cheney also acts as a trustee. Joining policy wonk Frederick Kagan as members of AEI’s “research staff” are warmongers Newt Gingrich, John Bolton, Richard Perle, John Yoo, and Paul Wolfowitz. AEI’s work is done entirely with the concept of “American exceptionalism” in mind, or in other words, American global hegemony. The AEI’s own annual report is rife with talk of US strategic preeminence and its assertion over the sovereignty of foreign nations in the form of sanctions, military operations, invasions, and occupations. The AEI, in tandem with the Heritage Foundation, Foreign Policy Initiative, and many others, all with interconnecting memberships and corporate-financier sponsors, are literally the “Project for a New American Century (PNAC)” in motion. If a general commanding the summation of America’s military might and now America’s immense, omnipresent intelligence network, being bent to the will of corporate-financier interests who literally write the script from which he acts isn’t frightening enough, then maybe is the fact that these same apparently “Neo-Conservative,” “right-wing” organizations are also engineering and executing the latest “liberal-humanitarian” war in Libya. In fact, as notorious “Neo-Con” Paul Wolfowitz, an AEI “visiting scholar,” expounded the merits of “Obama’s war” in Libya [7] and the desirable effect it could have on helping topple regimes in Syria and Iran, one might recall Wolfowitz’ aspirations back in 1991 where he spoke with General Wesley Clark about an opportunity to clean up the old Soviet “client regimes” before the next super power rose up and challenged western hegemony [8]. Amongst these “client regimes” were Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, Sudan, Somalia, Libya, and Iran. It would appear than one linear agenda serving these corporate-financier interests unfolds regardless of who is in office. With this in mind, we see that Petraeus is in no shape, form, or way a “political” or “establishment” outsider, or by any means a hero capable of saving America from its decline. He is amongst one of the most entrenched “insiders” there are, with his position in the CIA digging him in even deeper. His, or others like him, potentially entering into the political fray will be nothing more than a dangerous new ploy used to manipulate the American public. As Republican hopefuls flounder in front of an increasingly skeptical and angry public and the path for real political outsiders is being opened, the American people must be ever vigilant against pretenders like Petraeus, or other “military men” who might attempt to cross the proverbial Rubicon and pose as “reformers,” or “saviors” here to rescue us from our flawed form of government. It should be noted, that Republican candidate Rick Perry is also entirely compromised by the special interests described above. Perry, who farcically claimed America “cannot afford four more years of this rudderless leadership,” already has the very men currently engineering Obama’s multiple wars behind the scenes, lining up behind him for indeed, four more years of what Perry called “rudderless leadership.” Foreign Policy reported [9] that notorious “Neo-Cons” including Douglas Feith, William Luti, Andrew McCarthy, Charles Stimson, and Daniel Fata, with the help of certified warmonger Donald Rumsfeld, had been introduced to Rick Perry to help him “brush up” on foreign policy. Also meeting with Perry was Dan Blumenthal of the above mentioned AEI, Peter Brookes of the Fortune 500-funded Heritage Foundation (page 35), and Zalmay Khalizad, a PNAC signatory and a member of the extraterritorial meddling National Endowment for Democracy’s board of directors, to help Perry define his “hawk internationalist” foreign policy stance. By “hawk internationalist,” Foreign Policy indicates that it means, “embracing American exceptionalism and the unique role we must play in confronting the many threats we face.” This of course is the same “American exceptionalism” promoted by the corporate-financier funded AEI along with the Heritage Foundation, the Brookings Institution, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Foreign Policy Initiative and is nothing more than a misleading way to describe modern day imperialism pursued by these organizations’ various corporate sponsors. It should be clear that the establishment is attempting to supply us with a wide variety of political and non-political poseurs and solutions from which we are to choose, before they continue on in earnest with their agenda. Expending energy fighting over these false choices is beyond futile. Instead, the path to restoring the American Republic starts with each and every one of us. The system is only as corrupt as the amount we continue paying into it. We must recognize the corporations lurking behind this system, seen by many as benign or even beneficial to modern America, and realize that they indisputably dominate both America domestically and all that falls under American influence abroad. Boycott these corporations into destitution and replace them with local, decentralized, practical alternatives based on real markets, real competition, real progress, and technological innovation.
Video: The indispensable Dr. Webster Tarpley discusses Libya, the global economy, and the prospect of General Petraeus’ potential role in bringing Bonapartism openly to America’s shores. Via Tarpley.net.
Notes [1] The Telegraph, “David Petraeus for President: Run General, run,” April 3, 2010
[2] The Guardian, “Petraeus in profile: the man who could be president,” April 27, 2011
[3] Council on Foreign Relations, Membership Roster, letter ‘P’ for “Petraeus,” as of September 30, 2011
[4] Council on Foreign Relations, Company Membership, as of September 29, 2011
[5] AEI Speeches & Testimony, “The Surge of Ideals,” May 6, 2010
[6] The Stanley Foundation, “The Case for Larger Ground Forces,” by Frederick Kagan & Michael O’Hanlon, April 2007
[7] AEI via the Wall Street Journal, “Why Gadhafi’s Fall is in America’s Interests,” by Paul Wolfowitz, June 23, 2011
[8] FORA.tv Conference Channel, “Wesley Clark: A Time to Lead,” October 3, 2007
[9] Foreign Policy Magazine, “Rick Perry, the “hawk internationalist,” August 10, 2011 read more ... |
| Sanctions: Cut the Globalists Off From Humanity - Wednesday, September 28, 2011UN Sanctioning Sovereign Nations, We the People Sanctioning the Global Elite: Time to cut them off from humanity Tony Cartalucci
Prisonplanet.com
Sept 28, 2011 The first step in destroying an entrenched enemy is to cut them off from the rest of the world. The globalists of NATO, the US, UK, France, Qatar, and others, have illustrated this principle in Libya on several levels. First they cut off the nation of Libya from the outside world, putting arms and trade embargoes on the Libyan government, blockading their shores, and seizing control of their airspace. As Benghazi’s Libyan Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG) terror brigades swept across the country under NATO cover, raping, murdering, and brutalizing all in their path, the globalists began organizing the surrounding and cutting off of individual Libyan cities, allowing (and assisting) rebels in cutting off food, medical supplies, cooking gas, electricity, and unimaginably even water, literally to starve the populations into submission. While the people of Libya have shown immense resolve against this strategy, it is only because of the incompetence of NATO and the lack of fortitude, character, or any desirable human quality amongst the rebels that this process of isolating and besieging the Libyan people has failed. The absolute mockery the UN sanctioned NATO military intervention in Libya is making out of the contrived notion of “Responsibility to Protect (R2P)” is evident as civilians escaping from the Libyan city of Sirte accuse NATO of genocide, of bombing schools, hospitals, and homes and mass murdering innocent people. Additionally, under the cover of NATO, entire Libyan cities have been exterminated, with the population being rounded up, murdered or exiled and their property stolen. One such example, Tawarga, reported on by the Telegraph in their article, “Gaddafi’s ghost town after the loyalists retreat,” involved a town of 10,000 people whom the rebels said would never be allowed to return to their homes. Americans during World War II were asked to stand against fascism in Europe and imperialism in East Asia, to intervene in the transgressions of Germany and Japan against the sovereignty of neighboring nations. In hindsight, the British and Americans were just as guilty at the time of grooming their own empires, but hypocrisy aside, rising to the occasion to stop the building of empire over free humanity is indeed a noble cause. Who then will rise to the occasion today, against the US, UK, France, Qatar, NATO’s members and those backing the illegitimate UN, contrived International Criminal Court and other self-serving “international institutions” that are having their way with this planet? Who? And how? It isn’t just Libya that is in the cross-hairs. Afghanistan has suffered a decade of occupation and war at the hands of a banking, corporate-financier cartel who call themselves “globalists.” Iraq too is suffering a proxy government beholden to invading foreign powers. The people of Uganda are literally being massacred so Anglo-American bankers can scoop up vast tracts of land to fuel yet another Ponzi economic scam, one based not on fiat currency, but even further-fetched “carbon credits.” When one looks at the vast amount of resources at the disposal of the “globalists” they feel overwhelmed and not unexpectedly ask what can anyone do against such brazen, reckless disregard for human life, human sovereignty, and human rights?
The answer is staring us in the face every time we pick up the corporate-newspapers or flip on the corporate-news channels and here the word “sanctions.” We the people must slap sanctions on the globalists, and it doesn’t even require a UN mandate to do it. It simply involvesidentifying the corporations and institutions that are enabling the globalist agenda, systematically boycotting them, and eventually replacing them entirely on a local or regional level. There is nothing a multinational corporation can do that the modern nation-state can’t, and in many cases, nothing multinationals can do that people can’t do even on a local level. And as technology advances in both terms of information and manufacturing, this equation will only tip further in “we the people’s” favor. The ghouls of globalism have demonstrated without doubt their insincerity over their proclaimed goals of establishing an “international order” based on the rule of law, where “the rule of law” is applied to everyone but themselves, who brazenly, and consistently violate even their own contrived mandates, edicts, and resolutions when it suits them. In Libya, the “Responsibility to Protect” turned into targeted assassinations, regime change, and nation building (read: neo-imperialism) before UNSC r.1973 came back from the printers - a foregone conclusion 30 years in the making, spun only as “humanitarian intervention” for public consumption. Thus the globalists have demonstrated that they are incapable of lording over humanity with their “international order,” and without doubt demonstrated the necessity of excising them and their ill-conceived notion of “global governance” entirely from society at all costs. The globalists have procured this vast amount of impressive power only through our own complicity. We daily, monthly, yearly, and from generation to generation pay into the vast, ever expanding corporations that make up the global elite. We elect to shop at their stores, buy their products, use their services, exchange their currency and keep that currency in their banks. We elect to divert our time, energy, and attention to their corporate sponsored spectacles, be it on the race track, the football field, the basketball court or the baseball diamond. We are told that our nation’s destiny is determined at the polls, and that the only way to effect real change is to choose from amongst several, bought off, corrupt, self-serving politicians, who needless to say, already serve the globalists, not the people. In reality, we vote everyday, with a vote far more effective and far reaching than anything that happens at election time. We vote with our purchases, our choice of how we spend our free time, and the way we utilize the resources we have at our disposal. It would then reason, that by not paying into the globalists’ corporations, institutions, and diverting ourselves with their distractions, we could begin repealing much of this unwarranted power they have accumulated. Eventually, we can begin replacing their corrupt, self-serving institutions that span the globe and presume dominion over all humanity, with local institutions that serve the people. It is not something that will be done overnight, it will take time. Even the globalists, with their endless power, must incrementally tighten their grip on their enemies, even ones as small as Libya. Surely everyone could easily do away with Coca-Cola and Pepsitoday, as well as turning off the corporate-sponsored diversions on TV and on the sports fields. If we can’t perhaps we don’t deserve freedom or prosperity, but the mere, fleeting illusion of it we are afforded by our globalist overlords when it suits them. America’s Founding Fathers would most likely be appalled at how modern day Americans have pawned off self-reliance, freedom, and independence for the illusion of security, convenience, and even entertainment. We need to stop looking for heroes to save us, and simply find ourselves a mirror. We are the key to our own salvation, as no one cares about our best interests more than we the people, our families, and our immediate communities. Let us commit to putting “sanctions” on the globalists. Cut these degenerate megalomaniacs off from the world they so desire to dominate. Leave their stadiums empty, their airlines destitute, their checkpoints desolate, their corporate troughs filled with Chinese made slave goods virtual ghost towns, their banks as trusted and relied upon for economic activity as that game of monopoly collecting dust in the closet. Put them out of business, put them out of business forever. They have demonstrated without a shadow of a doubt that they, not some cave dwelling fundamentalist or Libyan colonel, are the greatest threat we as humanity face. For a partial list of corporations that absolutely must be put out of business please see: “Naming Names.” To see why even seemingly benign corporations like Pepsi and Coca-Cola are accomplices in the most egregious crimes against humanity, see: “Destroy the Globalists.” For alternatives to the vast, globalist consumer paradigm, please see: “The Globalists’ Worst Nightmare.” read more ... |
| Dear Federal Government: Go To Hell - Tuesday, September 27, 2011Michael Boldin Tenth Amendment Center September 26, 2011 NOTE: The following was based on a speech given at a freedom rally hosted by State sovereignty advocate and Washington State Representative Matt Shea on Aug. 30. Almost everyone I know has written a letter to the Federal government. Many of them have contacted their Representatives or Senators at some point. They have emailed, faxed or even called — asking, demanding or just plain begging these politicians to do something or not. I never have. Why? Because I believe it is an absurd idea to ask the Federal government to fix problems it created, and that doing so just doesn’t work. For example, those on the antiwar left got a “peace President” who has bombed Libya and massively expanded the wars in Afghanistan and Pakistan. Many of those same progressives vehemently opposed the Patriot Act forced upon us by former President George W. Bush and the Republicans. With the Democrats in power, they got more of the same. Again. Read more |
| Dissatisfaction With Government Reaches All Time High - Tuesday, September 27, 2011Half of the population views federal government as immediate threat to freedomSteve Watson Prisonplanet.com Sept 26, 2011 Americans are expressing historic levels of negativity toward their government, according to the latest findings by the international Pollster Gallup. In a new survey which Gallup says represents a consistent building of discontent toward the establishment for the past decade, a record high of 81% of Americans have indicated that they are dissatisfied with the way the country is being governed. 
Majorities of 65% of Democrats and 92% of Republicans are unhappy with their government, according to Gallup’s annual Governance survey.
The survey, completed earlier this month, also found that almost half of the country (49%) believes that the federal government poses an immediate threat to individuals’ rights and freedoms. 
The poll reflects a deep and growing distrust amongst Americans in an establishment across both parties that has continually and significantly chipped away at American’s liberties since 9/11, all but destroyed the economy through both mismanagement and deliberate negligence, and has outright lied to the country on matters of the utmost importance domestically and internationally. Dissatisfaction with Congress reaches even higher, with a whopping 82% disapproving of the way Congress is now handling its job. 
An all time high of 69% also say they have little or no confidence in the legislative branch of government, with a record 57% adding that they have little or no confidence in the federal government to solve domestic problems, and a high of 53% saying they have little or no confidence in their elected officials. The reason for such negativity amongst the American people is quite clear. The government simply does not listen to or act in the public interest. 
Another interesting Gallup poll finds that the majority of Americans rate Obama as the same or even worse when compared with George W. Bush. 22% see no difference between the two, while 34% believe Obama has been an even worse president than Bush was. Half of all respondents said that Obama compares less favorably to Bill Clinton, with just 12% believing he has been a better president for the country. 
Regarding it’s governance survey, Gallup concedes that “with another budget showdown looking inevitable and a contentious presidential election year getting underway, it appears the ratings reviewed here could get worse before they improve.” |
| Armed Troops Burn Down Homes, Kill Children To Evict Ugandans In Name Of Global Warming - Friday, September 23, 2011Neo-colonial land grabs carried out on behalf of World Bank-backed British company Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Friday, September 23, 2011 Armed troops acting on behalf of a British carbon trading company backed by the World Bank burned houses to the ground and killed children to evict Ugandans from their homes in the name of seizing land to protect against “global warming,” a shocking illustration of how the climate change con is a barbarian form of neo-colonialism. The evictions were ordered by New Forests Company, an outfit that seizes land in Africa to grow trees then sells the “carbon credits” on to transnational corporations. The company is backed by the World Bank and HSBC. Its Board of Directors includes HSBC Managing Director Sajjad Sabur, as well as other former Goldman Sachs investment bankers. The company claims residents of Kicucula left in a “peaceful” and “voluntary” manner, and yet the people tell a story of terror and bloodshed. Villagers told of how armed “security forces” stormed their village and torched houses, burning an eight-year-child to death as they threatened to murder anyone who resisted while beating others. “We were in church,” recalled Jean-Marie Tushabe, 26, a father of two. “I heard bullets being shot into the air.” “Cars were coming with police,” Mr. Tushabe said, sitting among the ruins of his old home. “They headed straight to the houses. They took our plates, cups, mattresses, bed, pillows. Then we saw them getting a matchbox out of their pockets.” “But in this case, the government and the company said the settlers were illegal and evicted for a good cause: to protect the environment and help fight global warming,” reports the New York Times. An Oxfam report documents how the British outfit has worked with the Ugandan government to forcibly expel over 20,000 people from their homes using terror and violence as part of a lucrative scramble for arable land that can be used to satisfy the multi-billion dollar carbon trading ponzi scheme, which is worth $1.8 million a year to the company. “I no longer own any land. It’s impossible to feed my children – they have suffered so much. Some days all they eat is porridge from maize flour. When people can’t eat well their bodies become weak – there have been lots of cases of malaria and diarrhoea. Some days we don’t eat anything at all,” said former farmer Francis Longoli, whose land was stolen by New Forests. As we have previously documented, the manufactured threat of man-made global warming is being used as a tool of neo-colonialism in the third world, not only through the seizure of land and infrastructure, thereby preventing poor nations from using their resources to develop, but by literally starving poverty-stricken people to death. Climate change alarmism and implementation of global warming policies is a crime of the highest nature, because it is already having a genocidal impact in countries like Haiti, where the doubling of food prices is resulting in a substantial increase in starvation, poverty and death, with the population being forced to live on mud pies. As a National Geographic Report confirmed, “With food prices rising, Haiti’s poorest can’t afford even a daily plate of rice, and some must take desperate measures to fill their bellies,” by “eating mud,” partly as a consequence of “increasing global demand for biofuels.” In April 2008, World Bank President Robert Zoellick admitted that biofuels were a “significant contributor” to soaring food prices that have led to poor people dying from starvation as a result of biofuels dominating land that would normally be used to harvest food. Even man-made global warming advocate George Monbiot admits that promotion of biofuels “is causing starvation in the poor world,” particularly in Swaziland, where the decision to allocate several thousand hectares of farmland to ethanol production despite the country being in the grip of a famine was labeled “a crime against humanity” by Jean Ziegler, the UN’s special rapporteur. But it’s not just biofuels, a product of global warming alarmism, that are unleashing a genocide against black people in poorer countries, it’s the whole anti-development mantra embraced by climate change activists that is being enforced by supranational organizations like the World Bank and the IMF in the name of reducing carbon dioxide, the evil life-giving gas that plants breathe and humans exhale. Indeed, poorer countries rejected the 2009 Copenhagen climate agreement precisely because it discriminated against third world nations. In addition, the Obama administration, firmly supported by Al Gore, last year ordered the World Bank to keep “developing” countries underdeveloped by blocking them from building coal-fired power plants, ensuring that poorer countries remain in poverty as a result of energy demands not being met. By preventing poor nations from becoming self-sufficient in blocking them from producing their own energy, the Obama administration is ensuring that millions more will die from starvation and lack of access to hospitals and medical treatment. While ignorant environmentalist leftists preach all day about the effects of global warming having the most impact on poorer countries, it is in fact the poorer countries and their people who are suffering most from global warming alarmism, and predators like the banker-backed New Forests Company. The seizure of arable land in the name of “global warming” is set to become big business, which is why the United Nations recently announced it is preparing to roll out an army of green helmeted “climate peacekeepers” to intervene in poorer countries to protect “shrinking resources”. Transnational corporations, in league with western governments and offshore banks, have seized upon the climate change scam to carry out genocidal policies and land grabs in the pursuit of selling carbon credits to other transnational corporations who then merely pass on the cost to the consumer. read more ... |
| US Homeland Security now tracking medical records of Canadians - Wednesday, September 14, 2011Jonathan Benson Natural News
September 13, 2011 If you are a Canadian citizen trying to visit the US, but have a history of mental illness — even just a minor, non-violent incident that was recorded in official records — you could be denied entry by the US Department of Homeland Security (DHS), according to a recent report by CBCNews in Canada. Sixty-five year old Lois Kamenitz from Toronto found this out the hard way recently when US customs officials at Pearson International Airport (PIA) refused to allow her to board a flight she booked to Los Angeles, Cal. Because Kamenitz had tried to take her life back in 2006, which was recorded by police who were present after the woman’s partner called them to the scene, DHS ultimately refused her entry. When questioned about the incident, DHS officials claimed they did not actually access Kamenitz’ medical records, but instead obtained information via a “contact note from the police” that had visited her home. According to a Wikileaks report released earlier this year, all information that is entered into the Canadian Police Information Centre (CPIC) database, including Kamenitz’ suicide incident, is fully accessible to US authorities. In Kamenitz’ case, her suicide attempt was not a crime, it did not involve violence, and she has not had any further incidents since that date. But because DHS was able to access her private information without so much as a cursory review of the circumstances, they ultimately prevented her from traveling on the basis that she might be a threat to herself or others. But the real question is this. Why do US authorities have access to private information about Canadians in the first place? CBCNews explains that both the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) and DHS have “reciprocal direct access” to criminal databases, but it also appears that they might have reciprocal access to details, which they then use to gain further access to private medical records. “These are private and personal medical records that I’m now handing over to a foreign government,” said Kamenitz to CBCNews, following her eventual admittance into the US. DHS ultimately forced her to surrender a copy of her medical records, and pay a DHS-approved doctor $250 to gain official clearance into the US. Sources for this story include: http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/story…
|
| Chilling Free Speech in the Great White North - Friday, September 02, 2011Americans aware of journalists Ezra Levant and Mark Steyn are likely also aware that these two were hauled before Canadian "Human Rights Commissions" for supposed speech-crimes. Levant was pursued because he published the Mohammed cartoons, and Steyn, for, well, casting some Muslims in a bad light. Both men had their cases dropped, probably because they were articulate, famous, and had relatively deep pockets. Others who have been charged have not been so lucky. While such commissions stand as a serious threat to an open public discourse, they are not the only menace "controversial" speech faces in Canada. Speech in the U.S. is subject to many types of restrictions, but there is no law that criminalizes "hate speech" as such. Canada has such a law. It punishes citizens for up to two years in the slammer for "communicating statements, other than in private conversation" that "willfully promote hatred against an identifiable group." This law, passed in 1970, has not been widely used. It has been deployed about 15 times since 1993, all but twice against impecunious white Canadians. However, the Canadian government is currently considering a bill which would amend the hate speech section of the Criminal Code in ways that expand the reach of the Act and give the government greater power over the content of what Canadians may say. One amendment would add "national origin" to the list of "identifiable groups" which would then read: "any section of the public distinguished by color, race, religion, national or ethnic origin, or sexual orientation." Another proposal would change the wording of "communicating" from "communicating by telephone, broadcasting or other audible or visible means" to "communicating by any means and includes making available [the objectionable speech]." The "national origin" amendment simply adds another basis for grievance to an already expansive collection. For example, referring to Germans or Poles as "Krauts" or "Polaks," or saying that "the French are "surrender monkeys," could earn the person who utters such words a visit from the police. And don't think that because everyone has a race, sexual orientation, and national or ethnic origin, if not a religion, that the act will apply across the board. Not a chance. The Canadian Supreme Court has narrowed the application of an "identifiable group" to cover only those who could be considered "disadvantaged." For the Jews and Yanks among us, this means Palestinians and Pakistanis, not Israelis or Americans. The "communicating" amendment is even more expansive and potentially much more dangerous. "Communicating by telephone, broadcasting, or other audible or visible means" is already expansive enough; adding the phrase "making available" renders the term almost boundless. According to the Parliament's Legislative Summary of the bill, the term "making available" specifically includes "creating a hyperlink that directs web surfers to a website where hate material is posted." Readers of this publication are surely aware of hyperlinks. In fact, I just produced one above. It shows up blue and sends the interested reader to an internet website for any number of reasons -- in this case to verify the claim just made. But hyperlinks are used for many purposes, sometimes to direct readers to sites of which the sender approves, other times to sites of which he disapproves, and other times to different sites for different reasons which you are left free to imagine. What has drawn the ire of those who worry about the threat to free expression contained by the phrase "creating a hyperlink" is that one may be investigated, charged, and even fined and imprisoned for simply linking to (i.e., "making available" to others) a site considered by the authorities to be hate-promoting. Nor is this provision easily cabined. It would apply to "any means" of communication. This would include words (written or spoken) in any manner -- including all print, oral, and internet "social media" (cell phones, iPads, iPhones, iPods, Facebook, Twitter, blogs) and whatever other media are either currently available or about to be introduced. The fear of some critics is that one could accidentally run afoul of the law by innocently linking to a suspect site. Other opponents of the legislation argue that the state has no business at all checking into one's linking history. All of the bill's critics are aghast at the range of the types of media that are included in the legislation. To what extent are these concerns real? On balance, the criticisms are certainly justified; however, there are narrowing elements of the law that some critics tend to overlook. For example, no one can be prosecuted without the permission of the attorney general of the province in question. This provision is meant to prevent overzealous officers or prosecutors from launching criminal proceedings whenever passion moves them. Moreover, no one can be convicted if their communication was part of a private conversation. The rub is to what extent, if any, cell phone, iPad, etc. conversations are considered by the courts to be "private." At this point in time, the matter is not clear -- so there is good reason to be concerned. No one can be convicted unless the promotion of hatred was "willful" -- that is, intended. This last proviso is the kicker. The person charged must specifically intend to promote hatred. Though the Court has weakened the proviso in recent years by holding that the test is met by a lesser standard of "willful blindness." Moreover, for the accused, there are certain defenses available that might offer him an out. Truth is a defense; however, the defendant has the burden of persuasion. Also, a person can be exonerated if he can show he's arguing "an opinion on a religious subject or an opinion based on a belief in a religious text." (The "Koran made me do it" defense.) In addition, an accused may go free if his statements "were made in good faith, relevant to any subject of public interest," believed to be true on "reasonable" grounds, and intended for "the public benefit." Finally, someone can walk if he can convince the court that, "in good faith," his intention was to lessen the degree of hatred -- not promote it. (The "I'm just showing how awful these people are" defense.) What these provisos suggest is that the situation might not be as grave as some critics argue. Still, not everyone is articulate, connected, and fortunate enough to be able to contest such broad grounds for accusations of hate speech. For most Canadians simply to have the police snooping around and investigating their private communications is frightening enough. Since these amendments would expand the reach of the Act to increase the number of grievers and cover a greater variety of media, if passed, the new law will increase the likelihood that conversations about national groupings will be chilled still further. People will steer away from controversial statements about nationality issues for fear that they will come under investigation for hate promotion. All forms of communication would be targeted. With no clear standard of what is private and what isn't, one's comments about "fags," "gypsies," "Japs," Jews, or Muslims on Twitter, or wherever, however discreet, might stir the interest of the police. In any case, if the state does not intervene, it won't be because of anything a citizen can control. Because the proposal targets "hatred," a vague and subjective concept at best, Canada's hate speech law is by that fact alone a serious threat to freedom of expression. In Canada, saying something remotely hostile to the interests or self-image of an "identifiable group" is already imprudent; to broaden the law's reach, as the proposed amendments surely will, promises to freeze such discussion altogether. read more ... |
| 30 Signs That America Has Become A Horrible Place For Children - Tuesday, August 30, 2011The American Dream
Tuesday, August 30, 2011 What in the world has happened to the United States? Once upon a time the U.S. was one of the best places in the world to raise a child, but today it is an absolutely horrible place for children. We physically abuse our children at staggering rates, we pump them full of antidepressants and other pharmaceutical drugs and we send them off to public schools that more closely resemble prison camps every single day. Meanwhile, the economic decline of the America is hitting children far harder than it is hitting the adult population. More than one out of every five children in America is living in poverty and one out of every four children is on food stamps. One of the ways that a society is judged is by how it treats its most vulnerable members. As you will see below, the way that children are treated in America today is absolutely shameful. The following are 30 signs that America has become a horrible place for children…. #1 There are more than 3 million reports of child abuse in the United States every single year. #2 There are 314 counties in the United States where at least 30% of the children are facing food insecurity. #3 In Washington D.C., the “child food insecurity rate” is 32.3%. #4 If you can believe it, an average of five children die as a result of child abuse in the United States every single day. #5 In the United States today, it is estimated that one out of every four girls is sexually abused before they become adults. #6 The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services is now publicly advising parents that infants and young children are “sexual beings“. #7 67 percent of all sexual assault victims in America are children. #8 The state of Illinois has actually been paying convicted sex offenders to babysit young children. #9 20 percent of all child sexual abuse victims are under the age of 8. #10 Children in the United States are three times more likely to be prescribed antidepressants than children in Europe are. #11 The United States has the highest divorce rate on the globe by a wide margin. This is ripping millions of families with children to shreds. #12 According to one recent study, approximately 21 percent of all children in the United States were living below the poverty line in 2010. In the UK and in France that figure is well under 10 percent. #13 It is estimated that up to half a million children may currently be homeless in the United States. #14 In America today, many families allow the television to raise their children. In fact, the United States is tied with the U.K. for the most hours of television watched per person each week. #15 Our public schools are being transformed into prison camps. Virginia Attorney General Ken Cuccinelli has announced that school officials can search the cell phones and laptops of public school students at any time if there are “reasonable grounds for suspecting that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating either the law or the rules of the school.” #16 Today, one out of every four American children is on food stamps. #17 It is being projected that approximately 50 percent of all U.S. children will be on food stamps at some point in their lives before they reach the age of 18. #18 More than 20 million U.S. children rely on school meal programs to keep from going hungry. #19 The U.S. Department of Agriculture is spending huge amounts of money to install surveillance cameras in the cafeterias of public schools so that government control freaks can closely monitor what our children are eating. #20 According to researchers, convicted rapists in the United States report that two-thirds of their victims were under 18, and among those cases 58% said that their victims were 12 years old or younger. #21 Since 1973, approximately 50 million babies have been slaughtered in the United States before they were even born. #22 One out of every four teen girls in the United States now has an STD. #23 It has been reported that Texas police gave “1,000 tickets” to elementary school kids over one recent six year period. #24 The number of young children that are being ripped out of good homes by “child protective services” continues to soar. #25 All over the nation, little children are being publicly arrested by police in their own classrooms and are being marched out of their schools in handcuffs. #26 Law enforcement officials estimate that about 600,000 Americans and about 65,000 Canadians are trading dirty child pictures online. #27 All over the United States, lemonade stands run by young children are being shut down by police. #28 The federal government has spent 14 trillion dollars that belong to our children and our grandchildren. Will future generations thank us for loading such a massive debt on to their backs? #29 In airports all over the country, many young children are being subjected to “enhanced pat-downs” during which their private parts are touched before they are allowed to get on to their airplanes. #30 It is estimated that 500,000 babies that will be born this year will be sexually abused before they turn 18. What in the world has happened to us? America used to be the envy of the rest of the world, but now they look at us like we are a bunch of degenerates. How are we supposed to teach our children that it is improper for them to be touched in certain places when the federal government is forcing large numbers of children to be publicly groped at airports before they are allowed to get on to their flights? How are we supposed to teach our children what liberty and freedom are all about when our public schools are slowly being turned into “Big Brother” prison grids? How can we claim that we are “the greatest nation on earth” when millions of American children are going hungry tonight? The way that we are treating our children is shameful. Sadly, the abuse that we are heaping on to them is going to come out in their behavior as they get older. When we pump our kids full of “legal” drugs and allow the television, movies, video games and public schools to raise them, we should not be surprised when they turn out very sick and twisted. So what do all of you think about how we are raising our children? Do you also believe that America has become a horrible place for children?
read more ... |
| War On Terror’s New Targets: Veterans, Tea Partiers, Anti-Fed Activists - Thursday, August 18, 2011Big Sis uses methods designed to catch Al-Qaeda terrorists propaganda as tools to silence dissent against big government Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Thursday, August 18, 2011 Two new videos recently released by the Department of Homeland Security add to the mountain of evidence that proves Big Sis has now dispensed with all pretense of the war on terror being focused on Al-Qaeda Muslims, as tools that were designed to catch foreign terrorists are now being targeted against Americans who are opposed to big government. The two recent PSAs (watch them below), part of Homeland Security’s “See Something Say Something snitch campaign, portray white middle class Americans as terrorists in almost all of the scenarios shown in the clips.
The Drop Off - If You See Something, Say Something PSA Propaganda
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qml7obNdmgk&feature=player_embedded
FEMA Partners with Homeland Security on Psyops Campaign
Note the biggest terrorists are the US government itself
Far from representing some superficial nod to political correctness, this is in fact a deliberate effort by the feds to characterize predominantly white, middle class, politically engaged Americans as domestic extremists. It’s all part of the agenda to frame dissent against big government as dangerous radicalism. Contrary to claims by the DHS that it does not profile, the bulk of literature and other training tools issued by the federal government over the last decade clearly go to great lengths to demonize informed, middle class, and predominately white Americans as the most likely terrorists, despite the fact that the 126 people who were indictedon terrorist-related charges in the United States over the last two years were all Muslim. In addition to recent rhetoric from the likes of Vice-President Biden that Tea Partiers are akin to “terrorists,” other legitimate grass roots activists such as End the Fed protesters have also been labeled as dangerous extremists by the federal government. In March 2009 it came to light that the End the Fed protests, which took place at banks and regional Federal Reserve branches across the country the previous year on November 22, were being monitored closely by the United States Army Reserve Command, who implied that those protesting against the Fed and the bankster bailout were essentially terrorists. On November 22, 2008, Alex Jones led a rally at the Federal Reserve Bank in Dallas Texas. The Dallas protest is specifically mentioned in the official Army document. Ron Paul’s brother was also in attendance. The FBI has also gone out of its way to characterize returning veterans from Iraq and Afghanistan as a major domestic terrorist threat. Additionally, Janet Napolitano said she stood by an April 2009 DHS intelligence assessment that listed returning vets as likely domestic terrorists. Just a month later, the New York Times reported on how Boy Scout Explorers were being trained by the DHS to kill “disgruntled Iraq war veterans” in terrorist drills. In March 2009 we broke the story of the infamous MIAC report, leaked to us by two concerned Missouri police officers. The report listed Ron Paul supporters, libertarians, people who display bumper stickers, people who own gold, or even people who fly a U.S. flag and equates them with radical race hate groups and terrorists. Indeed, the MIAC report is just one in a series of similar threat assessment documents released over the last decade that list average American citizens as dangerous extremists and potential terrorists. We have highlighted previous training manuals issued by state and federal government bodies which identify whole swathes of the population as potential terrorists. A Texas Department of Public Safety Criminal Law Enforcement pamphlet gives the public characteristics to identify terrorists that include buying baby formula, beer, wearing Levi jeans, carrying identifying documents like a drivers license and traveling with women or children. A Virginia training manual used to help state employees recognize terrorists lists anti-government and property rights activists as terrorists and includes binoculars, video cameras, paper pads and notebooks in a compendium of terrorist tools. Such training documents are manifesting real-life situations where people are being harassed, assaulted and arrested by law enforcement simply for owning material or discussing topics related to the Constitution and the bill of rights. In May 2008, a student of a large bible college in east Texas was accused by federal agents of committing an “act of terror and espionage” after he gave a talk to a group of Boy Scouts in which he encouraged them to educate themselves about the U.S. constitution. In July 2007, the Kuhns, a North Carolina couple were terrorized by sheriff’s deputy Brian Scarborough, who broke into their house, assaulted them and then arrested the couple for the crime of flying an upside down U.S. flag. The couple were handcuffed, arrested and bundled into a squad car, to the protests of numerous neighbors who demanded to know why the Kuhns were being incarcerated, but were told to leave by police. As is supported by the United States Flag Code as well as a similar incident in 2001, flying the flag upside down is not a mark of disrespect, and in fact is considered by many to be the highest form of patriotism. Despite this fact, the upside down flag is equated in the MIAC report with terrorist paraphernalia. Alex Jones’ 2001 documentary film 9/11: The Road to Tyranny featured footage from a FEMA symposium given to firefighters and other emergency personnel in Kansas City in which it was stated that the founding fathers, Christians and homeschoolers were terrorists and should be treated with the utmost suspicion and brutality in times of national emergency. The lecturer identifies George Washington, Thomas Jefferson and other founding fathers as “terrorists”. FEMA Says Founding Fathers Are Terrorists
(More propaganda from FEMA)
In 2004, Kelly Rushing was charged with making “terroristic threats” after he handed out Alex Jones videos and recordings of a Congressman Ron Paul speech on C-Span to Lyon County, Kentucky officials and Kentucky State Trooper Lewis Dobbs. A jury later ruled in favor of Rushing but he continues to be harassed by authorities and local law enforcement. In August 2008, a Las Vegas couple were stopped by police, detained and searched as cops demanded to know if there was anything illegal inside the vehicle. When the couple asked why they had been stopped, the police officer pointed at “Infowars” and “Ron Paul” bumper stickers on their car. In 2001, housewife Abbey Newman was assaulted and arrested by police at a checkpoint for exercising her 4th amendment rights. Cops looked through literature which included a copy of a pocket constitution and debated whether or not the material was illegal. Abby Newman: Unlawful search
The federal government’s clear intent to profile politically active middle class Americans as likely terrorists is manifestly provable from their own internal and public documents. Only when conservatives become cognizant of the fact that they too are as much of a target in the “war on terror” as Muslims, whether it’s a Republican or a Democrat in the White House, will we have any hope of dismantling the Homeland Security police state.
Saman Mohammadi | The aim of the DHS is to mask the reality that the greatest sources of terrorism in America and around the world are state intelligence agencies. The Excavator
August 18, 2011 “Here in America we are descended in blood and in spirit from revolutionists and rebels – men and women who dare to dissent from accepted doctrine. As their heirs, may we never confuse honest dissent with disloyal subversion.” – Dwight D. Eisenhower Last month, Paul Joseph Watson’s article called, “DHS Video Characterizes White Americans as Most Likely Terrorists,” highlighted the absurdist propaganda campaign by the Department of Homeland Security to discredit white, middle class resistance to the two-party political establishment in Washington, the private Federal Reserve cartel, and the emerging global dictatorial government. Watson wrote: A new promotional video released by the Department of Homeland Security characterizes white middle class Americans as the most likely terrorists, as Big Sis continues its relentless drive to cement the myth that mad bombers are hiding around every corner, when in reality Americans are just as likely to be killed by lightning strikes or peanut allergies. The video is part of Homeland Security’s $10 million dollar “See Something, Say Something” program that encourages Americans to report “suspicious activity,” which in every case throughout history has been a trait of oppressive, dictatorial regimes. The aim of the DHS is to mask the reality that the greatest sources of terrorism in America and around the world are state intelligence agencies like the Central Intelligence Agency, MI6, Russia’s FSB and Israel’s Mossad, which operate in the shadows, and hide behind the protection of unconstitutional state secrecy laws. The instrument of false flag terrorism used by secret services is combined with political persecution, both of which are two main characteristics of totalitarian and authoritarian regimes. Since the propaganda war against Muslims proved successful by producing two wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, a new group is now coming under attack by the totalitarian, psyop state in Washington: politically educated white Americans, i.e. people who support presidential candidate Ron Paul, listen to 9/11 truth-teller Alex Jones, and demand the end of the kleptocratic Federal Reserve System. Americans who care about the security of America and want to restore the constitution are being targeted by the DHS, the Obama administration, and the U.S. intelligence community as “domestic terrorists.” Their dissent is being called terrorism and a threat to the state because the evil establishment sees no other way of dealing with the crises that have been caused by their disastrous economic and political policies. But the hijackers of the U.S. government can no longer conceal their acts of treason and state terror from the American people and the world. The crimes and deceptions by the Federal Reserve, the CIA, Wall Street, corporate monopolies, Congress, the White House, and the Treasury are bubbling up to the surface of reality. Scapegoating and demonizing whole groups of people is a tried and true tactic of tyrants. It worked on September 11, 2001 against Arabs and Muslims, who were falsely blamed for the 9/11 attacks. And it will work again, this time against another group for a new crisis or disaster. That other group is the Tea Party and right-wing Christians, and the new crisis is the economic collapse. Two weeks ago, Vice President Joe Biden accused members of the Tea Party of acting”like terrorists,” in the debt ceiling debate. The intent behind the “conservatives are terrorists” charge is to make the American people pay for the criminal bankers’s crimes and looting of the public purse. Biden and the entire political class is fine with the financial terrorists getting away with societal murder on Wall Street, but he is annoyed that a large segment of the American population is getting serious about restoring the constitution and bringing America’s debt under control. Predictably, the non-governmental Federal Reserve, which is the institution that is most responsible for the global economic collapse and the impoverishment of America, is being protected by all agencies of the U.S. government. The treasonous Fed is a thousand times worse than the Mafia, but it is guarded by brainwashed cops and military forces as if it is a legitimate government institution. People who protest against the Federal Reserve are smeared as criminals, racists and terrorists. As Paul Joseph Watson writes in his article, “War On Terror’s New Targets: Veterans, Tea Partiers, Anti-Fed Activists”: In March 2009 it came to light that the End the Fed protests, which took place at banks and regional Federal Reserve branches across the country the previous year on November 22, were being monitored closely by the United States Army Reserve Command, who implied that those protesting against the Fed and the bankster bailout were essentially terrorists. On November 22, 2008, Alex Jones led a rally at the Federal Reserve Bank in Dallas Texas. The Dallas protest is specifically mentioned in the official Army document. Ron Paul’s brother was also in attendance. A Rasmussen poll that was published on August 8, 2011 revealed that, “A majority of voters reject the depiction of Tea Party activists as terrorists.” But this propaganda campaign by the hijacked federal government is still in its early stages, so from the standpoint of the tyrants in Washington the American people may come around to their perspective. Of course, a few false flag terrorist attacks here and there would give a great PR boost to their criminal campaign against white, middle class, Christian Americans who are waking up to the evil new world order. America and freedom in the West will be completely destroyed if we allow propaganda smoke screens such as “domestic terrorists are a big threat to national security” to distract us from the reality that war criminals and banking looters control our governments. They are the real threat to civilization and global security. What the crooks in Washington are doing to the American people is nothing new. It is the nature of a corrupt, authoritarian system to deflect public attention away from its crimes and shortcomings, and blame societal problems that it created through its cruel policies on an innocent and powerless group in society. So as long as the mindless public herd unquestioningly accepts the word of government authority, there will be innocent scapegoats and persecuted groups that totalitarian governments will use to advance their corrupt political agenda. Kenneth M. Gould, author of the 1944 book, “They Got The Blame: The Story of Scapegoats in History,” said: “Every normal person resents being “used” by others for selfish purposes. If he knows what is going on, he objects to being tricked into helping carry out plans that do not really benefit himself, but only the propagandist who has deceived him. There are many ways of poisoning the public mind against some scapegoat group, especially when the modern press, radio, and movies are controlled by dictatorial governments or “high-pressure salesmen” for special interests. But behind them you can almost always smell a fraud put over by some “master mind” for his own advantage. In the free atmosphere of America, such vicious intrigue can never take deep root. Americans don’t like to be suckers.” (Gould: They Got The Blame. 1944. Association Press: New York. Pg. 53.) The “free atmosphere of America” that Gould mentioned wouldn’t exist today if there wasn’t an Internet which is the greatest free press in human history. The Internet is a powerful weapon of communication that is allowing the modern descendants of the European Enlightenment to raise public conciousness about false flag terrorism, the political use of scapegoating in America and the West, and the secret agenda to establish a dictatorial world government. With the power of truth and the Internet on our side, we can counter-attack the authoritarian lies propagated by the major media, break down the cultural wall of silence around 9/11 truth, and destroy the totalitarian propaganda that paints rebellious Americans as “domestic terrorists.” The terrorists who should concern civilized society are not Muslim extremists or Christian extremists, but the state extremists and terrorists who have captured power in Washington, London, and Tel Aviv. They are destroying the rule of law, freedom, America and global civilization. “Let’s say Al-Qaeda did 9/11, just for laughs,” said Alex Jones on July 21, 2011, “they’ve used it to set up a grid for the American people. And they’re now telling minorities, who are the majority in most cities, ‘Hey, It’s whitey. Get him.’ . . . So first they tell white racists, ‘Hey, give up your rights cause it’s only for the Muslims,’ now they say, ‘Hey, give up your rights blacks and hispanics, it’s for whitey.’” In the end, Alex added, “everybody loses their rights.” The divide and conquer strategy works every time because most people are vain, stupid and selfish who don’t like to think for themselves. The left loves to hate the right, and the right loves to hate the left, not knowing that they are both being played against each other like slaves by a powerful, corrupt and organized oligarchy. But we can win back all our rights in the West if we stop believing government propaganda and come together to bring the traitors behind 9/11, 7/7 and other acts of state terrorism to justice. read more ... |
| “Kids for cash” judge sentenced to 28 years in prison - Friday, August 12, 2011Global Post
August 11, 2011 A former juvenile court judge in Luzerne County, Pa., who accepted nearly $1 million to send juveniles to for-profit detention centers has been sentenced to 28 years in prison. The court also ordered the former judge, Mark Ciavarella Jr., to pay $1.17 million in restitution. In what became known as the “kids for cash” scandal, Ciavarella and another former judge, Michael Conahan, received payments from the owner and builder of two privately-run juvenile detention facilities to close down the county’s own juvenile detention center and direct juvenile offenders to the private facilities, the Christian Science Monitor reports. An investigation found that thousands of juveniles were shipped to the private centers on minor or questionable charges, the Associated Press reports. Half of the children who appeared before Ciavarella were not represented by a lawyer and were never advised of their right to counsel. Of those unrepresented children, up to 60 percent were ordered by Ciavarella to serve time at a detention facility. The more children they housed, the more profit the centers made. In 2009, the Pennsylvania Supreme Court directed that all adjudications involving the roughly 4,000 children who appeared before Ciavarella between 2003 and 2008 be vacated and their records expunged. Read full article |
| Men's Issues - Justice for Men - Wednesday, August 03, 2011Governments that only promote Women's Issues show how societal forces like chivalry, misandry and the onerous male sex role of provide and protect have been having the unfortunate consequence of obscuring the needs of men and male children. This short video will give you an introductory glimpse of some men’s issues.” read more ... |
| State Prosecutes Sports Fan For Saying Mean Things On Facebook - Wednesday, July 20, 2011Another example of the state moving toward outright censorship of internet speech. Kurt Nimmo
Infowafrs.com
July 20, 2011 The BBC is lending a hand in the propaganda blitz now in full swing to demonize the internet ahead of the government regulating speech and controlling who is allowed to use the electronic medium.  Scottish football fans will be prosecuted for behavior state finds inappropriate. Photo: Ronnie Macdonald. In Scotland, the police apparently have nothing better to do than monitor Facebook and other social networks in an effort to ferret out mean people making nasty and snide comments. Michael Baily, an intemperate 20 year old Celtic fan, posted a racist comment about El Hadji Diouf, a Senegalese footballer, on Facebook. “He was caught after a police task force began reviewing internet sites after March’s so-called Old Firm shame game,” reports the BBC. “At Glasgow Sheriff Court, sentence on Bailey was deferred for reports.” Sentence? That’s right. The Scottish kid will be punished by the state for making admittedly insensitive and stupid comments. It is now a crime in Scotland to say mean things. Scots can go to prison or be sentenced to do “community service” – slave labor for the state – for making comments that are uttered every single hour of every single day in pubs and on the streets of Scotland and everywhere else. In addition to scouring the internet for bigots, the Scottish police are jailing football fans for singing God Save The Queen or crossing themselves. The worst “offenders” could face five years in prison, according to the Daily Record. A community safety minister told the newspaper it is criminal to sing God Save The Queen or Rule Britannia in or near sports grounds or in pubs. The effort specifically targets “keyboard warriors” who use the internet to “spread hate,” in other words post racist or insensitive comments. As early as 2001, the EU moved to ban racist speech on the internet. In 2009, the Canadian Human Rights Council declared a law banning so-called hate speech on the internet unconstitutional. China is notorious for its internet censorship and India recently passed regulations banning speech the government considers “disparaging,” “harassing,” “blasphemous” or “hateful.” In 2009, Australia proposed establishing an internet filter to censor political speech.
The United Nations Terrorism has long pushed to ban speech over the internet it finds unacceptable. This people in the UN are outright New World Order Terrorists who's Cult beleives they can push anything on People to silence them and truth about their cults and evilness on the world. The truth can never be silenced.... In May, former president Clinton proposed censoring internet speech. “It would be a legitimate thing to do,” Clinton said in an interview that aired on CNBC. Clinton suggested the government should set-up an agency that monitors all media speech for supposed factual errors. “That is, it would be like, I don’t know, National Public Radio or BBC or something like that, except it would have to be really independent and they would not express opinions, and their mandate would be narrowly confined to identifying relevant factual errors” he said. “And also, they would also have to have citations so that they could be checked in case they made a mistake. Somebody needs to be doing it, and maybe it’s a worthy expenditure of taxpayer money.” In 2010, we exposed a plan by Cass Sunstein, head the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, to ban speech on the internet the government disagrees with. Sunstein proposed the creation of an internet “Fairness Doctrine” similar to the one that was used for years to limit and eliminate free speech on the radio.
Clinton's Ministisy of Propaganda on Free speech |
| State Prosecutes Sports Fan For Saying Mean Things On Facebook - Wednesday, July 20, 2011Another example of the state moving toward outright censorship of internet speech. Kurt Nimmo
Infowafrs.com
July 20, 2011 The BBC is lending a hand in the propaganda blitz now in full swing to demonize the internet ahead of the government regulating speech and controlling who is allowed to use the electronic medium.  Scottish football fans will be prosecuted for behavior state finds inappropriate. Photo: Ronnie Macdonald. In Scotland, the police apparently have nothing better to do than monitor Facebook and other social networks in an effort to ferret out mean people making nasty and snide comments. Michael Baily, an intemperate 20 year old Celtic fan, posted a racist comment about El Hadji Diouf, a Senegalese footballer, on Facebook. “He was caught after a police task force began reviewing internet sites after March’s so-called Old Firm shame game,” reports the BBC. “At Glasgow Sheriff Court, sentence on Bailey was deferred for reports.” |
| Gang of African Youths in Peoria, Illinois Chant “Kill All White People” - Monday, June 27, 2011The Peoria Chronicle
June 27, 2011 This eye-witness account is from Paul Wilkinson, president of the Altamont Park Neighborhood Association: Tonight, around 11 p.m., a group of at least 60-70 African American youth marched down one of the side streets (W. Thrush) to the 4 lane main drag (Sheridan). They were yelling threats to white residents. Things such as we need to kill alll the white people around here. They were physically intimidating anyone calling for help from the police. They were surrounding cars. Cars on the main drag had to slam on their brakes to either avoid the youth blocking not only all four lanes, but a large section of the side street as well. fights were breaking out among them. They were rushing residents who looked out their doors, going on to porches, yelling threats to people calling the police for help. Cars were doing U turns on the streets just to avoid the mob, mostly male. One youth stated his grandfather was white and several assaulted him on the spot. One police officer answered the call. The youth split into two large groups, one heading north, the other south. They were also yelling racial threats to the police officer but he was outnumbered. Another police car did not show up until after the youth finally dispersed and the patty wagon (van) also eventually showed up. Residents are very shaken, both black and white alike. This is the fifth large mob action in about a month with smaller groups of 10-12 are out threatening children and adults a few evenings a week or later into the night. The times vary, even occuring during the day. In talking to the police officer, they are short staffed. Residents were advised to simply keep inside and to lock their doors. In other words buckle down, it’s not even safe to sit on your porch or go into your yards.
“The fifth large mob action in about a month.” Wow. This is really outrageous. Why is this neighborhood having to put up with this? “Residents were advised to simply keep inside and to lock their doors”? Seriously? That’s the best we can do for our fellow citizens’ safety? This needs to be addressed, and quickly. read more ... |
| Student Loans and DOE S.W.A.T. Teams - Monday, June 13, 2011Wendy McElroy | None of us will know the true collective power of the federal government until it is breaking through our own doors. Wendy McElroy InformationLiberation.com
June 13, 2011 On March 11, 2010, Washington Post blogger Valerie Strauss asked an intriguing question: “Why is the Education Department purchasing 27 Remington Brand Model 870 police 12-gauge shotguns?” 
On June 7, 2011, the answer became clear. At 6 a.m. a S.W.A.T.-style team of 15 officers from the U.S. Department of Education’s (DOE) Office of Inspector General broke down a door in Stockton, California. (The OIG is the semi-independent law-enforcement branch of the DOE which pursues criminal offenses such as student aid fraud.) The agents had a no-knock warrant that had been issued by the DOE. On the other side of the door were Kenneth Wright and his three children ages 3, 7, and 11. None of them had violated any law. Nevertheless, an officer grabbed the underwear-clad Wright by the neck and dragged him onto the front lawn, pinning him down with a knee in the back. Eventually, the handcuffed Kenneth and his children were placed in the back of a patrol car for six hours while the police searched his house.
Who was the heinous criminal sought? Wright’s estranged wife who was not present in the home. What was her crime? At first, the local News 10 (KXTV) reported that she had defaulted on a student loan but, later, the story was taken down and replaced by one stating instead that the raid “was part of an ongoing criminal investigation.” Wright insists that the agents told him they were there over a loan default. The DOE refuses further comment. The most likely crime being investigated is student aid fraud, which is an immense problem especially at inner-city colleges. Because of the ease of obtaining government grants and loans, students can register for different programs under multiple names and Social Security numbers. When the checks arrive, the applicants often walk away from the college and the debt. Indeed, student money is handed out so freely and with so few controls that a South Carolina woman was sentenced this week for filing 23 fraudulent applications and spending more than $120,000 in student aid; she accomplished the feat while doing time in a correctional facility. Even without the massive fraud, the amount of student debt is staggering. The organization Project on Student Debt estimates “that college seniors who graduated in 2009 carried an average of $24,000 in student-loan debt, up six percent from the previous year.” Other than mortgages, student loans are now America’s single largest source of debt, surpassing even credit-card debt. Paradoxically, the student debts are both highly collectible and among the most difficult to collect: that is, the debt cannot be discharged in bankruptcy and, yet, it is not backed by a tangible asset that can be seized; unlike a house, an education cannot be repossessed.
Clearly, the DOE wants to not only be paid and but also to stanch the outflow to fraudulent claims. Whatever the specific reason for federal agents to focus on Wright’s front door, the motive was money. At every level of government — federal, state, county, municipal — agencies are becoming desperate for money, and the tactics they use to grab it or preserve it will become more draconian as the recession deepens. At that point, it will become clear how powerful various federal agencies have become through the passage of phone-book-thick legislation that few people bothered to read. A DOE S.W.A.T. Team? Technically, the federal OIG agents are not a S.W.A.T. team but merely function in a manner identical to one. With the DOE and other government departments, OIG agents are part of a quiet and largely-unnoticed increase in the federal power to coerce. The DOE resembles the Internal Revenue Service in possessing wide-reaching powers to collect unpaid money and punish abuses of the system. The agency can garnish wages, impose liens, and attach tax returns without a court order. It can issue warrants without involving a judge and execute those warrants with its own federal agents. Because it is a closed and non-transparent system, those victimized by the DOE are usually left with no recourse. In the case of Kenneth Wright, for example, local police accompanied the team and, so, gave the appearance of cooperation although they did not participate in the assault. When Wright went to the police department and the mayor to ask for a new door, however, he was told that the operation had nothing to with them. The DOE’s flexing of power comes in the wake of an extreme expansion of its authority. The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 essentially nationalized the process of granting and administering student loans, so that the DOE provides such loans directly rather than reimbursing banks. In short, the government no longer backs student loans in the private sector. (The provisions are slated to go into full effect in 2014.) Critics point out that the DOE’s monopoly on government-backed loans gives it an unprecedented power to determine who receives assistance, which careers are encouraged, and the curriculum offered by colleges. The monopolization of student loans is also a money grab. In the DOE’s Direct Loan program, students may borrow $20,500 a year at an annual interest rate of 6.8 percent. Since the funds lent out are acquired at an interest rate of slightly under 3 percent, the profit margin is considerable, as is the motivation to collect. Indeed, those promoting the Health Care and Education Act explicitly pointed to student loans as a means of partially financing the bill. Under the circumstances, the DOE is not likely to be reined in. As with the Transportation Security Administration, any excesses that seem to violate constitutional rights will be justified in the name of “administrative policy”; that is, by an appeal to authority of administrative agencies to make internal policies that permit the implementation of law or other mandates. These policies can be overruled only by the executive (i.e., President Obama), whose will the DOE is executing, and by the judiciary, which generally remains on the side lines. Conclusion In commenting on the June 7 S.W.A.T. assault, Reason.com called the action “a wake-up call about the militarization of police and criminalization of everything.” The raid also unmasked the full extent to which federal administrative agencies, like the DOE, have swollen in power, function, and arrogance. Does the OIG attached to the Department of Energy also issue no-knock warrants at its own discretion? The Department of Health and Human Services has one of the largest OIGs; have they ordered armored vehicles as well heavy weaponry? Does the post office have a S.W.A.T. team? I don’t know … and neither do you. The true wake-up call of July 7 was how unexpectedly powerful and violent the innocuous-sounding Department of Education has become. I expect that none of us will know the true collective power of the federal government until it is breaking through our own doors. read more ... |
| Big Sis Pre-Crime System to Scan Americans For “Malintent” - Monday, May 30, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Guilty until proven innocent – physiological sensors and DHS interrogations to control behavior at sports stadiums, malls, train stations, airports and other public places.Chilling technology straight out of Minority Report that would subject Americans to pre-crime interrogations and physiological scans to detect “malintent” at sports stadiums, malls, airports and other public places has moved closer to being implemented after Homeland Security’s FAST program passed its first round of testing. Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 30, 2011 Chilling technology straight out of Minority Report that would subject Americans to pre-crime interrogations and physiological scans to detect “malintent” at sports stadiums, malls, airports and other public places has moved closer to being implemented after Homeland Security’s FAST program passed its first round of testing.
“Future Attribute Screening Technology (FAST), a US Department of Homeland Security (DHS) programme designed to spot people who are intending to commit a terrorist act, has in the past few months completed its first round of field tests at an undisclosed location in the northeast,” reports Nature. The system works by using a computer program that studies physiological indicators of a person, such as heart rate and the steadiness of a person’s gaze, and then uses the data to make a judgment on whether that individual has “malintent”. Of course, the mere sight of TSA goons conducting grope-downs, radiation-firing body scanners, iris-scanning devices and the routine stresses of travel are all likely to raise heart rates and cause anxiousness in people, so the program will undoubtedly snag innocent travelers. The well-trained, cool and composed terrorist will slip right through, rendering the entire exercise obsolete. But this isn’t really about catching terrorists, if it was then the DHS would mimic Israel’s highly effective human intelligence system that is far more likelier to spot real bad guys. This is about guilty until proven innocent, and forcing every American to prove that they are a well-behaved drone who won’t complain about a low grade pervert sticking his hand down their pants. Remember, the TSA already has “behavior detection officers” whose job it is to watch for people who express dissatisfaction at being groped, including not smiling. Not enjoying having your junk fondled by a complete stranger is now a “suspicious activity”. FAST’s primary purpose is to chill dissent about harassment dished out by TSA goons, by intimidating travelers into thinking they will be prevented from flying, taking the train, entering a mall or a sports stadium, unless they accept the grope down or the body scan with complete subservience. “Steven Aftergood, a senior research analyst at the Federation of American Scientists, a think-tank based in Washington DC that promotes the use of science in policy-making, is pessimistic about the FAST tests. He thinks that they will produce a large proportion of false positives, frequently tagging innocent people as potential terrorists and making the system unworkable in a busy airport. “I believe that the premise of this approach — that there is an identifiable physiological signature uniquely associated with malicious intent — is mistaken. To my knowledge, it has not been demonstrated,” he says. “Without it, the whole thing seems like a charade.” The report claims that, “FAST relies on non-contact sensors, so it can measure indicators as someone walks through a corridor at an airport, and it does not depend on active questioning of the subject,” and yet in DHS’ promotional video for the program, participants are bombarded with questions to ascertain whether they are terrorists. The clip above shows individuals who attend “security events” being led into trailers before they are interrogated as to whether they are terrorists while lie detector-style computer programs analyze their physiological responses. The subjects are asked about their whereabouts, and if they are attempting to smuggle bombs or recording devices into the “expo,” proving that the technology is intended to be used at public events and not just airports. Individuals who do not satisfy the first lie detector-style test are then asked “additional questions”. The fact that Homeland Security’s own internal reports list supporting political candidates like Ron Paul, flying US flags, owning gold, displaying political bumper stickers, or owning firearms as signs of behavioral malintent that could be linked to terrorism or extremism tells you all you need to know about how FAST checkpoints could be used to snag political dissidents who commit the thought crime of believing they still had any rights under the US Constitution that Janet Napolitano is gleefully ripping to shreds. In the coming years, staying away from airports won’t be enough to avoid a run-in with TSA goons. Homeland Security has embarked on a massive gestapo-like occupation of America where “security” checkpoints will litter highways and roads, transport hubs, as well as public events and anywhere crowds gather. DHS has already announced that TSA agents and VIPR teams will be expanding their mobile radiation-scanning checkpoints from rest stops to highways and roads in general, as Big Sis accelerates Soviet-style levels of control over the population. read more ... |
| Red Cross and the Vatican ‘helped thousands of Nazis escape’ - Friday, May 27, 2011A new book has revealed how the Red Cross and the Vatican helped thousands of Nazis including men like Adolf Eichmann and Josef Mengele to escape justice after the war. Matthew Day London Telegraph
May 27, 2011 A new book has revealed how the Red Cross and the Vatican helped thousands of Nazis including men like Adolf Eichmann and Josef Mengele to escape justice after the war. In his book “Nazis On The Run: How Hitler’s Henchmen Fled Europe” Gerald Steinacher, a research fellow from Harvard University, sheds light on just how thousands of Nazis managed to evade detection and start a new life. Steinacher based much of his book on unpublished documents held by the Red Cross that revealed a system struggling to cope with the millions of displaced people in post-war Europe, and one that could be exploited by fleeing Nazis. The historian estimates the some 8,000 SS men managed to escape to Britain and Canada alone using documents issued to them by the Red Cross by mistake. Full article here |
| Peaceful Republic or Police State? - Monday, May 23, 2011Judge Napolitano on how our freedoms have been systematically wiped out. You Tube
May 22, 2011 Judge Napolitano on how our freedoms have been systematically wiped out since the Constitution was signed.
read more ... |
| SS - Obama's Secret Service interigation of 7th grader - Tuesday, May 17, 2011Dana Rebik Q13 FOX News
May 17, 2011
TACOMA— A Tacoma seventh grader faced federal interrogation at school for what he posted on his Facebook page. His mom said it all happened without her knowledge or permission. Timi Robertson said she had just finished lunch with a friend Friday when she got a phone call from her son's schoolI answered it, and it's the school security guard who's giving me a heads up that the Secret Service is here with the Tacoma Police Department and they have Vito and they're talking to him," Robertson said. After Osama bin Laden was killed, 13-year-old Vito LaPinta posted an update to his Facebook status that got the Feds attention. "I was saying how Osama was dead and for Obama to be careful because there could be suicide bombers," says LaPinta. A week later, while Vito was in his fourth period class, he was called in to the principal's office. "A man walked in with a suit and glasses and he said he was part of the Secret Service," LaPinta said. "He told me it was because of a post I made that indicated I was a threat toward the President." The Tacoma school district acknowledged a Secret Service agent questioned Vito and that it was a security guard who called Vito's mom because the principal was on another call. The school district said they didn’t wait for Vito’s mother to get there because they thought she didn't take the phone call seriously. "That's a blatant lie," Robertson said. The teen’s mom says she rushed to Truman Middle School immediately and arrived to discover her son had already been questioned for half an hour. "I just about lost it," she said. "My 13 year-old son is supposed to be safe and secure in his classroom and he's being interrogated without my knowledge or consent privately." The seventh grader said that once his mom showed up, the agent finished the interview and told him he was not in any trouble. Now he's more careful about what he posts online. His mother says she isn't financially able to take legal action but hopes her family's story raises awareness about the treatment she said her son endured. The Seattle branch of the Secret Service did not respond to requests for comment. read more ... |
| Phony World Government Court To Issue Arrest Warrant For Gaddafi - Thursday, May 12, 2011Because he refuses to allow NATO to plunder Libya using its Al-Qaeda-backed rebel army. Because he refuses to roll over and allow NATO to plunder Libya using its Al-Qaeda-backed rebel army Al Jazeera Thursday, May 12, 2011 Italy: Gaddafi arrest warrant coming in weeks The International Criminal Court will likely issue an arrest warrant for Libyan leader Muammar Gaddafi by the end of the month, Italy’s foreign minister said. The warrant would be a “key moment” in the battle against Gaddafi and would make it impossible for him to escape into exile, foreign minister Franco Frattini said on Thursday. “From that moment on, an exit from power or from the country will no longer be imaginable,” he said. The UN Security Council voted unanimously on February 26 to ask the ICC to investigate human rights crimes in the uprising against Gaddafi, which began earlier that month.
read more ... |
| Federal Spychips To Hijack Your Phone - Wednesday, May 11, 2011Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 11, 2011 The announcement that Americans are set to be bombarded with mandatory government propaganda via their cellphones represents a shocking lurch forward in the Obama administration’s bid to launch a total takeover of all communications as part of a wider move towards controlling the Internet, developing an omnipresent wiretap system, and creating a constant environment of suspicion and distrust by enlisting citizens to spy on each other.
Short of implanting a microchip in people’s heads, the US government has opted for the next best thing, a chip in your cellphone. But what else will these “special chips” be used for? “Presidential and local emergency messages as well as Amber Alerts would appear on cell phones equipped with special chips and software,” under the new program which was launched today in New York and is set to be rolled out across all major cities by the end of next year, reports CBS New York. Cellphone users would not be able to opt out of “presidential messages,” with Verizon and AT&T, the nation’s largest cell phone carriers, already on board. “For now, the alerts are capable on certain high-end cell phones but starting next year, all cell phones will be required to have the chip that receives alerts,” adds the report. The messages will supersede all other phone traffic and have a unique signal and vibration, meaning that your private conversation could be cut off to make way for government propaganda in a program that resembles Minority Report-style invasiveness on steroids. What else these “special chips” that will be mandatory in all cellphones will do is not explained, but given the recent scandal where it emerged that cell phone companies were building location databases of where their users had traveled, the sky’s the limit. Cell phone providers already have the capability to send out text messages to all their subscribers instantly, so why the government needs a “special chip” to be installed will only heighten suspicions that this is a trojan horse for an omnipresent wiretap that will feed every scintilla of information from your phone directly to big brother. As one respondent to the story put it, “Surely you only need a database of all phone numbers to send out text messages. Am I only person wondering why all handsets need to be fitted with “special chips” in order to receive text messages? The “special chips” can only be being introduced to serve other purposes.” “This seems very suspicious. Why can people not opt out of the president’s messages?” asked another. “They pay for their phones – they should dictate what it does, not Obama.” Would the “special chips” also empower Obama to shut down all cell phone traffic on a whim in a time of declared “national emergency”? Obama already has the power to override all radio and television networks under the recently expanded Emergency Alert System, which allows FEMA to break in on live broadcasts to send out alerts. His administration is also pushing cybersecurity legislation that would hand Obama a figurative kill switch for the Internet. The term “kill switch” is an oversimplification, what the agenda actually revolves around is the ability to impose Chinese-style censorship over the world wide web and develop an ID system that would force users to have their access controlled by a state-run licensing procedure. The government-mandated chips would also help achieve the Department of Transportation’s aim of blocking all cellphone use in cars. The chip would allow authorities to prevent use of the phone by measuring the speed you are traveling via GPS technology and shutting down the handset. This trifecta of broadcast media, Internet, and cellphone traffic represents a total takeover of the entire spectrum of communications in the United States by the Obama administration. Aside from the terror fearmongering, the system is also wide open for abuse in more prosaic terms, with some fearing that the messages could include PR talking points and political electioneering. Indeed, the image that accompanies a USA Today piece about the story is of a cellphone displaying an infomercial about Obama’s 2012 campaign. The plan to harass cell phone users with specious terror alerts is part of a larger agenda of fear-based social conditioning by the government. As we noted last month, the Department of Homeland Security announced a new system to replace the old color-coded one. Now so-called terror threats that inevitably turn out to be either false alarms or politically motivated scams will be posted on Facebook and Twitter pages in addition to broadcast over television, radio and cell phones. As we have exhaustively documented, the move has nothing whatsoever to do with keeping Americans safe from terrorism. More Americans are killed every year by bumble bees or peanut allergies than they are by terrorists. “Even with the September 11 attacks included in the count, the number of Americans killed by international terrorism since the late 1960s (which is when the State Department began counting) is about the same as the number of Americans killed over the same period by lightning, accident-causing deer, or severe allergic reaction to peanuts,” writes Ohio University’s John Mueller in a report entitled A False Sense Of Insecurity. The real agenda behind the program manifests itself in numerous ways. On the one hand, this is a further intensification of the Big Sis “see something say something” campaign, it’s designed to condition Americans that terrorists are lurking around every corner and that they must spy on their community to prevent attacks, when in reality every major terror plot that has been uncovered in the United States was either staged or provocateured by the federal government itself. This is also about capitalizing on the dubious Bin Laden raid to return Americans to a state of post-9/11 intellectual castration, corralling subservience to a system that utilizes fear to control the population and eviscerate constitutional rights. With the compliant and castrated media increasingly distrusted, Americans are either moving to alternative news sources or tuning out altogether. This has necessitated the government to launch a wide spectrum takeover of all communications in its bid to keep the population under the firm control of state-issued propaganda. We are now just a few steps away from having literal telescreens installed in our homes that beam directly into our brains the latest government fables about who we’re bombing now, what level chocolate rations are this month, as well as Michelle Obama’s mandatory exercise program. Winston Smith’s world of 1984 has come home to roost. Alex Jones has been warning about the federal government’s total spectrum domination media takeover for 15 years. Watch the video below which was filmed back in February.
read more ... |
| Muslims Brainwashed By MI5 Agent Choudry Reinforce Pro-War Propaganda By Rioting In London - Friday, May 06, 2011A child of three could see through this scam. Muslims brainwashed by extremist preachers on the MI5 payroll – people like Anjem Choudry and Abu Hamza, are told to riot in London and threaten retailiation attacks for the death of Bin Laden. This not only reinforces the Bin Laden fable, but it also allows the media to whip up anti-Arab sentiment amongst British and American citizens by bombarding them with images of screaming Muslim extremists.
A child of three could see through this scam. Muslims brainwashed by extremist preachers on the MI5 payroll – people like Anjem Choudry and Abu Hamza, are told to riot in London and threaten retailiation attacks for the death of Bin Laden. This not only reinforces the Bin Laden fable, but it also allows the media to whip up anti-Arab sentiment amongst British and American citizens by bombarding them with images of screaming Muslim extremists. Look at these savages – they want to impose Sharia law, they want to build mosques at ground zero! This must mean that the bombing of Libya and Iran is the right thing to do! Let’s just not mention the fact that the US and UK military are now actively supporting Al-Qaeda in Libya and Iran in an effort to overthrow Gaddafi and Ahmadinejad. Sure, there are real Muslim extremists who are ignorant of the fact that Bin Laden was a loyal CIA asset, but most of this is being provocateured for mass public consumption by the usual suspects.
 read more ... |
| Libya disabled children school hit in NATO strike - Sunday, May 01, 2011Shattered glass litters the carpet at the Libyan Down’s Syndrome Society, and dust covers pictures of grinning children that adorn the hallway, thrown into darkness by a NATO strike early on Saturday as bombing of a school for disabled children in Libya shows they are nothing but murderess. Lin Noueihed Reuters May 1, 2011 Shattered glass litters the carpet at the Libyan Down’s Syndrome Society, and dust covers pictures of grinning children that adorn the hallway, thrown into darkness by a NATO strike early on Saturday. It was unclear what the target of the strike was, though Libyan officials said it was Muammar Gaddafi himself, who was giving a live television address at the time. “They maybe wanted to hit the television. This is a non-military, non-governmental building,” said Mohammed al-Mehdi, head of the civil societies council, which licenses and oversees civil groups in Libya. The missile completely destroyed an adjoining office in the compound that houses the government’s commission for children. The force of the blast blew in windows and doors in the parent-funded school for children with Down’s Syndrome and officials said it damaged an orphanage on the floor above.
read more ... |
| US Murders Children in Bid to Assassinate Qaddafi (Again) - Sunday, May 01, 2011Ghoulish Hunt for Qaddafi Defines NATO by Tony Cartalucci Prisonplanet.com May 1, 2011 The very policy of targeted assassinations sidesteps any semblance of law, national or international. By extra-judicially executing people, proper investigations, trials, and justice itself is circumvented, diminished, and ultimately undermined as a whole. The United States in particular has become the greatest purveyor of this perversion of what used to serve as the very foundation of its own constitution and its values as a free nation. NATO’s attack, reported on May 1, 2011, in an attempt to extra-judicially murder Libyan leader Muammar Qaddafi has claimed the life of his youngest son Saif al-Arab Qaddafi, as well as several of his grandchildren. The indiscriminate nature of the attack and the killing of children illustrates in its entirety just why civilized nations have long condemned assassination attempts and the indiscriminate use of military force on non-military targets in the first place. This latest attack is reminiscent of another targeted assassination attempt by the United States in 1986 that missed Qaddafi but managed to kill his 4 year old adopted daughter Hanna. The corporate owned media has since played semantics suggesting Hanna was adopted posthumously, seemingly more content with the idea of the murdered 4 year old having no ties to Qaddafi. The botched assassination attempt comes just days after several US government figures called for Qaddafi’s extra-judicial murder. While these calls are supposedly part of America’s ever expanding mission in Libya to “protect civilians,” it should be noted that according to even the US Department of Defense, no credible evidence had been produced to justify the current military operations, let alone their expansion. While most informed readers are under no delusion as to what NATO really represents, a supranational military force carrying out a global corporate-financier agenda, even the uninformed must understand by now that NATO, between its endless occupation in Afghanistan, its provocative encirclement of Russia, and now their senseless siege of Libya, has become a global menace, removed from both the national laws that are supposed to govern the civilized use of member military forces, as well as the contrived international laws they claim they act to uphold. When NATO isn’t butchering children or extra-legally
occupying sovereign nations, it is busy encircling Russia inviting World War III in the service of global financiers.While people in the West may apathetically shrug off the grievous evil being perpetrated in Libya, Afghanistan, Pakistan Iraq, Iran, and a growing number of other nations through the actions of the United States, UK, France and their NATO allies, they must realize that it is only a matter of time before this disregard for the very laws that govern their society will eventually be visited upon them. In many ways in America and Europe, this is already incrementally becoming a reality. Just as the world continuously turned a blind eye to Adolf Hilter and his Nazi war machine as it incrementally violated the sovereignty of both the German people and their neighbors, we stand only to embolden this expanding, reckless tyranny by remaining silent and tacitly complicit in our support of the politicians and corporations behind this dark agenda. We may not be able to physically stop this unfolding crime against humanity, but we surely can undermine it, day-by-day, purchase-by-purchase, by committing ourselves to a full-spectrum boycott of the corporations involved – essentially anything that is not produced locally. We can also undermine the corrupt, fiat financial machine driving this global menace by replacing our currency with physical precious metals and alternative currencies used amongst friends, families, and coalitions of local businesses. Finally, we can begin to grow our own food and support local farmers, as well as taking up trades and constructive pastime pursuits to reconnect to our roots of independence and self-sufficiency that made the West great. While we can easily sit idly by doing nothing, claiming that it isn’t our problem, it isn’t our grandchildren being murdered by “precision ordnance,” we must reflect on history and realize that indeed, soon it will be, most certainly and undeniably. We can choose to stand up to this now, or we can experience first-hand tomorrow the bitter agony of loss, death, and destruction that is consuming Libya’s population, as it has Iraq, Afghanistan, and the myriad of nations past and present to feel the sting of repressive global spanning tyranny.
read more ... |
| Using police to enforce a Big Pharma medication agenda violates civil rights - Saturday, April 23, 2011Mike Adams | I do not remember any cops swearing an oath to protect and serve the interests of the pharmaceutical corporations.In a new video posted today (link below), I argue that using police officers to enforce a Big Pharma medication agenda is not merely a violation of civil rights, but a crime against human rights. It is a grave misuse of state power and a waste of law enforcement resources that are already stretched thin across the country. 
Mike Adams NaturalNews April 23, 2011 In a new video posted today (link below), I argue that using police officers to enforce a Big Pharma medication agenda is not merely a violation of civil rights, but a crime against human rights. It is a grave misuse of state power and a waste of law enforcement resources that are already stretched thin across the country. The full video is available at: http://naturalnews.tv/v.asp?v=97774…

The video concerns the case of Maryanne Godboldo, the Detroit mom who was raided at gunpoint after refusing to allow Child Protective Services to kidnap her daughter. What was Maryanne’s supposed “failure” at parenting? She refused to give her daughter a psychiatric medication prescribed by her doctor — a medication that even the state now admits the daughter didn’t need. After she refused, CPS called the police who brought guns onto the scene. Maryanne, in an effort to protect her daughter, warned the police to go away. When they broke in through her front door, she allegedly fired a warning shot to let them know she would protect her daughter against armed intruders. This resulted in the SWAT team being called in, and a 12-hour standoff ensued. Maryanne is now facing multiple felony charges, including “obstruction of a law enforcement officer.” It is the duty of honest citizens to obstruct cops who are committing crimes And yet, I ask the question: Was it not Maryanne’s duty to obstruct those law enforcement officers when they are in the process of committing a crime? Those who blindly believe in state power without understanding the principles of freedom mistakenly believe that cops have the right to do anything they want. The badge, they think, gives them the ultimate power to commit their own crimes in the name of the state. But this simply isn’t true: Cops are required to both uphold the law and exercise discretion in the enforcement of law. If you spotted a cop raping a 13-year-old girl in a dark alley, would you simply walk away and say, “Oh, it’s okay because he’s a cop” ? Of course not. You’d call somebody or perhaps take action of your own such as pulling a gun on this cop and demanding he stop raping the girl. At least, that’s what I would do. What would you do if you saw cops ransacking a convenience store and stealing cash while beating the store clerk? Would you say that’s perfectly fine because they carry badges? Of course not: You would call in other cops to arrest these rogue cops. What if you saw a gang of armed cops about to commit a kidnapping crime and breaking in the front door of the house belonging to an innocent family? Would you do something about it? Janet Napolitano urges Americans: “If you see something, say something.” But of course the government doesn’t want you to say something about their own agents committing felony crimes: They want you to spy on your neighbors at Wal-Mart. But Maryanne Godboldo did something. She took decisive action to protect her family against an armed gang of rogue cops engaged in a conspiracy to kidnap her daughter. That they were wearing a badge is irrelevant to the undeniable facts that they were involved in violations of Maryanne’s civil rights, violations of human decency guidelines, and violations of the law. Why we need local law enforcement I believe in the importance of local law enforcement. In fact, I’ve written about it many times (http://www.naturalnews.com/005341.html). But today, I’m warning cops to rethink what they’re doing when they are called into enforce a medication agenda of a child. For one thing, it’s a waste of cop resources. Cops did not go through training just to force moms to drug their teenage children. Cops should be used for far more important things like arresting rapists and murderers. Keeping the peace and so on. Secondly, if cops keep doing this, sooner or later cops are going to get shot by moms or dads who are better armed than Maryanne allegedly was. This is inevitable unless the cops back off and stop this senseless enforcement of “gunpoint medicine.” Can you imagine the tragedy if a cop ends up being fatally shot over the state’s insane desire to force a parent to medicate her child with a dangerous psychiatric drug? That’s what it has come to in America, unfortunately. America is now a medical police state where the refusal to drug your own children results in armed agents of the state breaking down your front door and kidnapping your child. It sounds like something out of a dystopian fiction novel, but it’s a reality right here in America, right now. In every society, we need officers of the peace. But those officers have a duty and a moral obligation to engage in keeping the peace, not escalating the tyranny. When so-called “peace officers” become the terrorists themselves — when they are the ones raiding the homes of innocent families for no justifiable reason — then the police have become a threat to our freedoms and our communities. It is at that point that citizens must rise up against the police and take back their freedoms, their civil rights, and their human rights. The police exist to serve the public, not to rule over them. As a former board member of a law enforcement non-profit in Arizona, I encourage cops all across the nation to think carefully about what you are doing. I urge police officers everywhere to deny CPS requests to take away children from their parents when the CPS complaints are based solely on the parent’s refusal to drug their child with dangerous psychiatric drugs. Good cops should simply say NO to bad enforcement requests. After all, if you’re a cop reading this, you know that sending you in to enforce a medication scheme is a total waste of your time and training. It is an insult to you and your badge. It is an affront to everything the good men and women in blue stand for: Protecting and serving the public. Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad) Because I do not remember any cops swearing an oath to protect and serve the interests of the pharmaceutical corporations. And yet that’s exactly what they are now being forced to do through Child Protective Services and these insane doctors who think every child needs a mind-altering psychotropic drug to be “normal.” Watch my full video commentary at::
read more ... |
| Government control over children, it called safety Issue, and the state says you need protecting - Wednesday, April 20, 2011NY State moves to restrict wiffle ball, dodge ball, and kick ball - Babble | School will be soon be out but if it’s up to the New York State Health Department.
Danielle Sullivan Babble April 19, 2011 School will be soon be out but if it’s up to the New York State Health Department, a lot of city kids might be spending their time indoors. The New York State Health Department created a list of what they deemed “risky recreational activities” and is forcing many summer programs to ban these games unless they shell out extra funds to be recognized as an official summer camp. They say the activities listed pose a “significant risk of injury” and have been named as hazards which need to be regulated at day camps. While proper supervision and safety concerns rank high on every parent’s list of priorities, the games that have been deemed unsafe and risky might shock a lot of city parents who grew up playing these ‘dangerous’ games. Read entire article
Philadelphia Gives Condoms to 11-Year-Olds - ABC | Philadelphia has launched a campaign with a website that offers mail-order condoms to children as young as 11.
Susan Donaldson James ABC April 17, 2011 With the largest rate of teens having sex in the country and the fifth-highest HIV/AIDS rate in that age group, Philadelphia has launched a campaign to reverse those trends with a website that offers mail-order condoms to children as young as 11. A similar effort in Provincetown, Mass., last year stirred up vigorous protest from parents when the school board made condoms available to children of all ages, as long as they went to a school counselor and asked. After the uproar, officials limited access to fifth-graders and up — or those 11 and older. But so far in Philadelphia, the parental reaction has been minimal, according to city health department spokesman Jeff Moran. Read entire article |
| Those who want to take over your lives - Tuesday, April 19, 2011Obama Takes to the Road as Economy Begins Final Descent - Kurt Nimmo | Obama to sell cutting granny’s Medicare while remaining silent on cutting the financing of the endless wars of the global elite. Obama has embarked on a tour to keep you distracted from the 800 pound gorilla in the room – the staggering national debt and the recent downgrading of the nation’s.
Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
April 19, 2011 Obama has embarked on a tour to keep you distracted from the 800 pound gorilla in the room – the staggering national debt and the recent downgrading of the nation’s creditworthiness.
On Monday, the stock market plunged after Standard & Poor’s issued a warning on U.S. government debt. Many warn that the European contagion has finally crossed the pond. Obama will assiduously avoid addressing the negative credit outlook as he kicks off his tour with a town hall meeting in Virginia. Chris Lehane, a former Al Gore and Clinton operative, told Bloomberg any president would prefer to minimize attention to an unfavorable assessment of the nation’s creditworthiness. “That’s not the headline you want when you’re looking at re-election.,” Lehane said. Going into the election, the issue should be how both Democrats and Republicans destroyed the nation’s financial health and its credit rating by engaging in endless wars and throwing billions at so-called too big to fail banks, including a few in Europe. Attention should also focus on the Federal Reserve and its policy of creating money out of thin air and asset bubbles that are designed to implode and decimate the economy. Mitt Romney, the consummate establishment Republican who will likely be selected by the elite to run against Obama, told Larry Kudlow the other day he is not going to waste his time talking about the Federal Reserve. “I think Ben Bernanke is a student of monetary policy,” Romney said, “he’s doing as good a job as he thinks he can do.” Obama will go on the road to sell his version of deficit reduction. It will include cutting granny’s Medicare and rolling back food stamps. His teleprompter script will say nothing about cutting the Pentagon’s massive budget and ending the costly wars and occupations. Obama will say nothing about the bankster bailouts designed to collapse the economy and consolidate the power of the elite. His tour will be a feel-good dog and pony show that will serve as a lead-up to his re-election campaign. “We’ve got to make sure we’re living within our means,” Obama told a Raleigh, North Carolina, television station the other day. At the same time the seasoned insider, Senator Chuckie Schumer, is talking about “shared sacrifice.” The elite and their handpicked political class in Washington never sacrifice. That’s a fate reserved for you and your family. Get ready for austerity. In the days ahead, Democrats and Republicans will endlessly debate how to better impoverish you, your children and grand children. Meanwhile, the wars continue. Next up, a ground invasion of Libya.
History Was Hijacked By War Criminals And Predatory Banksters - The history we were taught in school is not real history. We assume we are free in Western nations, and that we are led by good and noble men, but we are the most mentally enslaved people on Earth. The Excavator
April 19, 2011 “History is a guide to navigation in perilous times. History is who we are and why we are the way we are.” – David McCullough
The history we were taught in school is not real history. We assume we are free in Western nations, and that we are led by good and noble men, but we are the most mentally enslaved people on Earth. If your American history textbook does not cover the banking overthrow of America in 1913 when the private Federal Reserve Bank was dishonestly established and a tyrannical income tax was introduced then throw away that textbook. If your textbook does not say that the September 11 attacks were engineered and orchestrated by government officials in the Bush administration, the U.S. National Security State, and Israel then throw away that textbook. The history we learned in school about America in the 20th century is a pack of lies. America was overthrown in the early 20th century, and its free constitutional republic was corrupted from within by a hidden transnational coalition of banking, corporate, and political thieves whose secret agenda is to destabilize America and the world and set up upon the ruins of an old political order a private-corporate global government that parasitically feeds off of the labor and wealth of nations. This global ruling class is a band of thieves and war criminals who are a threat to free people everywhere. They hijacked America when they established an unconstitutional money system in 1913 and used their ill-gained power to expand their private-corporate global empire through the American government. When they fail at taking control of nations by staging coup d’états through the CIA, they use the media to fool the people and send American soldiers to illegally invade and conquer sacred lands. When the noble John F. Kennedy president resisted their power and acted against their interests in 1963 they killed him and told the American people a big lie in order to quell their anger, subdue their intellect, and tame their passion to right a horrible wrong. The global banksters speak through America, and they manipulate America to rule and conquer other nations, but America is nowhere in their master plan for the future. After America’s wealth and power is used to fully destabilize and destroy the Middle East, the corporate and financial traitors will throw America under the bus, and finalize their plan to centralize private political and economic power at the global level. It is impossible to resist these transnational tyrants and restore freedom in America and the West when you accept their grand narrative of history and current events as the truth. Once they hijacked the American government they made sure to rewrite American history, and tell fanciful stories that don’t implicate them in acts of high treason against the American people and against mankind. JFK, MLK, RFK, and 9/11: Myth as History
Political and imperial power is most successfully wielded in modern authoritarian societies when officials in government, academia, and the media collaborate together to generate myths and misconceptions about certain issues and world events and present them to people as the factual accounts of reality. As soon as people are programmed into thinking that official myths and falsehoods are real truths by societal, governmental and cultural institutions, government officials are free to do any number of crimes they want and to whomever they want. In such a society, people resist by demythologizing official myths, revealing official falsehoods, and stop believing the government and media. To question the official narrative of 9/11 is to question not just a few Bush administration officials or Mossad agents who manufactured a false story about their political enemies, but to put in doubt the current trajectory of our entire global civilization, and put on trial the leadership of America and other governments that are complicit in war crimes. The most basic building blocks of a free society such as the press and academia have failed do expose and correct criminal government behavior. This is major stuff. By questioning 9/11 we challenge every segment in the current power structure, the global political economy, the war establishment in America and the West and the national security classes who serve this great beast, the press, academia, and the state. People accept the official 9/11 story with religious devotion, and anybody who questions it is viewed as crazy and paranoid, which is the stuff of mass mental illness. But the real crazies, as most of us know by now, are in power. That is the craziest thing of our era. A century ago states and empires were free to flex their power, it was political sport, but in the nuclear age and the era of global crises it is madness to wield power the way it is wielded by the U.S. and Israel. These states have no regard for the truth or human life. Nobody is safe from the maniacs in Washington, especially not the American people. The common counter-consensus about 9/11 has emerged and grown, and it will most likely overtake the government manufactured myth about the tragic events of that day and be recognized as the real history of 9/11 in the future. We should not be discouraged that truth-tellers are described as crazy and kooky today. The public resistance to the truth is so great because the truth is so great and enormous, and there is nothing more difficult than admitting that you were fooled and conned by government storytellers. When your trust is betrayed on such a grand scale it is hard to take control and move forward. But, eventually, people will revisit the past, and view history through an objective and truthful narrative, not the false narrative of power. Accepting the truth about 9/11, and the assassinations of JFK, MLK, and RFK means rethinking human destiny, and modern American history, so it is natural that such a profound psychological change can’t happen in a year or even a decade. September 11, 2001 will either be remembered as the date when America’s constitution was completely destroyed and the new world order went into its final phase, or the date that marked a new global era of political awakening and the start of a long process to reclaim Western civilization from a criminal technocratic elite. A Slave or A Free Citizen: What Do You Choose To Be? “The herd is destined for the meat market, and the sheep are not consulted by the shepherd when he decides their time has come. The lesson the Greeks drew from the shepherd analogy is that the sheep cannot trust their shepherd, nor a community entrust itself to one man’s absolute will, however benevolent he claims his purpose to be. They preferred to become a polis rather than be treated as a herd.” – I.F. Stone (The Trial of Socrates; pg. 17-18). “Basic to a free city was the right to speak back to the state, to criticize its actions in the assembly, the courts, the theater, or conversation. If the state suddenly interfered with that right, it was breaking its part of the contract. It was becoming a tyranny.” – I.F. Stone (The Trial of Socrates; pg. 225).
Millions of people have woken up and stopped believing the official lies and myths about the murder of JFK, MLK, RFK, and the September 11 attacks, and although restoring truth to its rightful place in history is an uphill struggle, it is not an impossible task. The technocratic tyrants won’t be able to enslave humanity because the truth that they crucified is slowly being resurrected through the internet and through voices like Alex Jones, Jesse Ventura, and other truth-tellers. The truth about 9/11 raises the question of whether we want to remain slaves or become free citizens. I believe we all have the judgment and ability to perform laborious tasks, work together regardless of our political beliefs, and social standing, and form a worldwide coalition to solve gigantic global crises while still preserving the integrity, independence, and uniqueness of our countries. It is this generation’s task to restore freedom, build a strong and just global civil society based on an understanding of a global general interest, and reestablish the contract between the citizen and the state in the West.
Economic Woes Created By Elitists Behind The Scene - Bob Chapman | The solutions are unpalatable, especially for politicians, because they all spell austerity.
Bob Chapman
Infowars.com
April 19, 2011 An excerpt from Bob Chapman’s weekly publication. 
Europe continues to struggle from one problem to another. The euro has been strong only because the dollar has been weak. The governments of Greece, Ireland, Portugal and Spain continue their balancing acts on the edge of a financial precipice. All have Socialist governments, which have done terrible jobs, but the opposition is not much better. Each economy is in serious trouble and if Italy and Belgium follow it will take $4 trillion to bail them out. If the solvent EU members bail them out they’ll fail as well. Americans and Brits can look down their noses, but their problems are just as bad if not worse. They all have practiced different versions of Keynesian economics that has been disastrous. Their fiscal and monetary policies have been and continue to be out of control, as corruption abounds. The solutions are unpalatable, especially for politicians, because they all spell austerity. We have just seen the European Central Bank raise interest rates as euro zone economies slow, as they hope to arrest 2.8% official inflation. Real inflation is double that number.
We predicted $4 trillion would be needed to bail out Europe some time ago and Germany and the other solvent nations have come to the same conclusion. Even if it were possible, those six nations would live in poverty for the next 50 years. That is hardly a solution. The underlying problem lies with the central banks and the lending banks. Loans to these nations for whatever reason should have never been made in the first place. The bankers who lend money that they create out of thin air knew what they were doing and they knew full well the risks they were taking; 80% of the blame lies at their feet, thus, 80% of the bill is their responsibility, not that of the taxpayers of these countries. Months ago Germany was offered 50 cents on the dollar to settle its debt owed by Greece. The offer was rejected. In time that rejection will be viewed as a major mistake. As a result Greece’s Illuminist president is in the process of laying plans to collateralize new debt repayment commitments with Greek assets such as islands, ports, the rail system, the electric and gas companies and any asset not nailed down. That is why George Soros had top people from JPMorgan Chase and Goldman Sachs with him two weeks ago when be attended secret meetings in Athens. The underlying theme is let’s steal everything. Greek GDP will probably fall 4% this year, as wages and salaries have been slashed. Banks like JPM and GS that create money out of thin air do not care about the money, they want the assets. Central bank bond buyers last year cut their exposure to Greece, Ireland and Portugal. These actions were prompted by concerns over sovereign default and were replaced by purchases of gold. The euro zone, England and the US have large deficits and only modest growth generated by QE and stimulus. Conditions now question debt sustainability. Debt rollover in Europe is acute, especially for Irish and German banks, with as much as half of their outstanding debt coming due over the next two years. As you know the IMF and EU have bailed out Greece and Ireland with Portugal in process. Spain is next and that is more than a $1 trillion problem. European banks are buried in euro zone sovereign debt, which makes them very vulnerable. In fact bank balance sheets are in terrible straights and need to raise significant amounts of capital to further participate in funding markets. At the present time they are in no condition to take on more paper. In Greece the budget deficit may be only 8.1% of GDP, but the economy is stagnant as GDP declines. Overall public debt is about 150% of GDP. We have a difficult time envisioning Greece not defaulting. That is why the moneylenders want almost everything the Greek government owns as collateral. The socialist government of Illuminist George Papandreau cannot handle the job just as his Marxist father Andreas couldn’t handle it 25 years ago. Today’s Greece is still suffering from terrible decisions made during the 1980s. The bottom line is Greece probably will default and they should default. It is the only answer for them and the other five insolvent countries of the euro zone. All these six countries are victims of one-interest rate fits all that we wrote about 12 years ago, as a disaster waiting to happen. That is why in the first quarter in Ireland the average house price fell 43% from the peak. Prices have a lot further to fall. Some say to 63%, which will probably be worse than in some sections of the US. Ireland has been sold out by its politicians and has little hope of survival without bankruptcy. Their economy is not doing that badly – it is the debt of the banks that government assumed that would take them under. The banks that caused these problems cannot help or they’ll go under, which are just deserts considering they were running a Ponzi scheme. Portugal on June 5th will probably get a new center-right government. The economy will continue to decline with a budget deficit of 7% of GDP, as wages and the living standard declines. Like Greece, Ireland, Italy and Portugal should have never joined the euro. The original mistakes to prepare Europe for world government are now coming home to roost. In the late 1980s we spent a great deal of time in Portugal and we could see it wasn’t going to work. Just as an example, in preparation for acceptance, we saw prices rise 50% to bring Portugal up to the levels of other more advanced European countries. As we have seen amalgamation was a very bad idea. Spain’s banks are carrying real estate on their books at twice their real value. Again it is the banks that are the problem. The sovereign debt is low, but in recent years the socialist government has far over spent. The phony house prices will come down to earth sooner or later and you will see a replay of the US and Ireland. For the next few years’ growth will be negative. Spain will need a bailout, but can the IMF and EU afford another $1 trillion? We don’t think so. Like in other countries inflation is rising in Europe and it is going to get worse. Do not think for one second that a ¼% rise in official interest rates by the ECB is really going to change anything. The official EU inflation rate is 2.6%, whereas real inflation is 5.5%. In the US the official rate is 1.9% and the real rate is 8-1/2%. Realistically far higher rates are on the way for this year and next year and that means higher real interest rates. The US will see 14% real inflation this year along with England and 10% to 12% in Europe. Will the US see QE3, or an equivalent and will Europe and England do the same – probably? If they do not there will be hyperinflation. Those countries will go directly into deflationary depression. The elitists who planned all this are quite well aware of the options. If the Fed stops buying Treasury paper the US will go into default. The same is true for Europe, but on a piecemeal basis. This is why if the Fed and the ECB are going to more quantitative easing they had best do it quickly before inflation makes it impossible to do so, Remember, all the monetary expansion done by the Fed and ECB over the past 2-1/2 years is still in the pipeline. A year and one-half from now you may not be able to sell sovereign debt. Most analysts and economists look at all these events in a logical fashion. They say many mistakes were made, but few realize these were not mistakes. What we are seeing was deliberately created. The study of monetary and financial history shows you the way and lets you better understand what these elitists are up too. We are now entering a time frame that is going to be financially explosive. If you are not prepared you are going to be very unhappy. That is why gold and silver related assets are important for your future. Late word reaches us that Greek bondholders could lose 50% to 70% of their investment if Greece restructures their debt. That beats default. That is because the crooks at Moody’s, which were never prosecuted in the CDS-MBS scam, cut Greek debt by three levels, despite the fact that the Greek government cut its deficit by 6% of GDP over this past year. This is an incredible feat, yet the downgrades. Obviously, something is not right here. We expect Moody’s pandered to their pals at JPM and GS, so they could asset strip Greece. As we look at Fed policy we see a never ending continuation of interest rates at ¼ of 1 percent and a continuation of Treasury debt monetization. They say the current QE2 will end at the end of June at some $900 billion. The short term cash debt funding for the Treasury has been extended into the fall. None of the members of the Fed have given an inkling of what the Fed will do next. Some have said what they think the Fed should do and their approaches vary. From the fiscal side budget cuts that have been agreed to but are hardly worth discussing are an insult to our intelligence. We also ask who is going to fund the Treasury’s debt after the Fed stops doing so? The answer is very few, and that means the Fed has to continue or the Treasury will go broke. In 2010 the Chinese bought $260 billion worth. The question is will they continue? Since November 2010 the Fed has been purchasing $110 billion worth monthly. The Fed has bailed the banking system out with QE1 and QE2, but not the economy. There is no exit strategy. In addition, federal debt is expanding at a 14.6% rate: state and municipal debt at a 7.9% rate: corporate debt has risen 5.7% and household debt 0.6%. As you can see the Fed is the lender of last resort. Federal government revenues continue to shrink to less than 15% of GDP the lowest level since 1950. Thus, our opinion is that under some other name or guise quantitative easing, the creation of money and credit, known as monetization will continue as will inflation – that is very high inflation. This monetization is the lynch pin that is holding up the US and world financial system. As monetization runs amok, there is another side to the story and that is as bad assets continue to deteriorate. They would be MBS and CDOs that not long ago sold at par and now sell for anywhere from $0.15 on the dollar to $0.50, as the housing market gets set for another 20% fall and millions of foreclosures abound. Whether you realize it or not this tug of war has been going on for 11 years. The Fed is accommodating to the tune of $2.2 trillion over just a year. Without stimulus by government that figure could be $3 trillion from just 6/11 to 6/12. Someone has to tell us how there can be an exit strategy or a tightening. It is impossible. Hanging over the Treasury market is the spectra of Japan and the need to fund reconstruction caused by the earthquake. Both Japan and China are trapped in their US dollar holdings as the dollar erodes. The problem is if these two nations become sellers that will erode the dollar further. The Bank of Japan says the central bank must avoid underwriting new sovereign debt. We ask how will they get the job done? Will they sell $500 or $800 billion in Treasury paper? We don’t think so. They will create more debt. Although we believe the G-7 may well have bought $50 billion in Treasuries, as they weakened the yen from 75 to 86. In time we will find out if we are right, but in the meantime hanging over world markets and the dollar is the problem of finance for Japan. |
| Al Qaeda Terrorist Obama; Pushes Chinese-Style Internet ID System - Monday, April 18, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Centralized government identity program dismissed as being too draconian for Communist China gets go ahead in United States. A new program being touted by the Obama administration as a solution to online identity theft actually increases the risk of identity theft while providing the government with a national ID system through the backdoor, paving the way for a world wide web in which users will need government permission to access the Internet. Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
April 18, 2011 A new program being touted by the Obama administration as a solution to online identity theft actually increases the risk of identity theft while providing the government with a national ID system through the backdoor, paving the way for a world wide web in which users will need government permission to access the Internet.
The so-called “National Strategy for Trusted Identities in Cyberspace,” created by NIST under the auspices of the U.S. Commerce Department, purports to offer an “identity ecosystem” under which Americans will be able to protect their information not with passwords but with a “single credential” stored on a smart card, a cell phone, a keychain fob or some other kind of gadget. This will then be used to access a myriad of data, including tax returns, health information, bank accounts and more, amounting to a passport for your entire life. Companies like Siemens developed credit card-sized gadgets years ago that enable fingerprints to be used to approve online transactions and the technology is already well established. A series of workshops are planned for June to September during which the government will nail down specifics with companies who are on board with the project and pilot projects will be launched next year. The program bears more than a passing resemblance to a 2007 proposal by China that threatened to force bloggers to register their real identities and personal details via a single centralized ID system as a means for the Communist government to control information and punish dissenters. That idea was scrapped for being too draconian, but the Obama administration is pushing ahead with its own Internet ID system in pursuit of a wider cybersecurity agenda that Senator Joe Lieberman has publicly stated is aimed at mimicking Chinese-style censorship of the world wide web, casting doubt on assertions in the government PR video for the program embedded above that claim, “there is no central database tracking your actions”. The irony of the fact that the program will be managed by a government that has routinely stolen and lost personal information (including that related to personal health data) through both malevolence and incompetence is not addressed in the propaganda video. Remember cash for clunkers? This is the same government that openly admitted it had seized control of data on Americans’ computers who used the cars.gov website. Although the program will initially be voluntary, its widespread adoption by numerous internet hub giants will eventually make its use necessary for conducting any kind of transaction, creating profiles or engaging in any interactive process on the web. Moreover, should there be a major cyber attack that cripples the web and leaves sensitive information vulnerable, the Obama administration would have all the political capital it needs to turn the “voluntary” program into a compulsory requirement for anyone who wishes to use the Internet. Given the fact that the Stuxnet worm attack was admittedly launched by the United States and Israel, the culprits are likely to be closer to home than we think. “Although the White House is describing the NSTIC plan as “voluntary,” federal agencies could begin to require it for IRS e-filing, applying for Social Security or veterans’ benefits, renewing passports online, requesting federal licenses (including ham radio and pilot’s licenses), and so on. Then obtaining one of these ID would become all but mandatory for most Americans,” writes CNet’s Declan McCullagh. “Taken to its logical conclusion, the program, “Could become the virtual equivalent of a national ID card,” he adds. Despite government assurances that the “conspiracy theory set” are wrong in highlighting privacy concerns, critics have labeled the plan an effort to impose a national ID card via the backdoor. Writing for Network World, Mark Gibbs slammed the proposal as, “A totally ridiculous idea. A great example of rampant, over-reaching, ignorant, and ill-conceived political foolishness.” Gibbs highlights the fact that both the IRS and Homeland Security have recently been caught abusing and mismanaging online identity systems. “In short, the government, at the heart of its most sensitive public and administrative services, is incompetent on a biblical scale. And now they propose to provide what is, in essence, the management of a single sign-on system that would impact tens of millions of its citizens,” he writes. In addition, the centralized nature of the system will not protect identity theft, the entire raison d’être behind the program, but will instead make identity theft far more prevalent and easier for criminals. “It remains unclear whether the White House proposal will solve this problem or create new problems,” said Marc Rotenberg, president of the Electronic Privacy Information Center, warning that if the system was compromised it would be like losing your whole wallet, not just your keys or credit card. “There is the real risk that consolidated identity schemes will lead to ‘hyper’ identity theft.”
read more ... |
| Wayne Madsen: Social networks are linked to CIA - Friday, April 15, 2011Who is behind the Soros Foundation, Twitter and Facebook? RT
April 15, 2011 RELATED: White House threats on Wayne Madsen must be taken seriously Are the methods the US is using, namely technically training activists in the Middle East, underminding the sovereignty of the countries there? Who is behind the Soros Foundation, Twitter and Facebook? Who is making up the flash mobs, allegedly organized in Egypt, Tunisia and Libya, where the Internet connection has been shut since the riots broke out? Wayne Madsen, investigative journalist, is sharing his opinion with RT on the issue.
|
| This royal frenzy should embarrass us all - Friday, April 15, 2011In most countries, parents can tell their kids that if they work hard and do everything right, they could grow up to be the head of state and symbol of their nation. Not us. Our head of state is decided by one factor, and one factor alone: did he pass through the womb of one aristocratic Windsor woman living in a golden palace?
Johann Hari London Independent
April 15, 2011 Republicans are not the Grinch, trying to ruin the ‘big day’ for William and Kate. We are proposing a positive vision. Okay, let’s cut a deal here. If Britain can afford to spend tens of millions of pounds on the royal wedding, we have to spend an equal amount distributing anti-nausea pills across the land – to all of us who can’t bear to see our country embarrass itself in this way. Don’t let the Gawd-bless-you-ever-so-’umbly-yer-Majesty tone of the media coverage fool you. Most British people are benignly indifferent to the wedding of William Windsor and Kate Middleton. The 20 percent of us who are republicans, like me, have it slightly worse. We will suffer that face-flushing, stomach-shriveling embarrassment that strikes when somebody you love – your country – starts to behave in a deeply weird way in a public place. [...] In most countries, parents can tell their kids that if they work hard and do everything right, they could grow up to be the head of state and symbol of their nation. Not us. Our head of state is decided by one factor, and one factor alone: did he pass through the womb of one aristocratic Windsor woman living in a golden palace? The US head of state grew up with a mother on food stamps. The British head of state grew up with a mother on postage stamps. Is that a contrast that fills you with pride? No, it’s not the biggest problem we have. But it does have a subtly deforming effect on Britain’s character that the ultimate symbol of our country, our sovereign, is picked on the most snobbish criteria of all: darling, do you know who his father was? Kids in Britain grow up knowing that we all bow and curtsy in front of a person simply because of their unearned, uninteresting bloodline. This snobbery subtly soaks out through the society, tweaking us to be deferential to unearned and talentless wealth, simply because it’s there. We live with a weird cognitive dissonance in Britain. We are always saying we should be a meritocracy, but we shriek in horror at the idea that we should pick our head of state on merit. read more ... |
| Soros and Brzezinski Talking Thai: International Crisis Group spotlights Thailand - Wednesday, April 13, 2011Tony Cartalucci Infowars.com
April 12, 2011
 |
| Soros speaking in the region, 2009 – Wiki Commons |
Bangkok, Thailand April 12, 2011 – As International Crisis Group (ICG) member Mohamed ElBaradei wrestles with 80 million Egyptians for control of their country, stooping as low as to threaten war with Israel in a feeble attempt to score political points – his fellow trustees are expressing their ambitions elsewhere, including helping IMF operative Alassane Ouattara butcher his way into office via international armed intervention in the Ivory Coast. They are also fixated on the power struggle disguised as a “democracy movement” in Thailand. To understand why it is important to consider what the ICG is saying it is important to note that within the ICG, globalist banker George Soros sits as a trustee along with Wesley Clark and Kenneth Adelman, while geopolitical manipulator Zbiginiew Brzezinski and Neo-Conservative Richard Armitage sit in as advisers among many others. Behind this unsavory convergence of ambition are equally unsavory corporate and foundation sponsors including the Carnegie Corporation of New York, Open Society Institute, Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Morgan Stanley, Deutsche Bank Group, Soros Fund Management LLC, Chevron, and Royal Dutch Shell. In Thailand’s case in particular the political upheaval centers around one multinational corporate-backed billionaire, Thaksin Shinwatra who tried and failed to ramrod through a US-Thai FTA before being ushered out of power in 2006. Many of the corporations that stood to gain from the US-Thai FTA (listed here on page 8) are also well involved in the many groups not only still supporting Thaksin’s bid for power, but an entire global agenda of military and economic hegemony. Thaksin Shinwatra, a former adviser to the Carlyle Group, was literally standing in front of the CFR in NYC on the eve of his ousting from power in 2006. Since 2006, he has been represented by fellow Carlyle man James Baker and his Baker Botts law firm, International Crisis Group’s Kenneth Adelman and his Edelman Public Relations firm (also a corporate sponsor of the “color revolution college” Movements.org), Belfer Center adviser Robert Blackwill of Barbour Griffith & Rogers, and now Robert Amsterdam of Amsterdam & Peroff, a major corporate member of the globalist Chatham House.  Much to the embarrassment of the “red shirt” intelligentsia who insist the
mobs have moved beyond billionaire cleptocrat Thaksin and his crusade to
seize back power, Thaksin to this day calls in as the grand finale of each
“red shirt rally.” He has just nominated his own sister as a candidate to lead the reds’ political party, “Peua Thai.” To say Thaksin has the support of multinational corporate interests is an understatement – in particular, Kenneth Adelman not only was Thaksin’s lobbyist, but also sits on the ICG board of trustees and the board of directors of Freedom House – both of which have tirelessly meddled in Thailand’s internal affairs since 2006. Freedom House’s “Freedom in the World” report downgraded Thailand from free under the globalist-friendly cleptocratic Thaksin regime, to partly free under the current Thai government which has been steadily distancing itself from free-trade with the US, ignoring US calls to enforce “intellectual property,” and pursuing a more protectionist policy in regards to the West and its unraveling economy. Freedom House has also nominated National Endowment for Democracy funded “Prachatai” for one of the many contrived awards given to lend agents of the globalist agenda legitimacy. Prachatai of course, is a propaganda clearing house for Thaksin’s “red” movement.  Freedom House nominates a “red shirt” propaganda clearinghouse
for yet another superficial award designed to lend it legitimacy. The ICG Report ICG’s April 11, 2011 report, “Thailand: The Calm Before Another Storm?” attempts to encapsulate the political turmoil by deeming Thaksin’s “red shirt” mob as “anti-establishment demonstrators.” It continues by conceding that indeed the red shirts have employed “amateurish bomb attacks” but downplays their significance. It should be noted that these “amateurish bomb attacks” have maimed and even killed people. In fact, both BBC and the ICG had preceded the bombing campaigns with warnings to Thailand, not to the terrorists working for Thaksin, but to the government to act carefully so as to not provoke the “red shirts.”
The ICG report goes on to claim that the political turmoil is between the Thai establisment, including the military, the monarchy, and the judiciary verses Thaksin. It concludes that the elections, regardless of whether they are fair and free, will be unsatisfactory to Thaksin and his red mob if they are not the winners. When considering who is backing Thaksin, it would be more accurate to state that it is really a power struggle between Thailand as a nation and the foreign-backed billionaire Thaksin Shinwatra, who now resides in Dubai and regularly phones into the “red shirt rallies.” His last phone-in was just on April 10, 2011, to commemorate the bloodbath they themselves instigated last April 10. He has also announced that his own sister, Yingluck Shinawatra, will be running for PM in the upcoming elections. Thaksin’s brother-in-law Somchai Wongsawat had also been PM temporarily until he was dislodged from power. When asking why Thaksin himself will not run, it is because he has been tried, convicted and sentenced to two years in prison for corruption – charges from which has fled abroad to escape. It will be difficult for even the ICG and its army of media pundits to spin this as anything but an illegitimate nepotistic dictator clawing his way back into power with an army of duped farmers, lied to and exploited – and quite literally indoctrinated in political education camps. While the ICG and the corporate interests it represents are intent on continuing to meddle in Thailand’s affairs and attempting to lend credibility to a political faction lead by a man one of ICG’s own trustees had lobbied for and who they themselves admit is engaged in at least “amateurish” terrorism, it is uncertain how their ambitions toward Thailand will manifest themselves. A repeat of the 2009 and 2010 bloody street demonstrations was averted this year through the government’s calling for elections, releasing Thaksin’s red mob leaders on bail, and a suspiciously convenient border skirmish with Cambodia that stole the headlines away from the red shirt leaders. However, considering events unfolding in Libya, where a militant uprising by Al Qaeda, armed and backed by the West was reinvented as a humanitarian crisis necessitating foreign military intervention, and a similar conflicts developing in Syria and in the Ivory Coast, anything at all is possible.
April 10, 2010: Thai soldiers attempt to disperse Thaksin’s “red shirts.” Mercenaries called “men in black” show up firing assault rifles and M-79 grenade launchers into the riot troops. Violent crossfire ensues. Red shirt
security adviser “Seh Daeng” would go on to admit 300 armed men were
under his command in the Australian newspaper “The Age.” Greater Implications Last year in Bangkok, beginning in April, 2010 the red shirt leaders had mobilized an estimated 300 mercenaries carrying M-79 grenade launchers and a variety of assault rifles. The bloodbath and arson that ensued until late May has now been entirely pinned on the Thai government by both the red shirts as they attempt to rewrite history and the foreign media who is purposefully obfuscating the events that transpired starting April 10 onward. Now, similar “mystery gunmen” have turned up in Yemen, sniping protesters from rooftops, in Syria gunning down protesters and police alike, and of course the not-so-mysterious gunmen that have been leading the uprising in Libya since it started on February 17, 2011.
Indeed, this is not an “Arab Spring,” this is a global blitzkrieg extending from the Middle East through the bordering nations of Russia, across China’s “String of Pearls” (including Bangkok) and to Beijing itself. With Hilary Clinton and the US State Department now admitting to funding subversion worldwide, along with organizations like the National Endowment for Democracy on record supporting NGOs and “independent media” throughout these targeted regions, we are looking at a covert war for world domination. With blood flowing sporadically from nation to nation as the foreign-backed revolutionaries make their bids to unseat standing governments, war has all but been declared. China has even recently gone as far as responding to this increasingly apparent fact, telling the United States to stop using the issue of human rights reports to interfere in other countries’ internal affairs. Such “reports” come from entirely corporate-funded, disingenuous organizations, and have just recently allowed the West to bring war upon Libya at the cost of truly abhorrent humanitarian crises. We are already in the middle of World War III – with the winners being either a Wall Street-London centric unipolar global government, or a multi-polar world where nations, just as people, need to barter, trade, and compromise for what they want while respecting the property and the sovereignty of one another. In order to ensure the unwarranted influence wielded by corporate interests is ended, we must begin to boycott and replace them in our everyday lives. As this is war, it will not be won overnight, it will be difficult, replete with danger, failure, but eventually success. Our only other choice is to bend to the will of these antiquated, blood thirsty unyielding tyrants that have mismanaged our respective nations into a mired web of interdependency and crippling economic disparity. From Thailand to Europe and even in the United States there is a backlash against globalization taking place on a local level – at your local farmer’s market and through innovative collaborative projects developing and sharing technological knowledge and progress. While security forces fight on the streets with contrived revolutions, we must ceaselessly work to undermine the corporations and financial interests that are truly powering this chaos.
read more ... |
| Parents Threatened by TSA Before 6 Year Old was Groped, Girl then Broke Down in Tears - Wednesday, April 13, 2011Steve Watson | The parents of a six year old girl who was subjected to an enhanced pat-down at the hands of the TSA appeared confused and disturbed. Parents Say TSA Made It Clear “There Would Be Trouble” If They Refused To Allow 6-Year Old Daughter To Be Groped The parents of a six year old girl who was subjected to an enhanced pat-down at the hands of the TSA appeared confused and disturbed in an interview on ABC News’ Good Morning America today as they called for a change in security procedures. The parents of a six year old girl who was subjected to an enhanced pat-down at the hands of the TSA appeared confused and disturbed in an interview on ABC News’ Good Morning America today as they called for a change in security procedures. Selena and Dr. Todd Drexel, of Bowling Green, Ky., were thrust into the spotlight this week after a video of their daughter, Anna, being searched at New Orleans Armstrong International Airport went viral on the internet. The couple said they allowed the video to be uploaded to Youtube in order to gauge other opinions on the incident which they feel was very wrong. The video (below) shows the child in some distress as she is intimately probed by a stranger while her parents look on powerless.
“Initially she was just confused,” Todd Drexel said. “Afterward she broke down crying because she really didn’t understand what she had done wrong.” he added. “I did ask for alternatives, I asked for her to be rescanned. They just refused and said they were going to do what they were going to do.” Selena Drexel said, adding that a TSA supervisor made it clear in a non verbal way that “there would be trouble” if the parents “caused a fuss” and refused to allow the pat down to be completed. Mrs Drexel added that TSA agents did not adequately answer her questions when she asked why her daughter had been selected for a pat-down. “We struggle to teach our kids to protect themselves, to say ‘no, it’s not ok to touch me in this way in this area,” Mrs Drexel, said. “Yet here we are saying it’s ok for these people.” If we don’t find other ways we’re making them more vulnerable, she said, adding that procedures for children should be changed. Watch the interview:

LIttle Anna’s reaction to the incident speaks volumes. She was upset and distressed because she thought she had done something wrong and was being punished by the so called authorities. The untainted innocence of the child’s view of the incident tells you that there is something very very wrong with the way millions of Americans are allowing their government to act in the name of security that is nothing but an act of terrorism. To pick out a six year old child a a possible security threat and frisk her for dangerous weapons in an American airport is utterly insane, however it is far from an isolated incident, as we have previously documented. If anyone else abducted someone’s child and then sexually molested them they would be rightly called a pedophile and locked up for a long time, but when the government does it not only is it deemed acceptable, but it also trains a whole generation of children that being kidnapped by an adult and having their genitals groped is normal. read more ... |
| Death Cult Mexican drug cartels targeting and killing children - Monday, April 11, 2011Washington Post | In Mexico’s brutal drug war, children are increasingly victims, while these scumbag drug lords need to be put down themselves. Anne-Marie O’Connor and William Booth Washington Post
April 11, 2011 SAN LUIS POTOSI, Mexico — On a sunny afternoon last week, when the streets of this mountain mining city were filled with schoolchildren and parents hurrying home from work, gunmen entered a tiny apartment and started firing methodically. The assassins killed everyone: the family matriarch and her adult son; her daughter and son-in-law, and finally, her 22-month-old granddaughter. The child was not killed by mistake. Preliminary forensics indicate that the gunmen, unchallenged, pointed a pistol at Scarlett Ramirez and fired. In Mexico’s brutal drug war, children are increasingly victims, innocents caught in the crossfire, shot dead alongside their parents — and intentionally targeted. read more ... |
| Wantabe Canadian Prime Minister Candidate Confronted About Bilderberg Group - Sunday, April 10, 2011WAC Brant | Puppet Michael Ignatieff, Liberal party leader in Canada, confronted. It all the same rhetoric coming from those political partys about change, the fact is Steven Haper and Michael Ignatieff want global government, North American Union and Canadians are waking up to this fact. Do these two people really beleive they are fooling people.
We Are Change Brant
April 10, 2011 Michael Ignatieff, leader of the Liberal party of Canada gets confronted about the Bilderberg group, the North American Union, and Fluoride. At a stop in Hamilton Ontario. For his part, Ignatieff answered the question about his opponent Harper’s Bilderberg visits and officially denounced secrecy. Among Ignatieff’s sappy speech lines is that “It is time for a change.” Somehow, I think I’ve heard that before.
Terry Wilson and Frankie Gotz confront the NWO puppet Micheal Ignatieff in Hamilton Ontario. Although the event was promoted to be Michael answering any questions asked by the public, he did not like being asked about the Bilderberg group, fluoride and the North American Union. The whole contempt of parliament and buying war machines (by Harper) is all scripted. its all done to manipulate your mind to hate harper and to vote in this new guy. much like wat they did with bush and Obama. they are all puppets and all serve the same corporate agenda! Vote Liberal or Torie, and we will be in serious jeopardy of losing our country!
It's time Canadians know about Builderberg, the Council on Foreign Relations, The dangers of water fluoridation, GMO (Genetically modified organisms), Chemtrails, the North American Union, The New World Order, the carbon tax con, the fake war on terror, the use of HAARP technology. And the list goes on. These issues are not talked about enough and too many people are in the dark. It's a dangerous mix. We live in dangerous times. It's time to get our neighbors interested. Terry Wilson and Frankie Gotz confront the NWO puppet Micheal Ignatieff in Hamilton Ontario. Although the event was promoted to be Michael answering any questions asked by the public, he did not like being asked about the Bilderberg group, fluoride and the North American Union.
The whole contempt of parliament and buying war machines (by Harper) is all scripted. its all done to manipulate your mind to hate harper and to vote in this new guy. much like wat they did with bush and Obama. they are all puppets and all serve the same corporate agenda!
Vote Liberal or Torie, and we will be in serious jeopardy of losing our country Just like the United States has under the clown Obama and others in the past have done to bring the US down on it's knee's. Think About it, as time is very short now to stop them all from having this country. canadianawareness.org - read more ... |
| Exposing the International Arbiters - Sunday, April 10, 2011The corporate funded exploitation of freedom, democracy, and human rights. 
The corporate funded exploitation of freedom, democracy, and human rights.
Tony Cartalucci Prisonplanet.com
April 10, 2011
Supposedly mapping “freedom.”
 Bangkok, Thailand April 10, 2011 – The colorful maps of press freedom, democracy, and other metrics we are told are indicative of a free and prosperous society are the products of wholly corporate funded special interest lobbying groups like “Reporters Without Borders,” “Transparency International,” and the fraudulent “Human Rights Watch.” In giving us a clear picture of freedom, prosperity, and human rights throughout the world, they are about as accurate and as useful as divining rods are at finding water. These large multinational organizations may include professional, dedicated, and immensely sincere people from all walks of life who believe in their cause, however, the vector sum of their effort is to advance the collective interests of the corporations that populate the board of directors and fund them. Libya The hyped, unverified hearsay coming out of Egypt, Libya, and now Syria regarding “alleged” brutal crackdowns on “unarmed” protesters has been lent legitimacy by being repeated through organizations like Human Rights Watch (HRW). In fact, nearly all of HRWs reports are merely collections of witness accounts, allegations, and hearsay, generally from protesters and opposition members and entirely devoid of any empirical evidence. Hearsay, one would reasonably think, is a good impetus for further investigation, not drawing a conclusion. For HRW however, the conclusion is usually already politically predetermined. In Libya’s case, Qaddafi’s ouster was a given, leaving HRW the task of simply filling in a compelling narrative.
Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, after admitting to funding sedition worldwide,
demands that Qaddafi leave power based on still unfounded accusations.
Perpetuating these accusations are corporate funded organizations like HRW. Some samples of HRW reports regarding Libya: HRW: “Libya: Allow Eman al-‘Obeidy to Leave Tripoli” Regards allegations of Eman al-Obeidy who claimed she was raped and tortured by Qaddafi forces in Tripoli before stumbling fortuitously into a hotel lobby full of foreign reporters. Her allegations remain as such, however this has not stopped the media or HRW from exploiting the story to bolster anti-Qaddafi sentiment. HRW: “Libya: African Rights Court Issues First Ruling Against a State” Again, unverified allegations serve as the basis for a contrived court’s decision using entirely contrived laws to berate Libya and undermine the government’s legitimacy. To this day allegations against Libya’s military for intentionally targeting civilians are not only unsubstantiated, but refuted even by Western military analysts engineering the war. HRW: “Libya: At Least 370 Missing From Country’s East” Here we have 72 “possible disappearance” cases “documented” by HRW, but based on interviews with family members or witnesses to the arrest of the “apparently” missing persons. A pattern of consistently misleading propaganda becomes apparent – designed to undermine the Libyan government in support of the predetermined “Qaddafi must go” narrative. As the West’s aggression against Libya unfolds, evidence is emerging that not only is HRW’s propaganda misleading, but much of it is verifiable lies. Evidence is now emerging that these “freedom fighting” rebels are in fact Al Qaeda fighters, many of whom quite literally just got back from fighting Americans in Afghanistan and Iraq including one of the current rebels leaders, Abdel-Hakim al-Hasidi.

Funding HRW are the regular corporate suspects including
the Soros’ Open Society Institute, the Ford Foundation,
and the CFR lined Atlantic Philanthropies. Thailand In Thailand, a combination of metrics stemming from these disingenuous groups are fueling another attempted color revolution trying to ride the current wave of destabilization started by the West through the US State Department, and equally disingenuous groups like Freedom House and the National Endowment for Democracy. The leader of the Thai color revolution is globalist stooge Thaksin Shinwatra, a former adviser to the Carlyle Group who was literally standing in front of the CFR in NYC on the eve of his ousting from power in 2006. Since 2006, he has been represented by fellow Carlyle man James Baker and his Baker Botts law firm, International Crisis Group’s Kenneth Adelman and his Edelman Public Relations firm, Belfer Center adviser Robert Blackwill of Barbour Griffith & Rogers, and now Robert Amsterdam of Amsterdam & Peroff, a major corporate member of the globalist Chatham House. To say Thaksin has the support of multinational corporate interests is an understatement. The opposition party operating under Thaksin has been attempting to undermine the government’s legitimacy through a steady stream of contrived metrics regarding “freedom,” “democracy,” and “human rights,” provided by Human Rights Watch, Freedom House, Transparency International, and Reporters Without Borders. Often cited is the Freedom House’s “Freedom in the World” report where Thailand was downgraded from free under the globalist-friendly cleptocratic Thaksin regime, to partly free under the current Thai government who has been steadily distancing itself from free-trade with the US, ignoring US calls to enforce “intellectual property,” and pursuing a more protectionist policy in regards to the West and its unraveling economy. What those who cite Freedom House forget to mention is that upon its board of trustees sits Kenneth Adelman who was Thaksin’s paid lobbyist. Such a conflict of interest derides Freedom House’s legitimacy entirely, and similar personalities and corporate sponsors involved in the organization have also directly benefited financially from conflicts started on lies given legitimacy through Freedom House’s “work.” These include both George Soros and signatories of the war mongering Project for a New American Century. Reporters Without Borders is funded by the corporate-lined National Endowment for Democracy, and has downgraded Thailand as well regarding it as a “nation under surveillance.” The organization cites the crackdown on the elements involved in the foreign-backed color revolution as the reasoning behind its judgment, using the NED funded Prachatai website in particular as an example. Reporters Without Borders attempts to portray such crackdowns as an affront to freedom, even as Secretary of State Hillary Clinton openly admits to funding subversion worldwide.

Freedom House is a big fan of NED funded Prachatai as well.
Prachatai is an over-the-top propaganda clearinghouse for
the Thai red color revolution. One must wonder how the United States would deal with foreign funded sedition when they are already labeling collector coin dealers “domestic terrorists” and dealing them out 10 year prison sentences. Perhaps the most ludicrous of all is Transparency International which has been frequently cited by the color revolution for downgrading Thailand’s score on the “Corruption Perception Index” from 3.6 under Thaksin to a negligible 3.4 under the current government. Transparency International, however, is funded by perhaps the most corrupt corporations on earth, in human history, including: Anglo American, Ernst & Young, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Merck, Procter & Gamble, Shell International, Abu Dhabi National Energy Company, and Wal-Mart. Foundation support includes the eugenicist Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the criminally run World Bank. What exactly do these corporate-financier oligarchs have against Thailand? A lot of it stems from the failed US-Thailand FTA Thaksin tried to ramrod through into law before being ushered out of power. A quick look at the corporations (listed on page 8 here) of the US-Thailand FTA Business Coalition reveals some of the largest, most influential corporations on earth, many of which are also found on lists naming the key corporate members behind the global corporate-financier agenda. Impeding the US-Thailand FTA doesn’t just deny these power-mad corporations another market to plunder, it impedes the entropy of global oligarchical megalomania in general. Thailand and Libya are but two examples. These organizations are manipulating public opinion and providing armies of seditious agents worldwide with statistics and official looking reports, leveraging the very noble causes of human rights, democracy, and freedom for their own nefarious agenda. As chaos attempts to consume Syria, Iran, and even Moscow and Beijing, remember the names of these organizations – Human Rights Watch, Reporters Without Borders, Freedom House, and the ridiculous Transparency International and recognize the disingenuous agenda they are peddling. Tony Cartalucci is the writer and editor at Land Destroyer Report
read more ... |
| Jesse Ventura: Enough Government Cover-ups! It’s time for a Revolution! - Thursday, April 07, 2011Canadians need to educate themselves about the two main horse party system. Enough of IE Liberals and Conservatives, corruption, scandals, who cater to the big corporations, rather then the people themselves. Don't you think it time, that we Canadians get away from the two main party system that become the Government of Canada. The interviews in the video's are a must watch, as anything the US does effects us Canadians in eveery way from the terrorist act right down to gas prices.
On the heels of the release of his latest book, 63 Documents the Government Doesn’t Want You Know, former governor of Minnesota, talk show host and professional wrestler Jesse Ventura talks with RT’s Anastasia Churkina to discuss his latest effort. In this sit-down, Ventura shares his thoughts on the recent decision to bring alleged 9/11 mastermind Khalid Sheikh Mohammed before a military tribunal and how Democrats and Republicans have “sold their soul to rock and roll.” read more ... |
| Big Pharma Drugs, are they all that....! - Wednesday, April 06, 2011 |
| Fox News Endorses Pepper Spraying 8 Year Olds - Wednesday, April 06, 2011On FNC’s Fox and Friends today Gretchen Carlson came out loudly in favor of pepper spraying children by saying, “I say 100% pepper spray and some parenting classes as well. I mean come on.” Jason Easley Politic USA
April 6, 2011 You may have heard the story of the Colorado 8 year old who threw a violent temper tantrum at school, and the end result was that the police were called and he was pepper sprayed. On FNC’s Fox and Friends today Gretchen Carlson came out loudly in favor of pepper spraying children by saying, “I say 100% pepper spray and some parenting classes as well. I mean come on.” Here is the story from 9 News in Colorado:
From 9 News, “According to the report, Aidan was climbing the cart and spitting at teachers. He also broke wood trim off the walls and was trying to stab teachers with it. ‘I wanted to make something sharp if they came out because I was so mad at them. I was going to try to whack them with it.’ The report goes on to say Aidan, was holding what looked like a sharpened one foot stick and he screamed, ‘Get away from me you f—ers.’” Here is the video of Gretchen Carlson from Media Matters:
Gretchen Carlson said, “I say 100% pepper spray and some parenting classes as well. I mean come on. This is what our schools have to combat right now? This is the third time for an eight year old that the police have been called. Threatening the teachers and you’re eight?” The Fox and Friends crew then went on to read some viewer responses which blamed the parents for not holding the child accountable for his behavior. It is logical that the police department is going to defend the decision because they are trying to avoid a lawsuit, but the real mind blower is Fox News defending the idea that the best way to deal with a troubled eight year old is to pepper spray him then blame the parents. Before things ever got to the place where the police had to make a decision on whether or not to pepper spray a child something should have been down about this kid’s emotional issues. By letting things get to the pepper spray point, a whole lot of adults failed Aidan. I am sure that Gretchen Carlson is all in favor of other people’s children being pepper sprayed or even being bombed to death by the US government in other countrys, but just not her own, when viewed through the eye of the Fox News camera, Real America is starting to look more and more like a police state, and it doesn't matter if young children have become demons, the state will keep on harming children and showing the world that they the government and police are our masters. The message is that we don’t need to deal with the underlying issues. Be decisive. Spray first, and ask questions later, and too hell with freedom and rights! Yes, “Real America”: Land of the free, home of the sprayed. Full article here |
| Doctors on why they avoid naked body scanners at airports - Sunday, April 03, 2011Ethan A. Huff | Radiation scientists admit naked body scanners are fully capable of causing both sperm mutations and cancerEthan A. Huff NaturalNews April 3, 2011 For those still contemplating whether or not the radiation emitted from airport naked body scanners is serious enough to avoid, you may be interested to know that many doctors routinely “opt out” and choose the full-body pat down instead because they recognize the inherent dangers associated with any level of radiation exposure. A recent CNN piece explains that for many doctors, avoiding all sources of radiation whenever possible is just the smart thing to do. Throughout the past year, NaturalNews has covered many stories related to the US Transportation Security Administration’s (TSA) controversial naked body scanners, which are now installed and in use at nearly 80 US airports (http://www.tsa.gov/approach/tech/ai…). Besides representing an unconstitutional invasion of privacy (http://www.tsa.gov/approach/tech/ai…), the scanners blast passengers with full-body doses of health-destroying radiation (http://www.naturalnews.com/naked_bo…).
So what do medical doctors who fly have to say about the machines? Well, according to CNN’s Elizabeth Cohen who recently conducted her own small investigation, many are concerned about the radiation these scanners emit. In fact, Cohen quotes several doctors who express concern about the cumulative effects of repeated radiation exposure, even if such exposure is supposedly miniscule and below established thresholds for causing harm. “I do whatever I can to avoid the scanner. This is a total body scan — not a dental or chest X-ray,” said Dr. Len Lichtenfield to Cohen in an email. “Total body radiation is not something I find very comforting based on my medical knowledge.” Another doctor explained that there is “no absolutely safe dose of radiation,” and that “each exposure is additive.” So even if the supposedly low radiation doses emitted from the naked body scanners are as low as TSA and the machines’ manufacturers claim they are, habitual exposure will still cause bodily harm. Even Dr. Otis Brawley, chief medical officer of the American Cancer Society (ACS) expressed concern about whether the safety of them machines, and whether or not TSA is properly maintaining and testing them for safety. After all, TSA refused to release safety reports for quite some time, and when they did, the bungled reports explained nothing more than TSA’s high level of incompetence (http://www.naturalnews.com/031792_a…). Back in December, radiation scientists admitted that naked body scanners are fully capable of causing both sperm mutations and cancer, despite insistence by authorities to the contrary (http://www.naturalnews.com/030607_n…). Other reports suggest that nobody really knows how much radiation is actually emitted from naked body scanners due to flawed and inconclusive safety tests (http://www.naturalnews.com/031792_a…) Sources for this story include: http://www.cnn.com/2011/HEALTH/03/3… read more ... |
| The New Colonialism: Washington’s Pursuit of World Hegemony - Thursday, March 31, 2011Paul Craig Roberts | Gaddafi got himself targeted by standing up to Western imperialism
April 1, 2011 What we are observing in Libya is the rebirth of colonialism. Only this time it is not individual European governments competing for empires and resources. The new colonialism operates under the cover of “the world community,” which means NATO and those countries that cooperate with it. NATO, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, was once a defense alliance against a possible Soviet invasion of Western Europe. Today NATO provides European troops in behalf of American hegemony. 
Washington pursues world hegemony under the guises of selective “humanitarian intervention” and “bringing freedom and democracy to oppressed peoples.” On an opportunistic basis, Washington targets countries for intervention that are not its “international partners.” Caught off guard, perhaps, by popular revolts in Tunisia and Egypt, there are some indications that Washington responded opportunistically and encouraged the uprising in Libya. Khalifa Hifter, a suspected Libyan CIA asset for the last 20 years, has gone back to Libya to head the rebel army.
Gaddafi got himself targeted by standing up to Western imperialism. He refused to be part of the US Africa Command. Gaddafi saw Washington’s scheme for what it is, a colonialist’s plan to divide and conquer. The US Africa Command (AFRICOM) was created by order of President George W. Bush in 2007. AFRICOM describes its objective: “Our approach is based upon supporting U.S. national security interests in Africa as articulated by the President and Secretaries of State and Defense in the National Security Strategy and the National Military Strategy. The United States and African nations have strong mutual interests in promoting security and stability on the continent of Africa, its island states, and maritime zones. Advancing these interests requires a unified approach that integrates efforts with those of other U.S. government departments and agencies, as well as our African and other international partners.” Forty-nine countries participate in the US Africa Command, but not Libya, Sudan, Eritrea, Zimbabwe, and Ivory Coast. There is Western military intervention in these non-member countries except for Zimbabwe.
www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=23940 One traditional means by which the US influences and controls a country is by training its military and government officers. The program is called International Military and Education Training (IMET). AFRICOM reports that “in 2009 approximately 900 military and civilian students from 44 African countries received education and training in the United States or their own countries. Many officers and enlisted IMET graduates go on to fill key positions in their militaries and governments.” AFRICOM lists as a key strategic objective the defeat of the “Al-Qaeda network.” The US Trans Sahara Counter Terrorism Partnership (TSCTP) trains and equips “partner nation forces “ to preclude terrorists from establishing sanctuaries and aims to “ultimately defeat violent extremist organizations in the region.” Apparently, after ten years of “the war on terror” an omnipotent al-Qaeda now ranges across Algeria, Burkina Faso, Chad, Mali, Mauritania, Morocco, Niger, Nigeria, Senegal and Tunisia in Africa, across the Middle East, Afghanistan, Pakistan, the UK and is such a threat within the United States itself as to require a $56 billion “Homeland Security” annual budget. The al-Qaeda threat, a hoax as likely as not, has become Washington’s best excuse for intervening in the domestic affairs of other countries and for subverting American civil liberties. Sixty-six years after the end of World War II and 20 years after the Collapse of the Soviet Union, the US still has an European Command, one of nine military commands and six regional commands. No other country feels a need for a world military presence. Why does Washington think that it is a good allocation of scarce resources to devote $1.1 trillion annually to military and security “needs”? Is this a sign of Washington’s paranoia? Is it a sign that only Washington has enemies? Or is it an indication that Washington assigns the highest value to empire and squanders taxpayers’ monies and the country’s credit-worthiness on military footprints, while millions of Americans lose their homes and their jobs? Washington’s expensive failures in Iraq and Afghanistan have not tempered the empire ambition. Washington can continue to rely on the print and TV media to cover up its failures and to hide its agendas, but expensive failures will remain expensive failures. Sooner or later Washington will have to acknowledge that the pursuit of empire has bankrupted the country. It is paradoxical that Washington and its European “partners” are seeking to extend control over foreign lands abroad while immigration transforms their cultures and ethnic compositions at home. As Hispanics, Asians, Africans, and Muslims of various ethnicities become a larger and larger percentage of the populations of the “First World,” support for the white man’s empire fades away. Peoples desiring education and in need of food, shelter, and medical care will be hostile to maintaining military outposts in the countries of their origins. Who exactly is occupying whom? Parts of the US are reverting to Mexico. For example, demographer Steve Murdock, a former director of the US Census Bureau, reports that two-thirds of Texas children are Hispanics and concludes: “It’s basically over for Anglos.” Ironic, isn’t it, while Washington and its NATO puppets are busy occupying the world, they are being occupied by the world. read more ... |
| Globalist Bid To Ban Cars Is Part Of “Planned-Opolis” Agenda - Tuesday, March 29, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Only the elite will be allowed to drive vehicles, while the rest of the population will be tightly regulated. The controversy generated by the European Commission’s announcement that it intends to ban all cars from city centers by 2050 only scratches the surface of the true tyranny that the globalists have in store for us as part of their “planned-opolis” agenda, which represents a chilling hybrid of communist and fascist control measures that will completely subjugate the population and eviscerate all traces of freedom, mobility and independence.
March 29, 2011  Image: Wikimedia Commons
The controversy generated by the European Commission’s announcement that it intends to ban all cars from city centers by 2050 only scratches the surface of the true tyranny that the globalists have in store for us as part of their “planned-opolis” agenda, which represents a chilling hybrid of communist and fascist control measures that will completely subjugate the population and eviscerate all traces of freedom, mobility and independence. “Cars will be banned from London and all other cities across Europe under a draconian EU masterplan to cut CO2 emissions by 60 per cent over the next 40 years,” reports the London Telegraph. Reaction to the proposal was furious, with the Association of British Drivers labeling the plan “crazy,” warning it would plunge Europe into a “new dark age”. BDA spokesman Hugh Bladon suggested its architect, Siim Kallas – Vice-President of the European Commission, should go and find himself “a space in the local mental asylum”. UK Transport Minister Norman Baker was also forced to address the controversy, saying the EU should not be meddling in individual cities’ transport policies. “We will not be banning cars from city centres anymore than we will be having rectangular bananas,” he said. However, the fact that the globalists plan to ban cars as part of their effort to destroy the living standards of westerners under the contrived pretext of halting global warming is not even the half of it. As we highlighted in January, funded by monolithic corporations and large banks, including the likes of Bank of America, Time Warner and Royal Dutch Shell, the Forum for the Future NGO released a video bragging of how the elite not only plan to ban private car ownership for all but the most wealthy, they also seek to imprison malcontents who don’t conform to the new eco-fascist system within squalid ghettos while those who do submit have every aspect of the lives controlled by super computers and a nanny state on steroids. After we published two articles exposing the group’s hideous agenda, the Forum for the Future organization pulled the video from You Tube, presumably wary that one of the slaves had caught on (“we’ve got one that can see!”), but a mirror version was later re-uploaded by a concerned reader. Watch the clip below.
Browbeating us about how the only solution to expensive fossil fuels is to enforce a “tightly planned and controlled” system, the infomercial (again, funded in part by oil companies like Royal Dutch Shell), goes on to tell the story of what life will be like in 2040 through the words and actions of a subservient, obedient slave named “Vee” who dutifully acquiesces to the necessity of the new way of things. We soon begin to learn what living in the new “planned-opolis” will look like – food and water is regulated and rationed by a “Global Food Council” which seizes total control over farming. Meat is a rare treat only to be enjoyed on special occasions (mirroring precisely the conditions endured by those in Maoist China). The state decides what your job will be with “designated career announcements,” nobody has the choice to decide their own vocation. Movement and behavior is controlled by a calorie credit card linked to a smart phone that rations the amount of travel the citizens of “planned-opolis,” are allowed to make. Private ownership of cars will be banned for non-elitists because, “the state knows they just aren’t practical anymore.” Of course, none of these new rules will apply to the rich elitists enforcing them on the rest of us – it’s made clear in the ad that the wealthy will still be able to roll around in CO2-belching cars whenever they like while everyone else is forced to get government permission and be allocated a time slot in which to use restricted vehicles provided by the “Slick Travel Corporation”. “It makes so much sense doesn’t it,” insists the smiley faced slave “Vee,” who enjoys the fact that she can “switch off brain and go to work,” adding, “With this many people around I’m glad there’s a mega-computer in charge.” Of course, for those who resist and still cling to some semblance of freedom in defiance of the state and the super-computers running the slave grid, there’s the “cry freedom ghetto,” prison camps for malcontents who are blocked from getting jobs, accessing high speed transport or the Internet. In an article entitled Eco-Fascists Call For Prison Cities, we go through specific examples of how everything in the video has direct parallels to how populations living under Stalinist, Maoist and Nazi tyrannies were controlled by a corrupt state. The fact that the clip makes it clear that the ultra-rich elitists will still be able to flout all the rules which will only apply to the serfs underscores the fact that, even if you believe in the contrived fraud of man-made climate change, this has nothing to do with saving mother earth, it’s about population control and domination. They’re throwing it in our faces. Forget just restricting car use in city centers, these vampiric globalists literally want to imprison us within slave grids run by their super computers, while only they will get to enjoy the comparative luxuries of driving cars, eating meat, and having any kind of independent control over their own lives. Does this represent “progress”? is this the elite’s idea of a bright and prosperous future? Or is it the sick fantasy of a gaggle of kleptocrats that want to return humanity to the dark ages of slaves and slave masters? Unless we want our children and grandchildren to live in a society where they have to beg and grovel at the feet of elitists for any form of decent living, while those same aristocrats laugh in their faces as they savour the luxuries and delicacies restricted from the general scum public, we really need to reject their agenda by aggressively identifying what it really is – a putrid, offensive, arcane vision of a future designed solely to reinforce a barbarian caste system of haves and have nots that will facilitate a boot stomping of the face of humanity forever. FLASHBACK: Eco-Fascists Call For Prison Cities FLASHBACK: Planned-Opolis: Elitist Agenda For Eco-Enslavement read more ... |
| U.S. brigade and Death Cult murdered and mutilated innocent Afghan civilians - Monday, March 28, 2011‘Death Squad’: Full horror emerges of how rogue U.S. brigade murdered and mutilated innocent Afghan civilians – and kept their body parts as trophies
Shocking new details emerged today of how American troops formed a ‘death squad’ to randomly murder Afghan civilians and mutilate their corpses.
Rolling Stone Publishes 17 More Graphic Photos Of U.S. ‘Kill Team’ In Afghanistan
Last week the German paper Der Spiegel published very disturbing images of American military ‘Kill Team’ members posing next to Afghanis they had killed.
Glynnis MacNicol Business Insider
March 28, 2011 Last week the German paper Der Spiegel published very disturbing images of American military ‘Kill Team’ members posing next to Afghanis they had killed. Turns out the images were leaked from a Rolling Stone article published today that includes 17 more. The accompanying article is penned by Mark Boal, who won the Academy Award last year for his Hurt Locker screenplay. In it Boal describes how “U.S. soldiers in Afghanistan murdered innocent civilians and mutilated their corpses – and how their officers failed to stop them.” Eric Bates, executive editor of Rolling Stone, was on Morning Joe this morning discussing the piece [video below]. The short version, if there can be a short version of such terrible and complicated subject matter, is that the teams were charged with finding and eliminating the Taliban, and when they failed to do so they ended up targeting civilians. In one case, detailed in Boal’s article, an unarmed 15-year-old boy. The images, meanwhile, are alternately terrible and graphic, and totally normal…some depict soldiers posing with children and families. There are also videos. Again: very graphic. According to Boal the Pentagon went to extraordinary measures to suppress the photos worried that they may result in another Abu Ghraib: “Gen. Stanley McChrystal and President Hamid Karzai were reportedly briefed on the photos as early as May, and the military launched a massive effort to find every file and pull the pictures out of circulation before they could touch off a scandal on the scale of Abu Ghraib.” Boal suggests the motivation to suppress the photos may go deeper: “By suppressing the photos, however, the Army may also have been trying to keep secret evidence that the killings of civilians went beyond a few men in 3rd Platoon.” Twelve men are currently on trial in Seattle, with five facing pre-meditated murder charges that could result in the death penalty or life in prison. Rolling Stone: The Kill Team read more
U.S. troops kept Afghan body parts as trophies
Daniel Bates Mail Online
March 28, 2011 Shocking new details emerged today of how American soldiers formed a ‘death squad’ to randomly murder Afghan civilians and mutilate their corpses. An investigation by Rolling Stone magazine details how senior officers failed to stop troops killing Afghans and keeping their body parts as trophies. In one horrific episode, the magazine claims troops chopped off a dead Afghan boy’s finger and later used it as ‘gambling chip’ in a game of cards. Read entire article
UK Daily Mail
March 28, 2011 - - Rolling Stone reveals how U.S. troops murdered Afghan civilians
- - Soldiers cut off 15-year-old boy’s finger and kept it as trophies
- - Video captures U.S. troops cheering as airstrike kills two Afghan civilians
Shocking new details emerged today of how American troops formed a ‘death squad’ to randomly murder Afghan civilians and mutilate their corpses. An investigation by Rolling Stone magazine details how senior officers failed to stop troops killing Afghans and keeping their body parts as trophies. In one horrific episode, the magazine claims troops chopped off a dead Afghan boy’s finger and later used it as ‘gambling chip’ in a game of cards. The damning dossier is likely to prove to be highly damaging for the Army still reeling from last week’s revelations about the brutal acts of violence carried out by the notorious ‘Death Squad’. The investigation by Rolling Stone also revealed how: - Troops shot dead civilians and tried to cover their tracks
- U.S. soldiers hacked off part of a dead man’s skull
- Soldiers cheered as they filmed a U.S. airstrike blowing up two Afghan civilians
- A video showed two Afghans on a motorcycle being gunned down
The magazine claims the men hacked off bits of skull from their victims and kept them as trophies of their kills.
read more ... |
| School Shooting Exercise Portrays Student as Anti-Illegal Immigration Terrorist - Friday, March 25, 2011Kurt Nimmo | Scenario depicts racist student with access to a cache of guns and IEDs shooting Latino student. The Nut-Jobs in Government, who promote terrorism and Racism...
This is a very good example of how misfits in government (Homeland In-Security) promotes the use of racism on kids with a political motivated premise of the exercise, that is nothing but an act to to see terrorism is played out. These Parents in the US need to keep their kids home and should be worried about the type of government terrorism used in schools, so their kids are not traumatized by government terrorism in action. An Military type Operation called Closed Campus is sponsored by the Pottawattamie County Emergency Management Agency. This Exercise Plan (ExPlan) was produced with input, advice, and assistance from the Operation Closed Campus Exercise Planning Team, which followed guidance set forth in the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Homeland Security Exercise and Evaluation Program. (HSEEP). This ExPlan gives officials, observers, media personnel, and players from participating organizations information they need to observe or participate in a school shooting/domestic terrorism response exercise that focuses on participants emergency response plans, policies, and procedures as they pertain to school shooting.
The information in this document is current at the date of publication, March 21, 2011, and is subject to change as dictated by the Exercise Planning Team. There has NEVER been an incident such as the one they are manufacturing here in the State of Iowa or any other for that matter. This is highly politically motivated, racially inflammatory, and completely egregious. What message does this send to those students and families in that school district? It very powerfully suggests that any student with parents that have a certain viewpoint are racist and dangerous. It is completely politically motivated unbelievable egregious and has no place in any school. This is government intimidation, it is framing white people as gun-crazy racists, and Constitutionalists as extremists. The War on terrorism has been a lie and is being used against people in their own country to keep the war on freedom going on all family's. These government terrorist need to be taken to task and fired from their jobs and seen they never get in government again.
March 24, 2011 The 912 Project-Nebraska Message Board warns that the Department of Homeland Security and officials in Pottawatamie County, Iowa, plan to hold a school shooting exercise on March 26 that portrays a student opposed to illegal immigration as a white supremacist. 
“This Saturday, Pottawatamie County and Homeland Security are conducting an miltary type exercise with the Treynor, IA Community Schools and will simulate a school shooting,” writes Michael Patomson of Council Bluffs, Iowa. “The premise of the mock shooting has been changed to suggest that a student, whose parents oppose illegal immigration comes to school with a gun and shoots a Latino Student.”
Patomson received a PDF entitled “Operation Closed Campus” from the father of a student who was asked to participate in the exercise. “The premise is that a white teen boy, whose family is involved in anti-illegal immigration rallies and favor guns, goes to school and shoots a Hispanic in a rural school,” writes Joan Becker in an email. “This premise is politically motivated, as it is the view of the Democrats in power that white American citizens who believe in all of their Constitutional rights are extremists and terrorists. It is an act of silencing my family, and it is an act of intimidation of all American citizens who believe in our rule of law.” The PDF describes the shooter’s father as connected to an “underground white supremacist group” involved in violent demonstrations. The family is described as Second Amendment “fanatics” in possession of a large cache of weapons, including materials for the manufacture of IEDs. The scenario is right out of the Department of Homeland Security’s playbook. The DHS’ “Right-wing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment” document connects white supremacists with the militia movement, advocates of the Second Amendment, activists opposed to illegal immigration, and other loosely defined “antigovernment” groups. The report describes “white supremacists” as a national security threat. DHS secretary Janet Napolitano defended the report after it leaked to the media. In January, the corporate media attempted to connect the deranged suspected killer of a federal judge who also is accused of seriously wounding Rep. Gabrielle Gifford to a white supremacist group. Jennifer Griffin, a colleague of Fox News’ Greta Van Susteren, wrote that Jared Loughner was associated with the American Renaissance, described by the Department of Homeland Security as an anti-immigration group. Fox received the information from a law enforcement memo based on information provided by the DHS. It was later determined that Loughner holds incoherent and conflicting political opinions and was not associated with white supremacists. Mr. Patomson includes contact information for several Iowa officials involved in the mock shooting exercise. He urges concerned citizens to contact them and voice their opposition to the racist and political motivated premise of the exercise. Superintendent’s Office Superintendent- Kevin Elwood kelwood@treynor.k12.ia.us 102 E Main St, Box 369 Treynor, IA 51575 (712) 487-3414 High School Office Principal-Jenny Berens jberens@@treynor.k12.ia.us 102 E Main St, Box 369 Treynor, IA 51575 (712) 487-3804 Exercise Director Doug Reed Pottawattamie County Emergency Management Agency 227 South 6th Street, Suite 23B Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501 712.328.5776 (office) 402.943.9106 (cell) doug.reed@pottcounty.com read more ... |
| Portland Activists Fighting FBI Fake Terror - Sunday, March 13, 2011A front-line in the battle against the “terronoia-take over.” by Tony Cartalucci Prisonplanet.com
March 13, 2011 Portland Oregon based Media Monarchy recently tweeted a video of We Are Change activists taking to their local city hall demanding that their city remain out of the FBI’s Joint Terrorist Task Force (JTTF). In 2005, Portland became the first city in the United States to opt-out of the FBI’s JTTF over concerns it would threaten civil liberties.
A Portland representative talking with We Are Change says e-mails
regarding the JTTF have been nearly 100% against joining the FBI’s scheme. The renewed push to reconsider this decision comes on the back of December 2010′s FBI fake-terror stunt involving a “Muslim” teen who was approached, trained, and equipped to carry out a terrorist attack aimed at Portland’s annual Christmas tree lighting ceremony. The bomb supplied to Mohamed Osman Mohamud was inactive and he was arrested shortly after attempting to remote detonate it. The globalists’ hopes that this story would go away were dashed as alternative media outlets like Media Monarchy and activists like We Are Change, and the good people of the City of Portland themselves, have doggedly resisted the FBI’s attempt to reassert itself under the cover of what Media Monarchy calls “terronoia.” Portland activists have figured it out. Signs read
“Stop FBI Harassment” and “Al-Qaeda is CIA.” Indeed, as previously reported, the FBI itself seems to pose the greatest threat as it sneaks around constructing and detonating bombs, allowing an inert device to be delivered next to a public crowd of thousands, all resulting in a high-profile arrest leaving the Mayor of Portland looking humiliatingly ignorant. This is an agency with an agenda, not an agency performing its duties. Portland’s Mayor Sam Adams should be thankful the FBI didn’t decide to go with real explosives as they did in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing in order to make their point and expand Federal control over the American people. Tony Cartalucci is the writer and editor at Land Destroyer What special skills the FBI offers that Portland police lack, or how Portland police could have “foiled” a bomb plot hatched from start to finish by the FBI in the first place, are all questions that remain unanswered by the JTTF’s proponents and undermine not just the JTTF’s legitimacy, but the legitimacy of the extra-legal Department of Homeland Security and the US federal government itself. read more ... |
| Anti-government protesters may have been hit with nerve gas, doctors say - Thursday, March 10, 2011Bahraini PM states the monarchy is permitted to use chemical weapons against its citizens. DOCTORS from the scene of violent anti-government protests in Yemen’s capital said that what was thought to be tear gas fired by government forces on demonstrators may have been nerve gas, which is forbidden under international law. AAP
March 10, 2011 DOCTORS from the scene of violent anti-government protests in Yemen’s capital said that what was thought to be tear gas fired by government forces on demonstrators may have been nerve gas, which is forbidden under international law. Military personnel opened fire on Tuesday night and used what was originally assumed to be tear gas to disperse a group of demonstrators who were trying to bring additional tents into the protest area outside Sanaa University. At least two people were killed in a fresh round of clashes across the country, where anti-regime protests have been raging since late January, medical and security officials said. One protester died of gunshot wounds early Wednesday when police opened fire on student demonstrators near the university in the capital Sanaa overnight, a medical official said. According to witnesses, the soldiers fired warning shots into the air before shooting gas – and in some cases live bullets – into the crowd, killing one and injuring at least 50. read more ... |
| Egyptian Revolution? Globalists Own Both Horses In Two Horse Race - Thursday, March 10, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Welcome to “democracy,” new world order style. Globalist stooge Mohamed ElBaradei is being groomed by the elite to successfully hijack the revolution in Egypt and fend off presidential rival Amr Moussa, who himself is a favored candidate for the US military-industrial complex, meaning that the globalists will own both horses in a two horse race – welcome to “democracy,” new world order style. March 10, 2011  Image: Wikimedia Commons
So soon we’ll find out who is the real revolutionaries;
And I don’t want my people to be tricked by mercenaries.
Bob Marley.
Globalist stooge Mohamed ElBaradei is being groomed by the elite to successfully hijack the revolution in Egypt and fend off presidential rival Amr Moussa, who himself is a favored candidate for the US military-industrial complex, meaning that the globalists will own both horses in a two horse race – welcome to “democracy,” new world order style. “When the door of presidential nominations opens, I intend to nominate myself,” ElBaradei said on a live talk show on ONTV channel,” reports Haaretz.com. As we have painstakingly documented, ElBaradei is a pied piper working for the very same globalists and NGO’s that autocrat leader Hosni Mubarak dutifully served for nearly 30 years before his ouster. ElBaradei serves on the Board of Trustees of the International Crisis Group, a shadowy NGO (non-governmental organization) that enjoys an annual budget of over $15 million and is bankrolled by the likes of Carnegie, the Ford Foundation, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, as well as George Soros’ Open Society Institute. Soros himself serves as a member of the organization’s Executive Committee. In other words, this is a major geopolitical steering group for the global elite. Another powerful globalist who sits on the board of International Crisis Group, Zbigniew Brzezinski, warned last year that the international hierarchy, of which he is a key component, was under threat from a “global awakening” that would be led by young radicals in third world countries. Having accurately predicted the wave of revolt now spreading like wildfire across the globe, Brzezinski and his fellow globalists are preparing to pick up the pieces in order to continue business as usual, while the people who risked their lives for real change will be the victims of a monumental deception. Meet the new boss, same as the old boss. ElBaradei’s rival, Amr Mohammed Moussa, who is currently ahead of ElBaradei in the polls, is seen as a more independent candidate, having forcefully scorned Israel in the past for its treatment of Palestinians as well as their actions in the Gaza flotilla raid. However, many see Moussa as little more than a continuation of the Mubarak regime, with Moussa serving as Mubarak’s foreign minister for a decade before becoming chief of the Arab League in 2001. Moussa was heckled on Tuesday night by audience members at his first campaign speech, as participants accused him of being subservient to Mubarak having supported the ousted dictator’s bid for a sixth term in office. Indeed, according to veteran journalist Seymour Hersh, Moussa was the US military-industrial complex’s chosen one to replace Mubarak from the very beginning, so in Moussa and ElBaradei, the globalists own both horses in a two horse race. During a February 8 interview with Al Jazeera, Hersh said that Moussa was considered America’s favored “Plan B” should Mubarak resign, “whether he knows it or not.” As Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya writes, there is now a “counter-revolution” unfolding in Egypt, and Moussa is one of its agitators. “Unqualified figures are emerging, which claim to be speaking or leading the Arab people. This includes the so-called committee of “Wise Men” in Egypt. These unelected figures are supposedly negotiating with the Mubarak regime on behalf of the Egyptian population, but they have no legitimacy as representatives of the people. The Secretary-General of the Arab League, Amr Moussa, is amongst them. Secretary-General Moussa has also said that he is interested in becoming a future cabinet minister in Cairo. All of these figures are either regime insiders or agents of the status quo,” writes Nazemroaya. The power vacuum in Egypt has caused violence to flare up again in recent days as the army previously loyal to Mubarak resorts to violence in a bid to clear protesters, the kind of brutality that the mass media was obsessively reporting when Mubarak was still in power but now couldn’t seem to care less about. It seems as though Egyptians are about to get a taste of how “democracy” works in the western world, with the population being offered a choice of two equally compromised candidates and being forced to choose the lesser of two evils, instead of having the ability to elect a real leader who will legitimately represent the people and offer a genuine alternative to the corrupt regime that was removed last month. Our warning in January that the stage was being set for “Sham Afghanistan-style rigged elections….where the Egyptian people are given the false decision of choosing between two globalist-controlled puppets,” is now coming to fruition. While the revolution in Egypt was driven by people with genuine grievances who rightfully removed a despot, the aftermath is beginning to resemble the all too familiar playbook of the likes of Brzezinski and Soros, and we are once again witnessing the globalists’ trick of hijacking circumstances to seize power and ensure governments in the region are subservient to their vision of a new world order, to the detriment of their own populations. read more ... |
| Lawmaker Warns TSA Harassment Coming To Sidewalks - Wednesday, March 09, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Simpson’s fear that Americans will be groped and scanned on the streets and at football games by TSA goons is already coming to fruition.
March 9, 2011  Image: Wikimedia Commons
The lawmaker behind a bill aimed at curtailing TSA grope downs and naked body scanners warns that Americans will be subjected to such harassment on sidewalks and at football games if the TSA is not stopped in its tracks now, but in reality, TSA-style measures have already been aggressively expanded well beyond airports. Republican Rep. David Simpson’s bill in the Texas legislature would classify any search without probable cause as an act of sexual harassment, while naked boded scanner images would be deemed criminal voyeurism. “We’re talking about what would be a criminal act in any other place,” Rep. David Simpson (R) told Raw Story. “If you viewed someone naked without their permission or consent, or as a condition of travel, it would be sexual harassment or voyeurism. If you touched people’s privates, that would be sexual assault. “This is not a left or right issue,” he added. “They are treating American citizens with great indignity, and we’ve got to make this right.” Almost entirely mimicking protections already supposedly guaranteed by the Constitution, Simpson’s bill would characterize “offensive touching” which happens as “part of a search performed to grant access to a publicly accessible building or form of transportation,” as a state jail felony. “Unless there’s reason to believe someone has an explosive or intends to commit a criminal act, you shouldn’t be treating them as a criminal and that’s what we’re doing. It’s un-American and it needs to stop. C.S. Lewis once wrote … that tyranny exercised for the good of its victims may be the most oppressive, and I agree with him. They’re trying to make us think we’re safer, but we’re not.” “It needs to stop somewhere,” said Simpson. “If we don’t nip this thing in the bud it’s gonna come to our sidewalks, to our football games.” However, TSA-style security harassment is already being aggressively expanded outside the domain of airports. In Philadelphia, you don’t have to visit the airport to have the government molest you, TSA-style “stop, question and frisk” pat downs are already being conducted by police on the streets targeting people who act suspicious, by doing things like putting their hands in their coat pocket. As we have repeatedly warned, everything unfolding in the airports, from naked radiation body scanners to pat downs, is now being implemented on mass transit as well as every major street corner in America. Constitutional protections of privacy and immunity from unreasonable search and seizure have been abolished and replaced with guilty until proven innocent. Local police, TSA and Homeland Security agents are already implementing airport-style security measures at bus and train stations, including last year in Tampa, where bomb-sniffing dogs and grope downs were used to check passengers. Last month, TSA goons conducted grope downs of passengers, including young boys, at Savannah train station, despite the fact that the travelers were disembarking from their train and trying to leave the station having completed their journey. After the incident received national attention, TSA officials lied about the event, claiming passengers had been free to leave, when in fact they were swarmed by TSA agents and ordered to submit to the search as soon as they stepped onto the platform. As we reported earlier last year, as the national outrage surrounding the TSA’s use of naked body scanners at airports simmered, the feds had already purchased hundreds of x-ray scanners mounted in vans that were being used to randomly scan vehicles, passengers and homes in complete violation of the 4th amendment and with wanton disregard for any health consequences. With the devices already being used at highway checkpoints, DHS chief Janet Napolitano has now publicly outlined the plan for mobile scanners to be used on all forms of transit, from trains and the metro to boats. These inspection stations are now being expanded to normal roads and highways, unleashing an army of TSA agents who will be given a free hand to litter America with internal checkpoints in a chilling throwback to Soviet-style levels of control over the population. Simpson’s warning that the TSA will eventually be stationed at football games and other public events is already in the works. Since the launch of the Department of Homeland Security’s “See Something, Say Something” program, the DHS has released promotional material which depicts would-be TSA agents conducting searches at public events, including a Buccaneers football game. After we wrote an article on the subject, the TSA pulled the You Tube videos from the web which showed the pat downs at football games. Indeed, all fans entering the Cowboys Stadium for last month’s Super Bowl final were subjected to grope downs, bag searches, and had to pass through metal detectors. Homeland Security is also developing technology to be used at “security events” which purports to monitor “malintent” on behalf of an individual who passes through a checkpoint. The video below explains how “Future Attribute Screening Technology” (FAST) checkpoints will conduct “physiological” and “behavioral” tests in order to weed out suspected terrorists and criminals. The clip shows individuals who attend “security events” being led into trailers before they are interrogated as to whether they are terrorists while lie detector-style computer programs analyze their physiological responses. The subjects are asked about their whereabouts, and if they are attempting to smuggle bombs or recording devices into the “expo,” proving that the technology is intended to be used at public events and not just airports. Individuals who do not satisfy the first lie detector-style test are then asked “additional questions”. read more ... |
| British PM David Cameron New World Order Cultist and Anti-Christian Nutcase - Wednesday, March 09, 2011British PM David Cameron New World Order Cultist and Anti-Christian Nutcase take to speaking out on Foster Parents
 ANTI-CHRIST SUPPORTER
Tolerance: David Cameron said Christians must be 'tolerant and welcoming' towards homosexuality
PM British David Cameron comment on Christian couple banned from fostering because of beliefs on homosexuality, says Anti-Christian & New World Order PM David Cameron has stepped into the row over the Christian couple who have been barred from fostering children because of their belief that homosexuality is wrong. Governments out of control over their Anti-Christian views and hate mongering on the word of God. JASON GROVES and CLAIRE ELLICOTT UK Daily Mail
March 9, 2011 David Cameron has stepped into the row over the Christian couple who have been barred from fostering children because of their belief that homosexuality is wrong. He appeared to back the courts by saying Owen and Eunice Johns had been dealt with in an ‘appropriate way’, and added that Christians must be ‘tolerant and welcoming’ towards homosexuality. His comments came days after Work and Pensions Secretary Iain Duncan Smith also publicly backed the ruling in the Johns case. Last night they provoked a backlash from Christian groups who feel their beliefs are being trampled on by Government equality laws. Former Tory Home Office minister Ann Widdecombe said: ‘It is high time the Government was “tolerant and welcoming and broad-minded” towards Christians. read more ... |
| Caught on Video: General Petraeus And Secretary Gates Share Private Joke About Attacking Libya - Tuesday, March 08, 2011“You returning to normal, you gonna launch some attacks on Libya or something?” read more ... |
| License taken from B.C. senior deemed fit to drive - Tuesday, March 08, 2011Driver's complaint upheld by College of Physicians and Surgeons By Kathy Tomlinson CBC News
A Vancouver senior is criticizing the B.C. government for taking away his driver's licence despite assessments by doctors who said he is fit to drive. “Driving has been my bread and butter my whole life, that’s how I made my living,” Robert Dent, 74, told the CBC's Go Public. “I miss my job. I miss taking care of my family.” “If you are confused and or have dementia, of course you shouldn’t be driving,” said his wife, Joanne Ogilvie. “But in his case there is nothing wrong. There never was.” read more ... |
| Sick and demended Mexx Canada's using children to sell sex, which has gone to far - Tuesday, March 08, 2011NANAIMO - The old adage in advertising is that "sex sells" - and it often appears to be true. But when does that marketing strategy go too far? Many would say - when it involves children.
A Nanaimo mother says a well-known children's retailer has done just that with an ad campaign that features pictures of children in provocative poses. The photo in the store window of Mexx Kids at Woodgrove Centre - shows a boy - 8 or 9 years old - jacket pulled down to show an exposed shoulder - as if undressing. It's offended at least one person. Kolbi McLean is a frequent shopper at Mexx Kids says its inappropriate and exploitive. If McLean was offended by that photograph, she was in for more of a shock. A quick search on the internet, resulted in a picture - obviously from the same marketing campaign - showing four children - boys and girls wearing no shirts. Kolbi McLean and other parents she's spoken to all agree - the photographs should be removed. A spokesperson with Mexx Canada's marketing department in Montréal says the group photograph was part of Mexx International's advertising campaign and Mexx Canada chose not to use that particular photograph in their marketing. read more ... |
| Liberals get their homophobes and diversity groups confused - Tuesday, March 08, 2011Matt Gurney: It was almost a year ago that Ontario Premier Dalton McGuinty, faced with increasing public outcry over proposals for a revamped sex-education curriculum, raised the white flag and put the sex-ed plan back on the shelf
Matt Gurney March 8, 2011 – 9:46 am  Aaron Lynett / National Post Glen Murray: Are there any homophobes in the house? It was almost a year ago that Ontario Premier Dalton McGuinty, faced with increasing public outcry over proposals for a revamped sex-education curriculum, raised the white flag and put the sex-ed plan back on the shelf. Controversial for wanting to teach kids about oral and anal sex when they were 12, homosexuality when they were eight and the proper anatomical terms for sex organs when they were just starting elementary school, the plan was pulled when McGuinty conceded that it “needed a rethink.” The Premier then continued: “The fact of the matter is that we have a very diverse province. And I think that it’s very important that as a government when we develop policies of any kind — but especially when it comes to sex education in our schools, something that touches our children directly — that we listen very carefully to what parents have to say and we take their concerns into account and lend shape to a curriculum that they are comfortable with.” See what he did there? It’s about Respecting Diversity, because when Liberals lose a political fight because of how much they Respect Diversity, they’re actually winning it, you know? Well, that was then, and this is now: Turns out it wasn’t about Respecting Diversity, per se. It was actually the fact that anyone who disagreed with the plan was a homophobe. The Liberals Respect Diversity until it’s a diversity of opinion with what they think. Then they see bigots everywhere. This revealing insight into the Liberal mindset is courtesy of Glen Murray, McGuinty’s Research and Innovation Minister. When speaking with a reporter from Xtra!, a Toronto-based gay and lesbian news publication, Murray said that “right-wing reactionary homophobes just love these issues” and lamented the fact that conservatives in less progressive ridings opposed the plan. Wait, wait, wait. This poses a problem of logic for Mr. Murray and the Liberals. Premier McGuinty, his boss, told us the plan needed a rethinking because it didn’t respect the diverse nature of Ontario, which includes families from many different cultures and religions, with diverse norms concerning sex and when and how The Facts of Life should be taught. But now one of his ministers is saying the opposite: that homophobes and conservatives killed the plan. So … which one is it? Is it the Liberal Party of Ontario’s position that opponents of their sex plan were anti-homosexual bigots, or that the plan failed to reflect the unique and legitimate perspectives of a diverse culture? Or is it both? Do the Liberals fully embrace criticism of their sex ed plan from any immigrant group (because, hey, immigrants are special) while simultaneously dismissing criticism from native-born Ontarians as being born of bigotry? It’s insulting to the Ontario voter no matter what answer the Liberals provide. Insulting to the conservative immigrant who’s being told that homophobia is OK for them because the Liberals don’t expect any better. And insulting to native-born Ontarians because it dismisses their legitimate concerns over how best to raise their children as the biased ravings of of knuckle-dragging homophobes. That last thought is interesting. Liberals’ sneering disdain for social conservatives is old news, Murray is simply the latest to prove it. But if the Liberals truly believe that reaction to their sex-ed plan was only ever rooted in bigotry … why did they back down in the first place? They were better off with the Diversity Defence. No one looks like a coward for surrendering to the forces of respect. National Post
mgurney@nationalpost.com read more ... |
| Wag the Dog: Media blamed for covering Libya unrest with fog of war - Tuesday, March 08, 2011The fog of war has settled over the ongoing unrest in Libya. There are conflicting reports on the number of killed, airstrikes by Gaddafi forces, the number of cities controlled by the opposition – about literally everything RT
March 8, 2011 The fog of war has settled over the ongoing unrest in Libya. There are conflicting reports on the number of killed, airstrikes by Gaddafi forces, the number of cities controlled by the opposition – about literally everything. Last week a wave of reports suggested the opposition was in control of almost the whole country and colonel Gaddafi was doomed. RT’s Okasna Boyko went to opposition held Benghazi to find out why these turned out to be exaggerations at best.
read more ... |
| Motorists illegally detained at Florida tolls – for using large bills - Monday, March 07, 2011WTSP 10 News | Joel Chandler, who just paid his $1.00 toll with a $100 bill, is not allowed to leave without divulging his personal info. Mike Deeson WTSP 10 News
March 5, 2011 Tampa, Florida –Meet Joel Chandler, who just paid his $1.00 toll on the Polk Parkway with a $100 bill, he is not allowed to leave unless he provides personal info to the toll taker. The toll taker tells Chandler this is what happens when they get large bills. She says this is what they have to do.
Chandler says to the toll taker, “So I’m being detained?” She says yes sir. It is a policy the Florida Turnpike authority instituted for people who paid with $20, $50 or $100 bills. After it happened once, Chandler kept testing the system and taped his encounters as he went through the toll booths. One time a toll taker told him, she wouldn’t give him his change unless he gave her the information. read more ... |
| Obama Deceptively Answers Second Amendment Question - Friday, March 04, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
March 4, 2011 It was yet another example demonstrating that some people in Mexico just don’t understand the concept of liberty, the Constitution, and the Bill of Rights. During a press conference with Mexican President Felipe Calderón on Thursday at the White House, a Mexican reporter asked Obama why he has not simply vetoed the Second Amendment. Remarkably, nobody busted out laughing.
What is interesting is how Obama talks about gun runners shipping guns to mexico when the ATF Let U.S. Weapons Fall into Hands of Mexican Gunrunners. The Center for Public Integrity | The decision was part of a Phoenix-based operation code named “Fast and Furious.” Hoping to score a major prosecution of Mexican drug lords, federal prosecutors and the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives permitted hundreds of guns to be purchased and retained by suspected straw buyers with the expectation they might cross the border and even be used in crimes while the case was being built, according to documents and interviews. The decision — part of a Phoenix-based operation code named “Fast and Furious” — was met by strong objections from some front-line agents who feared they were allowing weapons like AK-47s to “walk” into the hands of drug lords and gun runners, internal agency memos show. Indeed, scores of the weapons came back quickly traced to criminal activity. Obama admitted he is sworn to uphold the Constitution, including the right of Americans to possess firearms. He said Americans have the right to own guns to defend themselves and go hunting. “Well, the Second Amendment in this country is part of our Constitution, and the president of the United States is bound by our Constitution,” Obama said. “So I believe in the Second Amendment. It does provide for Americans the right to bear arms for their protection, for their safety, for hunting, for a wide range of uses.” Obama did not mention the real reason the Second Amendment was included in the Bill of Rights. Establishment politicians rarely do. It is said Obama is a constitutional scholar, and yet he seems clueless about the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. As a student of the Constitution, he should know that the Constitution establishes a government of limited powers and the first ten amendments of the Bill of Rights secure individual rights against the intrusion of government. Put in its proper context, the Second Amendment is about preventing government intrusion, not deer hunting or self defense against criminals. Mexicans – or at least those who work for newspapers and are selected to ask Obama questions – are oblivious to the concept of individual rights and the responsibility of an individual to prevent the government from devolving into a tyranny, as government left unchecked invariably does. Thus it should come as no surprise when they ask stupid questions. read more ... |
| Couple endures years of open drug use, sex by fruit pickers - Friday, March 04, 2011By: Bethany Lindsay, ctvbc.ca Date: Thursday Mar. 3, 2011 9:23 PM PT A B.C. couple will receive government compensation for the scenes of sex, sounds of swearing and smells of public defecation they've endured for years from hoards of bored young cherry-pickers hanging out by the river next door. Scott and Caroline Mynott live along the Goat River outside of Creston, but the provincial ministry of transportation owns the right-of-way between their home and the water. For at least eight summers now, crowds of migrant fruit-pickers -- mainly university students from Quebec -- have flocked to the Creston Valley to harvest cherries. On particularly hot days, the workers are given the day off, and as many as 180 of them have been known to gather beside the Mynotts' property to lounge at the riverside, nicknamed The Point. "Ever since the influx of these workers, the Mynotts' summers have, from their perspective, been a plague of distressing nuisances," B.C. Supreme Court Justice Mark McEwan wrote in a Tuesday decision finding the ministry responsible for the disturbances. "They complain of noise and foul language down at the beach. They have witnessed (and videotaped) episodes of public drinking and public nudity and indecency, including explicit sexual activity. They have gathered evidence suggesting drug use." Garbage is left lying in the woods and on the riverbanks. At times, the Mynotts have returned home to find people in their yard -- or even sitting on their deck. The partiers have been known to defecate in the water near the Mynotts' well, and the couple has had to put out abandoned campfires left burning during forest-fire season. Simon Fraser University criminologist Brian Kinney acted as an expert witness during the trial, and suggested that the only way for Mounties to keep the workers under control would be to form a new police force dedicated exclusively to The Point. In response to complaints from the Mynotts, the government placed a porta-potty on the site, put up signs regulating parking and added a dumpster. "The users of the point have shown a marked disregard for these measures. The parking signs have been uprooted, and the portable toilet was upended. The dumpster simply appears to have added a new locus for obnoxious smells and litter without mitigating the mess on the beach," McEwan wrote. The Cherry Growers' Association has also taken steps to control its workers, distributing a code of conduct to seasonal employees and enlisting volunteers to clean up The Point area. But McEwan lambasted the government's response to the Mynotts' complaints and its defence against the couple's lawsuit. "The defendant claims the right, as government, to limit itself to efforts it knows to be ineffectual, to declare them ‘reasonable,' and to permit the right-of-way to constitute a zone of lawless conduct," he wrote. "It flatly submits that it is a valid exercise of public policy to allow public access to water on government held rights-of-way and to then take no interest when there is wholesale abuse of the privilege." McEwan said that he would wait until another cherry-picking season had passed to determine how much the government should pay the Mynotts for their suffering. "If an effective end has been put to the activities, it will then be possible to estimate the Mynotts' damages on a one-time basis," the judge wrote. If not, the Mynotts may be eligible for a much larger payment, and the government could face a court order to clean up The Point. McEwan said that, at least for now, it is entirely up to the ministry to decide how to solve the problem, but suggested that installing permanent toilets and involving the police more often might help.
IN THE SUPREME COURT OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
|
Citation:
|
Mynott v. British Columbia (Ministry of Transportation),
|
|
|
2011 BCSC 258
|
Date: 20110302 Docket: 18601 Registry: Cranbrook Between: Scott Mynott and Caroline Mynott Plaintiffs And: Minister of Transportation of British Columbia and
Her Majesty the Queen in Right of the Province of British Columbia Defendants Before: The Honourable Mr. Justice McEwan Reasons for Judgment
|
Counsel for the Plaintiffs:
|
R. Buddenhagen
|
|
Counsel for the Defendants:
|
I. Wiebe
|
|
Place and Date of Trial/Hearing:
|
Cranbrook, B.C.
June 15, 16, 17, 18, & 21, 2010
|
|
Place and Date of Judgment:
|
Cranbrook, B.C.
March 2, 2011
|
I [1] The plaintiffs own a home on Goat Canyon Road in Erickson, British Columbia, an unincorporated area which borders on Creston. Their property overlooks a stretch of the Goat River that has been a popular recreation site for decades. At one time Goat Canyon Road continued past the plaintiffs’ property to a bridge that crossed the river. That bridge no longer exists but the Minister of Transportation retains the old right-of-way down to the Goat River foreshore, where it abuts Crown land not specifically vested in the Ministry. [2] Goat Canyon Road is no longer improved beyond the plaintiffs’ access to their property. It has become overgrown and impassable to vehicular traffic and concrete barriers have been erected across it. Since the removal of the bridge, members of the public gain access to the river on foot. The area is a beautiful stretch of water that drops through a series of pools between steep rock cliffs. [3] The Mynotts are long time residents of the Creston area who were fully aware of the public use of the right-of-way when they purchased their property in 1989. There was no issue about this until about 2002. Before then, the number of people who used the right-of-way was small, and whatever noise or nuisance they created was transient and tolerable. This has changed, and now every year in the months of July and August crowds congregate on the small beach area at the foot of the right-of-way locally known as “the Point”. [4] This has come about as a result of a change in the economic activity in the Creston Valley. The area is agricultural and has, for many years, produced tree fruit on a large scale. In the late 1990s it became obvious that certain trends in the industry made the traditional apple crop far less profitable than cherries and the Creston orchardists adapted, although it took several years. The crop became commercially productive in around 2002. [5] Harvesting the cherries requires a large number of labourers for a short season in mid-summer. This need came to be met by the seasonal influx of some 300 pickers, the majority of whom are students from Quebec. Donald Low, the president of the Cherry Growers’ Association in the Creston Valley testified that it has become something of a rite-of-passage for the students from Quebec as well as an opportunity for well-paid summer work. [6] The cherry season in the Creston Valley begins in July and is over before the end of August. Some of the pickers start in the Okanagan, where the season is earlier, and later move on to Creston. Although the work can be arduous it must typically be carried out between the hours of 5 a.m. and 11 to 11:30 a.m. Once the days warm up and the internal temperature of the cherries reaches 80F they do not pack well. This leaves Creston with an itinerant population of hundreds of university age cherry pickers with their summer afternoons off. As many as 150 - 180 of them congregate at “the Point” on any given day, along with some local traffic. A party atmosphere prevails. [7] Ever since the influx of these workers, the Mynotts’ summers have, from their perspective, been a plague of distressing nuisances. They complain of vehicles parked along the road above their house, which makes the road nearly impassable and occasionally blocks their access entirely. They complain of noise and foul language down at the beach. They have witnessed (and videotaped) episodes of public drinking and public nudity and indecency, including explicit sexual activity. They have gathered evidence suggesting drug use. [8] Some of the users of the Point find it easier to trespass on the Mynotts’ property than to use the path on the right-of-way. There have been isolated episodes of truly disturbing and invasive behaviour. On occasion, the Mynotts have come home to young people in their yard and lounging about on the deck of their house. [9] The right-of-way is completely unimproved. The users urinate and defecate in the woods and in the water near the Mynotts’ well. Although they cannot prove that their water has actually been affected, they have turned to bottled water after what they have observed. They have captured several incidents of this kind of behaviour on DVD. [10] There is no consistent or no effective clean up, with the consequence that there is often a great deal of litter, including liquor bottles, beer cans, and various other kinds of refuse strewn all over the area. [11] The users of the site often light campfires which can be hazardous in dry weather. On one occasion Mr. Mynott had to extinguish a fire that had been left unattended on the right-of-way. On another, the Mynotts recorded DVD images of water bombers extinguishing a fire in the canyon below their house. The evidence does not prove how the fire started, but the most obvious inference is that some of the people on the point, including those filmed leaving the scene, were responsible. It was a clear beautiful day, and the fire was certainly not the consequence of a lightning strike. [12] The plaintiffs have repeatedly reported these observations to the authorities, including the police. The efforts of the government and others to mitigate have included the placement of a portable toilet at the site, the placement of a dumpster at the end of the road and the placement of signs to regulate parking. In addition there have been occasional cleanup crews organized by the Cherry Growers’ Association. [13] The users of the point have shown a marked disregard for these measures. The parking signs have been uprooted, and the portable toilet was upended. The dumpster simply appears to have added a new locus for obnoxious smells and litter without mitigating the mess on the beach. There is some evidence that a few locals even began to use the dumpster as a convenience, unassociated with any activity at the river. [14] The defendant does not deny that since 2002 what it terms “inappropriate behaviour” at the Point has increased significantly. Its position, apart from intimating that the plaintiffs may be hyper-sensitive, is that it has done all that it can be expected to do in the circumstances. It describes its efforts as: “work[ing] ... with other local stake-holders, such as the Cherry Growers’ Association the Regional District and the RCMP, formulated and implemented plans to address the plaintiffs’ concerns ...” [15] The specific initiatives the defendant has undertaken are iterated in its materials as follows: a. parking restrictions on Goat Canyon Road were increased, and additional signage was installed (Exhibit 4); b. guard rails were installed near the Plaintiff’s driveway; c. cement barriers were placed at the end of the Road, near the start of the Right of way; d. a garbage dumpster was installed at the end of Goat Canyon Road; e. a porta-pottie was installed for several years near the end of Goat Canyon Road; f. cherry pickers and members of the Cherry Growers’ Association engaged in garbage collection; g. a Code of Conduct (recorded on pocket-sized cards and sometimes in employment contracts) and rules regarding civil behaviour were instituted for the pickers; and h. cars were ticketed or towed, or owners were asked to move them from restricted areas. [16] What the defendant describes as “working with local stakeholders ...”, has come to look like the run-around to the plaintiffs, as some of the correspondence illustrates: (a) From the Minister, January 13, 2006: Thank you for your recent letter and attachments regarding your concerns about the misuse of Goat Canyon Road right-of-way- access to Goat River and the impact it’s having on residents of the road. I realize that improper use by some individuals of this right-of-way and the surrounding area is disturbing, and I appreciate you taking to forward me your background material. I understand ministry staff have discussed this matter with you at some length over the past year or more and have worked hard to try to resolve the situation. However, the Goat Canyon Road and right-of-way provides necessary public access to a very popular section of the Goat River. As such, following a thorough review, ministry staff had to decline your request to purchase and close the right-of-way at the end of the road. However, ministry staff recognize there are land-use issues associated with the access and, to ensure safe unencumbered access, have installed “No Parking” signs to restrict parking along one side of the road and within the cul-de-sac area. In addition, to address public concerns about enforcement, health and land use, issues outside my ministry’s jurisdiction, ministry staff were instrumental in convincing the Regional District of Central Kootenay (RDCK) to assume a lead role in resolving this community land-use issue. Ministry staff will continue discussions with local agencies to facilitate a long-term solution for housing for fruit pickers and dealing with health issues. We will also talk to the local RCMP to ensure appropriate enforcement of highway signs, and the RDCK regarding land-use issues. I would encourage you to continue to work with the RDCK to resolve your concerns. Jacques Dupas, my ministry’s West Kootenay District Highways Manager, would also be pleased to assist you wherever possible. Mr. Dupas can be reached at 250 356-6529 or by e-mail at Jacques.Dupas@gov.bc.ca. (b) From the Ministry of Community Services, November 2, 2006: Your letter of October 6, 2006, addressed to the Honourable Ida Chong, Minister of Community Services, regarding concerns about garbage and inappropriate behaviour being exhibited by people in your neighbourhood, has been referred to me for a reply on her behalf. While the issue of nudity and the consumption of alcohol in public is an issue for the RCMP, the Regional District of Central Kootenay (Regional District) has the ability to regulate nuisances, disturbances and unsightly premises. Since this is a local matter within the jurisdiction of the Regional District, I can only encourage you to continue to work with the Regional District to address your concerns. While I understand that you have written to your director, John Kettle, as well as the Regional District Board, you could also submit a request to the corporate officer asking for an opportunity to present your concerns directly to the Regional District Board at its next meeting. If you have other questions in regard to this matter, please do not hesitate to contact me. (c) From the Regional District of Central Kootenay, December 12, 2006: This will acknowledge receipt of your letter, received on October 16, 2006, which was presented to the Board at their meeting held November 25, 2006. Although the Board sympathizes with your predicament, the Regional District has no jurisdiction over roads and public lands, other than those lands in which the District holds some type of legal interest, which I understand is not the case in this situation. Unfortunately there is nothing that District can do other than to suggest that you contact the Ministry of Transportation, the Ministry with jurisdictional authority in this situation and, failing receiving a resolve to your concerns from the Ministry, advancing your concerns to your local MLA. Please feel free to contact the undersigned should you require assistance in locating contact information for either the Ministry or your MLA. Best wishes in finding a resolve to this issue. [17] The Cherry Growers’ Association has attempted to mitigate the harm caused by its seasonal workers. Its website includes, among the attractions of working in Creston, specific mention of the recreation at the Point. Donald Low outlined the steps his organization has taken to abate the behaviour that has distressed the plaintiffs. The Association has printed up cards setting out rules of conduct at the Point, and distributes them to all the seasonal workers. The Association has paid people and enlisted some volunteers to clean-up the beach area. It has compensated the plaintiffs on one occasion for work they have done. Mr. Low also organized the placement of a garbage bin at the top of the site. [18] The defendant’s position is that beyond these measures, and those it has taken, the plaintiffs’ complaints are matters for law enforcement, in the hands of the Creston RCMP. [19] Curiously, having taken that position, the defendant then proceeded to explain at length that the plaintiffs could not expect more than they have been getting from the RCMP. Although the police are not parties, the defendant led extensive evidence to establish that the police response could not be improved without trespassing on the government’s right to make “policy” decisions in that regard. The Court heard a series of police witnesses and an expert, one Dr. Bryan Kinney, who opined that the only truly effective way to abate the activities complained of by the plaintiffs, apart from the creation of a park, would be to form a dedicated police force to address the criminal and anti-social behaviour associated with the right-of-way. [20] The police witnesses explained the resource limitations on the Creston Detachment of the RCMP, and suggested that it was not possible to patrol the right-of-way effectively without distorting other priorities throughout the area served by the detachment. Patrol officers are discouraged from going down to the Point for fear of injury. [21] In summary, the position of the defendant is that it is not responsible for the behaviour on the right-of-way, having done all it is reasonably obliged to do in mitigation. It asserts that any further complaints are matters of law enforcement, but that the police cannot be obliged to do more than they have already done. To the extent that the the plaintiffs continue to experience nuisances from the users of the Point, including nuisances caused by unlawful and even criminal behaviour, the defendant’s position is they will just have to learn to live with it. II [22] Having heard the evidence and viewed the activities the plaintiffs have captured on video, I have no hesitation in saying that the plaintiffs are subjected every summer to several weeks of ongoing obnoxious behaviour emanating from the right-of-way. [23] I do not start from the premise that the plaintiffs are entitled to completely undisturbed enjoyment of their property. They purchased it knowing that it was next to a statutory right of way that had long been used as a swimming hole by local residents. They could not be heard to complain if, over the years, such usage had increased somewhat, and with it, incidents of occasionally annoying behaviour. [24] I also do not accept all of the evidence tendered by the plaintiffs. They have recorded some activity, particularly of a sexual nature, that takes place at a distance, and can only be discerned by the use of zoom lenses. I do not fault them for presenting this material, but some of it is remote and requires too much effort to constitute an immediate disturbance. [25] Discounting, at one end, the sort of activity that might ordinarily be expected, and at the other, the sort which requires extraordinary effort to detect, what remains is still the equivalent of a six week unsupervised party involving up to 200 people on premises without plumbing. The plaintiffs are confronted with daily examples of combinations of public drinking, littering, drug use, indecency, mischief and unlawful disturbances, and the hazard posed by open fires in a forested area. This lawless atmosphere is exemplified in the wilful damage to the parking signs, and to the temporary toilet that was placed on the site. [26] The plaintiffs ground their claim that the defendant is liable to them in nuisance on a series of cases involving commercial premises. In Johnson v. Clinton, [1943] 4 D.L.R. 572, a municipality in Ontario operated a town hall where dances were held. For some years the plaintiffs lived next to the hall and put up with the occasional disturbances which might be expected of the use of such a facility. In 1939 things changed and the disturbances became intolerable: 3 In or about the year 1939 the situation changed and because of loud, vulgar and profane language, the deposit of empty or broken bottles at the rear of the plaintiff's residence and in the lane adjoining the same, the relieving of calls of nature by those attending social functions at the town hall and by other disturbances the peaceful enjoyment of the plaintiff's premises became no longer possible. 4 In December 1942 this conduct on the part of persons attending functions at the town hall became so unbearable that the plaintiff moved the Court for "an Order restraining the Defendant, and each of its agents, lessees, servants, officers and workmen from maintaining or continuing to maintain a public nuisance in or about the Town Hall in the Town of Clinton, and for an Order restraining the Defendant, and each of its agents, lessees, servants, officers and workmen from otherwise interfering with the enjoyment by the Plaintiff of his household premises adjoining the said Town Hall in the Town of Clinton and for such further order and direction as to the Court may seem fit or proper." [27] The Court made the following observations: 6 I find as a fact that during the years 1940, 1941 and 1942 there was much disturbance in or about the premises of the plaintiff by patrons of the town hall. In the years 1941 and 1942 there were 57 and 79 dances respectively held in the town hall; that the plaintiff was disturbed in his premises by profane language and that the electric light bulb over his door was broken by missiles thrown at it in the hands of some of these patrons. I find as a fact that empty or broken bottles were thrown into an area immediately to the rear of the plaintiff's apartment and in the land adjoining; that some of the people who congregated for these functions used the lane as a urinal. I find further that the plaintiff complained on many occasions to the police and to some of the town officials; and that he wrote the Board of Health in an effort to have the nuisances abated. I find as a fact that one David Elliott, a police officer, in the year 1941 had a gate put across the entrance of the lane which was closed during the night. I find that this gate was effective for the purpose of keeping the patrons of the town hall from committing nuisances in the lane. I find that this gate was taken down on the order of some town official and a small barrel or keg put in its place bearing a sign to which no attention was paid and the conduct complained of continued. 7 Since the undertaking by the town before Mr. Justice Kelly the nuisance has been for all practical purposes abated. 8 I am respectfully of opinion that the plaintiff is entitled to damages for nuisances committed in or about his premises during the years 1941 and part of 1942. See Sedleigh-Denfield v. O'Callaghan (1940) A.C. 880; (1940) 3 All E.R. 349. 9 In an article in the Fortnightly Law journal, vol. 13, June 15th, 1943 at page 24, an article from the New Zealand Law Journal, 1943, after commenting on the O'Callaghan case, says: "It follows from their Lordships' judgments in the O'Callaghan case that a plaintiff in order to succeed, must establish that the defendant either knew or ought to have known of the existence of the nuisance. Having established this, the plaintiff must prove that the defendant suffered the nuisance to continue without taking reasonably prompt and efficient means for its abatement. Until it is proved that the defendant knew or ought to have known of the existence of the nuisance, he cannot be held liable for the acts of a trespasser who created it. Again, the occupier of the land is liable for a nuisance to the extent that he can reasonably abate it, even though he has neither created it, nor received any benefit from it. It is enough, said Lord Porter, if he permitted it to continue after he knew, or ought to have known, of its existence. To this extent, but to no greater extent, he must be proved to have adopted the act of the creator of the nuisance. Finally, it must be established that the defendant, having knowledge, could have prevented the danger if he had acted reasonably." 10 See Rainham Chemical Works Limited vs. Belvedere Fish Guano Company Limited (1991) 2 A.C. 465; Code v. Jones and Town of Perth, 54 O.L.R. p. 425. [28] In the context of the present proceedings, it is interesting to note that the plaintiff in Johnson tried to get the police and local officials to intervene, and that their passive efforts, like the posting of signs, had no useful effect. Ultimately, a preventative undertaking to the court, in lieu of an injunction, effectively shut down the nuisance and the court assessed damages to the plaintiff for the time that the nuisance continued. [29] In Newell v. Izzard, [1944] 3 D.L.R. 118 an injunction issued and damages were awarded in a case where a roller skating facility was established in a residential neighbourhood. The nature of the nuisance was akin to that in the present case. 3 The Rollerdrome, as its name would indicate, is used for skating on roller skates operating on a hardwood floor. There are also dances at times and there is something going on practically every night except Sunday. The occupation starts about 7 p.m. and lasts until 11 or 11.15 p.m., though some of the habitues evidently leave a little earlier. Last year it was operated from the first of May but closed down for two weeks. The plaintiff says that there is a very decided roar from the roller skating. He is a commercial traveller and does considerable work in the way of correspondence and calculation in his home at night. The noise, he says, affects him while he is working. He finds he can not concentrate and has either to leave his work until the next day or leave it until they are gone for the night. That is the condition in the winter with storm windows on. In the summer he says it is just impossible to use the living room for ordinary purposes. During that season there is a great deal of noise from motor cars, blowing of horns, and generally it is seldom that he can get to bed and to sleep before 12.30 p.m. The plaintiff also refers to cases of drunkenness and indecency into the details of which I need not enter. His property is trespassed upon and often used as a toilet. The language used by some of the patrons of the rink is filthy in the extreme. On cross-examination tending to show that the only ground for complaint was in the summer time, plaintiff instanced a disturbance only three days before. This sort of thing he claimed happens frequently. *** 16 This case does not depend upon noise alone but upon all the other incidents which have been related in the plaintiff's case. Four years ago or less there was a quiet residential neighbourhood, occupied by 125 or 130 people of the same social class, people who had and desired to have peaceful homes in a quiet neighbourhood. Then came the advent of the defendant with her Rollerdrome, followed by a condition which one witness describes as "hell", and of which many residents complain. "What was there but the Rollerdrome to accomplish this change? What brought crowds, cars, obscenity and sexual misconduct to this peaceful place ? There is only one answer. Now the attraction of a crowd is not necessarily a nuisance but when any place of resort attracts people who behave in a disorderly fashion and invade the privacy of a plaintiff, it depends upon consideration of the facts whether or not there is a nuisance. 17 Now take the obscene instances which the evidence discloses: The vile language used; the insults to dwellers in the vicinity; the breaking down of shrubbery; the trespass by cars upon the plaintiff's lot. I am satisfied that in this quiet locality none of these things would have occurred but for the maintenance of the Rollerdrome. Those who operate it say they know nothing of the occurrences complained of. It is evident that they kept themselves inside so as to be able to cope with any outbreak which might occur; indeed, it seems all through their testimony that there was something to apprehend. [30] The plaintiffs referred to a third, more recent case, Horse & Carriage Inn Ltd. v. Baron, [1975] B.C.J. No. 1120. There, the use of a restaurant changed over time: 11 When the parties discussed the nature of the business that would be conducted on the premises in December of 1972, it was agreed that it would be the same as that which existed at the plaintiffs Alberni St. restaurant. This was described as primarily an eating establishment where liquor was sold as part of the business but not as the major item. There was also music, whose volume was at a sufficiently low level so as to allow normal conversation and there was a type of clientele that was moderate in its behaviour. It is likely that if this type of a business had been carried on at the "Three Kings Head Inn" on Yew St. the parties would have probably settled their differences. However, what did take place as it was described to me was something entirely different. 12 It seems that because of its particular location on Yew St., the business attracted a younger clientele who were not so much concerned about the quality of the food that the plaintiff had to offer as they were the strength of the decibel level of the music and the freedom to consume alcohol without being required to purchase any quantity of food. The plaintiff decided to cater to this demand and installed amplifiers for the music so that the sound was of such a volume that no conversation could take place inside, even at the level of shouting. In the summertime this was particularly irritating to the surrounding neighbours because no heating or airconditioning was installed and the doors of the premises had to be left open. The sound then spilled out into the local community. The sound-proofing done by the plaintiff was of insufficient quality to have any appreciable effect on reducing the irritation of this kind of noise to the defendant who lived immediately above. 13 In addition, at one time, the plaintiff had a policy of allowing patrons to purchase a cheese plate at a cost of some 25[cents] to $1. They could then remain the whole night without buying any more food and drink as much liquor as they were able. 14 This strategy was successful and young people flocked to the plaintiff's establishment. Unhappily, it also attracted some undesirable customers and these were the cause of many of the problems. In order to control them the plaintiff, rather than changing its method of doing business, employed "Bouncers". Despite this the situation deteriorated and the evidence showed that customers were vomiting in the street in and around the building, engaging in fist fights, throwing beer bottles against cars and buildings, urinating in the streets and adjoining alleyways, exposing themselves, using coarse and obscene language, openly smoking marijuana both inside and outside the building, and throwing chairs at one another. At one time a "motor cycle gang" came and attempted to rape one of the waitresses before the police finally intervened. On another occasion there was a knifing in one of the washrooms. Besides this, the police attended from time to time in response to complaints both from the neighhbours and from the management. [31] Bouck, J. cited both Johnson and Newell in concluding that the plaintiffs had an actionable nuisance and assessed damages: ...The type of business carried on by the plaintiff on the premises interfered with the defendant's comfort and enjoyment of his apartment. The noise as described, was a substantial interference with the defendant's right to moderate quiet. The other objectionable conduct of the patrons of the plaintiff amounted to a nuisance. It was a probable consequence of the plaintiff's business practice and should have been foreseen by it. The plaintiff could have prevented the noise and the conduct of the patrons if it had acted reasonably. It did not. Therefore it is as answerable as if this was its actual objective: R. v. Moore (1832), 3 B. & Ad. 184, 110 E.R. 68; Newell v. Izzard, [1944] 3 D.L.R. 118, 17 M.P.R. 185; Johnson v. Clinton, [1943] 4 D.L.R. 572, [1943] O.W.N. 480. I assess the defendant's damages for the nuisance caused to him by the plaintiff at $2,500. 48 The defendant is also entitled to an injunction restraining the plaintiff from carrying on the nuisance and counsel may speak to the form of this order if they cannot agree. [32] By the standards applied in these cases, the plaintiffs submit that the defendant has clearly permitted a nuisance to emanate from lands it owns and controls, to the detriment of the plaintiffs. Here, as in those cases, the nuisance has overwhelmed the ability of the police to respond within the limits imposed by their budgets and priorities. III [33] The defendant began its legal submissions at first principles. Thus it offered a definition of the tort of private nuisance: “an act indirectly causing physical injury to land or substantially interfering with the use or enjoyment of land... where, in light of all the surrounding circumstances, this injury or interference is held to be unreasonable’: St Pierre et al. v. Minister of Transport and Communications, [1987] 1 S.C.R. 906 at 914-915, adopting the definition from Street, The Law of Torts, 6th ed. (London: Butterworths, 1975) at 219. [34] The defendant submitted that the test for nuisance is set out in Royal Anne Hotel Co. Ltd. v. Ashcroft, [1979] 2 WWR 462 at p. 266: The test then is, has the defendant’s use of this land interfered with the use and enjoyment of the plaintiffs’ land and is that interference unreasonable? Where... actual physical damage occurs, it is not difficult to decide that the interference is in fact unreasonable. Greater difficulty will be found where the interference results in lesser or no physical injury but may give offence by reason of smells, noise, vibration or other intangible causes. [emphasis added] [35] The defendant submits that in Royal Anne the court went on to say that not every smell or sound “will entitle the indignant plaintiff to recover” but that the invasion must be “substantial and serious”. This notion was restated in Schenck v. The Queen (1981), 131 D.L.R., (3d) 310 at p 319 (affirmed by the S.C.C. at [1987] 2 S.C.R. 289): Certainly, not every invasion of a person’s interest in the use and enjoyment of his land is actionable. The principle of “give and take, live and let live” is fundamental to the adjustment of claims in the law of nuisance. [emphasis added] [36] The defendant submits that these observations illustrate that the law of nuisance inherently involves balancing of competing interests – the interests of a landowner to use property as it sees fit and the interest of others to use their land without unreasonable interference. [37] The cases advanced by the plaintiffs demonstrate that, in commercial contexts, the courts will take steps to see that serious nuisances are estopped or prevented. The plaintiffs suggest that the duty cast upon the defendant is, likewise, to put an end to the obnoxious activities taking place on the right-of-way. In each of the cases cited the effective remedy was not some “middle ground” but relief that put an end to the nuisance, combined with damages. [38] The defendant claims a distinction, however, as government. It submits that “having regard to its own constraints” it has discharged its duty to take reasonable steps, and that its election not to alienate or close the right of way but to maintain it to ensure the public access to the water is a non justiciable “policy” decision. [39] The defendant submits that the question of whether it has any responsibility must be addressed in light of “the difficulty with controlling the actions of others where the owner does not occupy the property”. It cites Hall v. Beckenham Corp., [1949] 1 K.B. 716. There, a local authority was in control of a “recreation ground” where hobbyists flying model airplanes were annoying adjacent neighbours. The authority successfully resisted an action against it in nuisance, on the grounds that, because it was not the occupier of the premises, but merely its custodian or trustee on behalf of the public, there could be no liability. The Court observed, at p. 728: I think that the corporation are the trustees and guardians of the park, and that they are bound to admit to it any citizen who wishes to enter it within the times when it is open. I do not think that they can interfere with any person in the park unless he breaks the general law or one of their by-laws. They cannot put themselves in the position of judges of whether a person may be causing a nuisance to someone outside the park. Their proper attitude to such a complaint is to say that the complainer must take action against the person who is said to be committing the nuisance. If the habit of flying these model aeroplanes is becoming a nuisance, the corporation may, and I am told that they have in fact done so, propose a new by-law; but that is a matter with which I have no concern at the moment. It seems to me that, as things are, anyone who wishes can go into this ground and fly his aeroplane subject to being proceeded against by a person aggrieved if in fact he commits a nuisance. I think that the corporation cannot be sued for this matter, and that the action against them is ill founded. I therefore decide the preliminary point in their favour. [40] The defendant submits on this analogy that if a person using public land is breaking the law, the question becomes a matter of law enforcement, ineffectual as that may be. IV [41] I think this analogy is inapt. The point of Hall v. Beckenham is that members of the public were at odds over the use of public space in a context where there was no breach of any statute or by-law. In the absence of such authority the corporation could not be enlisted by one side, or liable to the other, for a private nuisance. [42] A case that I think more instructive is Page Motors Ltd. v. Epsom and Ewell Borough Council (1981), 80 LGR 337 (C.A.). There, a motor vehicle repair business whose workshop was located on lands leased from The Borough Council was plagued by nuisances from an adjacent property owned by the Council, but occupied by itinerants described as “gypsies”. Page Motors suffered business losses as a result of the itinerant’s behaviour. The Borough Council obtained a possession order but for various reasons did not enforce it. The problem went on for five years. [43] The Borough Council defended on the basis that the delay in remedying the situation was not unreasonable. It also asserted that in failing to abate the nuisance it had acted within its discretion. The Court of Appeal, per Ackner, L.J. noted; In my judgment the learned judge was entitled to conclude that until 1977 it was the political will that was lacking and that among all the factors which influences the appellant, the predicament of the respondent did not rank very high, for indeed it was not until the writ was issued that it ever entered the minds of the appellant’s officers that the respondent might have financial claims against the Council. The evidence was overwhelming. Five years to find the solution was an excessive period. [44] Fox, L.J. made the following observations: The central facts with which we are concerned are the following: (1) The plaintiff entered into occupation of its site in late 1973; (2) From then until late 1978, the neighbouring site, belonging to the council, had been 17 and 74 gypsy caravans and their occupants upon it; (3) The council did not grant the gypsies any licence to occupy the land; (4) The gypsies behaved as alleged in paragraph 8 of the statement of claim (which is set out in the judgment of Mr. Justice Balcombe at 78 Local Government Reports at pages 509 and 510); (5) As a result of harassment by the gypsies, customers refused to bring their cars to the plaintiff’s premises for servicing, suppliers refused to deliver goods and the plaintiff’s staff were in fear of having to enter and leave the plaintiff’s premises; (6) The only satisfactory remedy for the plaintiff was the removal of the gypsy encampment; (7) The council twice obtained orders for possession but did not enforce them. In general A is under no duty of controlling B to prevent his doing forseeable damage to C. There can, however, exist relationships between A and B which can impose such a duty. The relationship between adjoining landowners as regards nuisance is, I think, such a case. I agree with the judge that Sedleigh-Denfield v. O’Callaghan [1940] AC, 880 decides (a) Where a nuisance is due to the act of a trespasser or stranger, the occupier of the land is liable if he continues the nuisance; (b) An occupier continues a nuisance if, with knowledge or presumed knowledge of its existence, he fails to take any reasonable means to bring it to an end though with ample time to do so. We were referred to the decision of the House of Lords in Dorset Yacht Company Ltd. v. Home Office, [1970] AC 1004, [1970] 2 A.. ER 294. That case, however, while it recognises the general proposition that a person is under no obligation to control the acts of another to prevent him from harming a third person, does not affect the prior decision of the House of Lords in the Sedleigh-Denfield case. Mr. Shiemann, on behalf of the council, contends that accepting that Sedleigh-Denfield establishes that a land-owner may be liable for nuisance caused by a trespasser, the facts of the present case take it outside the Sedleigh-Denfield principle. It is said that Sedleigh-Denfield was concerned with the state of the land; what is complained of in the present case is the activity of the trespassers rather than the condition of the land. There are, I think, two questions here. First, did the activities of the gypsies constitute a nuisance? Secondly, if the activities did constitute a nuisance, is there any relevant distinction between a nuisance caused by an interference by the trespasser with the state of the defendant’s property and a nuisance caused by the activities of the trespasser? As to the first of those questions, it seems to me that the activities of the gypsies did constitute a nuisance in law. Their acts were a wrongful interference with the plaintiff’s enjoyment of its land by the use of the council’s land. Apart from the plaintiff’s premises (which were in the northern part of the Nonsuch Estate) and the premises of one other firm (which were in the southern part of the estate and are not of consequence in relation to the present case) the whole of the estate was owned by the council. What the gypsies did, they did on and by the actual use of the council’s land, whether it was blocking the estate roads, or using these roads dangerously or burning rubbish or threatening persons on the estate roads or firing guns or throwing missiles. The activities themselves were plainly a serious interference with the plaintiff’s enjoyment of its land. They constituted a nuisance. Is there then in law any distinction of the kind posed in the second question? I do not think so. I see no difference in principle between allowing a trespasser to alter the condition of your land so that it floods your neighbour’s land and allowing a trespasser so to use your land that he prevents or inhibits lawful access to your neighbour’s land. In my opinion, therefore, the present case falls within the Sedleigh-Denfield principle. Mr. Schiemann, however, advances another contention. He says that the position of a local authority is essentially different from that of a private landowner. He says, in effect, that a local authority may in the exercise of its statutory powers be liable where a private landowner would not, and that it has a correlative immunity from attack for breach of duty so long as the council is acting intra vires. We were referred to Anns v. Merton London Borough, [1970] AC 728, [1977] 2 All ER 492, at 755, were Lord Wilberforce said in relation to a claim against the Merton Council: “A plaintiff complaining of negligence must prove, the burden being on him, that action taken was not within the limits of a discretion bona fide exercised, before he can begin to rely upon a common law duty of care. But if he can do this he should, in principle, be able to sue”. And in Doset Yacht Company Ltd. v. Home Office, [1970] AC 1004, [1970] 2 All ER 294, Lord Diplock said: “It is not the function of the court, for which it would be ill-suited, to substitute its own view of the appropriate means for that of the department or authority by granting a remedy by way of civil action at law to a private citizen adversely affected by the way in which the discretion has been exercised. Its function is confined in the first instance to deciding whether the act or omission complained of fell within the statutory limits upon the department’s or authority’s discretion. Only if it did not, would the court have jurisdiction to determine whether or not the act or omission, not being justified by the statute, constituted an actionable infringement of the plaintiff’s right in civil law”. Both of those cases, however, were concerned with the exercise by the authority or the department of statutory powers. The present is not such a case. The council were not under a statutory duty to provide sites for the gypsies or to consider whether to provide sites. Under section 24 of the Caravan Sites Act 1960 the council had a purely permissive power to provide sites for any persons. But I do not think that that power is material here; the council did not exercise or purport to exercise it. The council are sued as landowners. That brings me to the question whether, upon the basis that there was a nuisance, the council continued that nuisance. The council continued the nuisance if, with knowledge of the existence of the nuisance, it did not take reasonable steps to bring it to an end with ample time to do so. That the council was aware of the existence of the nuisance, there is no doubt. The problem is whether the council took reasonable steps to bring it to an end. The plaintiff’s case is that the council had the resources to obtain and enforce an order against the gypsies for possession of the property at a very early date in 1974, and that one need look no further. I accept that the council did have such resources, but I think it is necessary to look more widely at the circumstances of the case to determine the extent of the council’s duty. In the Privy Council cause of Goldman v. Hargrave, [1967] 1 AC 645, [1966] 2 All ER 989, the origin of the nuisance was an Act of God - a tree struck by lightning caught fire. Lord Wilberforce, giving the advice of the Board, said at page 663: “One may say in general terms that the existence of a duty must be based upon knowledge of the hazard, ability to foresee the consequences of not checking or removing it and the ability to abate it... the standard ought to be to require of the occupier what it is reasonable to expect of him in his individual circumstances”. [emphasis added] [45] In the present case the position in which the defendant finds itself is similar. The defendant is aware of the nuisance to the Mynotts, and of a large number of breaches of criminal and regulatory laws enabled by use of the right of way, including public mischief, public indecency, causing of disturbances, and Liquor Act, drug, environmental, and fisheries offences. Notwithstanding, the defendant claims the right, as government, to limit itself to efforts it knows to be ineffectual, to declare them “reasonable”, and to permit the right of way to constitute a zone of lawless conduct. It flatly submits that it is a valid exercise of public policy to allow public access to water on government held rights-of-way and to then take no interest when there is wholesale abuse of the privilege. [46] This was the explicit effect of the evidence of David Fisher, the official who drafted the Ministry’s policy. The policy itself is succinct: Existing rights of way that provide public access to water are to be retained for public use. PURPOSE: It is the goal of the ministry to ensure that public access to water is preserved and dealt with consistently across the province. To that end, rights of way under the ministry’s jurisdiction which provide public access to water are to be retained and managed with both present and future public use in mind. Any development of specific sites should be carried out in collaboration with interested members of the public and with relevant local governments. SCOPE This policy applies to all existing rights of way that access the boundary of a body of water. Dedication of new rights of way is a requirement of subdivision and is enforced by the Provincial Approving Officer. [47] Mr. Fisher indicated that the policy applied to all rights-of-way without regard to the amount of public use. [48] In this case the defendant has, in accordance with the policy, refused to sell the right-of-way to the plaintiffs. In contrast to its passive position respecting the nuisances created by the users of the Point, the defendant reacted swiftly and decisively when the plaintiffs constructed gates across the right-of-way. The defendant forced the plaintiffs to remove them. [49] The defendant’s policy defence further turns on the notion, expressed in Just v. British Columbia, [1989] 2 S.C.R. 1228, at para. 16, that, despite the enactment of the Crown Proceeding Act: ...the Crown is not a person and must be free to govern and make true policy decisions without becoming subject to tort liability as a result of those decisions. [emphasis added] [50] The defendant submits that this includes claims in nuisance as well as negligence, given the broad language in which Just is expressed, at para. 18: [t]rue policy decisions should be exempt from tortious claims so that governments are not restricted in making decisions based upon social, political or economic factors. However, the implementation of those decision may well be subject to claims in tort. [emphasis added] [51] The defendant summarizes the public policy defence as arising in two possible legislative scenarios, following the observations of McLachlin, J. in Swinamer v. Nova Scotia (Attorney General), [1994] 1 SCR 445 at para. 4: a. if a statute confers powers to interfere with the rights of individuals, then no action will lie unless the public authority was negligent in doing what was authorized; however, b. if a statute confers power but leaves the exercise of those powers to the discretion of the public authority, then the authority has the option of whether or not to act. But if it chooses to exercise those powers, a private law duty of care arises. [52] The defendant submits that the application of the policy defence is “particularly apt when the nuisance complained of is not the fault of the landowner but is the result of the actions of ‘trespassers or strangers’.” It concedes a duty to take reasonable steps, but claims the right, on policy grounds, to define “reasonable steps” as the demonstrably ineffectual steps already taken. It maintains that de facto any decision which involves the expenditure of funds is a “policy decision”. [53] The defendant further advances a form of in terrorem argument that, given the number of such rights-of-way in the Province, any articulation of a duty could have far reaching consequences. V [54] When one examines the policy rationale, it is clear that the decision to retain public rights-of-way that provide access to water, does not involve a power directly conferred by statute. In line with the observations of Fox, L.J. in Page Motors (see para. 44 above) I think it doubtful that the defendant’s permissive approach to rights-of-way is, properly speaking, an exercise of government power at all. From the Mynotts’ perspective the defendant is simply a landowner that allows a large unsupervised six week party to continue on its property every summer. [55] However the defendant wishes to characterize its decision, it cannot have it both ways. It cannot extol the virtues of a policy of public access, while branding those who accept the invitation implicit in the policy “trespassers or strangers” depending on the requirements of argument. [56] In light of the policy, the defendant can only be saying that the public use of rights-of-way accords with its objectives. That does not make public users “trespassers” unless the authority under which they attend is revoked. Where the behaviour of invitees amounts to nuisance a duty is cast upon the landowner to control that behaviour or to put an end to it. [57] If the defendant is not prepared to treat public users of the right-of-way as trespassers, except rhetorically, the reasonable thing to do in the circumstances is obvious. It is the solution the municipal corporation offered in Johnson v. Clinton: supervision. The installation of adequate sanitary facilities together with a supervisory presence at the site capable of preventing mischief and reporting unlawful behaviour for the six to eight weeks of the cherry picking season would almost certainly put an end to the issues the plaintiffs have brought before the Court. [58] This is not a case where the court is faced with government activity in the public interest that inevitably results in disruption to private interests. In the recent case, Susan Heyes Inc. (Hazel & Co.) v. South Coast B.C. Transportation Authority 2011 BCCA 77, the Court of Appeal considered the inevitable nuisance to some members of the public occasioned by the construction of a mass-transit facility. There, the trial judge had found that a method of construction that would have avoided nuisance to the plaintiff business should have been undertaken. In rejecting that reasoning the Court of Appeal, per Neilson, J.A., found that that finding simply transferred, rather than abated, the nuisance: [142] ... the Canada Line could not be built without significant disturbance to many citizens’ use and enjoyment of their property. The impact of construction would be greater at Broadway if the bored tunnel method was used, and more significant in Cambie Village with cut and cover construction. [143] It is impossible to now conduct a speculative and nuanced assessment of the four nuisance factors and determine whether the nature, severity, and duration of harm arising from bored tunnel construction would have actually created a nuisance in other locations. Nevertheless, at the time the appellants had to decide which proposal to accept, I am persuaded it is fair to say the nuisance-causing potential of both construction methods was comparable. [144] The trial judge rejected the defence of statutory authority because he found the option of bored tunnel would have avoided nuisance to Hazel & Co. That finding, however, had the effect of simply transferring the nuisance-causing potential to other parties at other locations. In my view, in the circumstances of this case an option that only relocates the disturbance is not a non-nuisance alternative, and should not operate to defeat the defence of statutory authority. [145] While s. 4(1)(e) of the GVTAA left the construction method for the Canada Line to TransLink’s discretion, that discretion could not be exercised without significant disruption to many citizens’ use and enjoyment of their property, regardless of the construction method chosen. TransLink’s choice to proceed with the SNC-Lavalin/Serco proposal and cut and cover construction did not transform the RAVxpress option into a non-nuisance alternative simply because it would not have disturbed Hazel & Co. In effect, s. 4(1)(e) of the GVTAA provided statutory authority for the inevitable nuisance that would arise in the course of building rapid transit in this heavily-populated urban area. [146] I accordingly conclude the appellants have satisfied the burden on them to establish the defence of statutory authority. Section 4(1)(e) of the GVTAA provided statutory authority to build the Canada Line. Nuisance was an inevitable result of exercising that authority because there was no practically feasible alternative to the SNC-Lavalin/Serco proposal, which included cut and cover construction, and, in any event, because there was no construction method that provided a non-nuisance alternative in building the Canada Line. [59] Heyes illustrates the principle that a government-authorized undertaking in the public interest, will not be vulnerable to claims in nuisance if nuisance is the inevitable result of exercising its authority. This essentially accords with the circumstances referred to in Swinamer at para. 4(a) (see para. 51 above). Although the policy is not a statutory power, it appears at times that the defendant’s position is that it has chosen not to act, obviating a private law duty of care (see Swinamer para. 4(b) (para. 51 above). Elsewhere, however, the defendant has conceded a duty but suggests it has met its responsibilities in the actions taken to date. [60] That would only be persuasive if what has been done exhausts the reasonable alternatives. In Heyes it was clear that there was no way to effect the public purpose of installing a mass transit service without significant inconvenience to someone. It is implicit in Heyes however, that the availability of a non-nuisance-causing alternative – other factors being equal – might well have led to a different outcome. There is clearly a duty to abate nuisances that are not the inevitable result of government policy. [61] The overriding public policy consideration motivating the defendant is the conservation of government resources: it does not want to spend money. This is manifest not only in its answer to the plaintiffs’ claim on its face – an assertion that there is no duty on the government to control “trespassers” and a suggestion that the plaintiffs look to law enforcement – but even more obvious in its highly developed defence at the second line – that the Mynotts cannot expect help from law enforcement, because the police lack the resources. Catch-22 comes irresistibly to mind. [62] It is utterly foreseeable that in one place or another, the implications of the government policy on access to public water might attract a pattern of use that requires more than benign neglect. That is all that has happened in Creston. The presence of the itinerant workers has led to obnoxious and illegal behaviour which is a nuisance to the Mynotts. There can be no immunity for “policy making” that amounts to setting a chain of events in motion and completely ignoring the predictable consequences. The standard of what is reasonable is objective. It cannot be altered by the circular notion that government spending is policy, so under-pending is “reasonable”, because spending decisions are policy. Vl [63] Courts do not enjoin or mandate government action. In our theory of government it is not necessary. Governments are expected to act in accordance with what the Court declares the law to be. I do not hesitate to say that the defendant has permitted a nuisance to emanate from premises it controls and that it has a duty to effectively abate that nuisance. It has, to date, failed to take reasonable steps to do so. [64] The defendant has expressed a reluctance to act positively, even in the face of this outcome, and has submitted that, in the event of such a declaration, the Court should simply assess damages in a lump sum allowing for past and future harm to the Mynotts. This is clearly inappropriate. The Court should not be invited to implicate itself in the defendant’s neglect of duty by effectively licensing it. [65] The proper course, in my view, is to adjourn this matter to await the defendant’s abatement during the next summer season. If an effective end has been put to the activities, it will then be possible to estimate the Mynotts’ damages on a one-time basis. I emphasize that it is completely up to the defendant to work out the means by which a remedy is effected. [66] If an effective remedy has not been implemented, the question of damages will have to be revisited in light of those circumstances. The matter is put over for this purpose to September 19, 2011, at Cranbrook, to fix a date for continuation. [67] The plaintiffs are entitled to special costs throughout to date. “The Honourable Mr. Justice McEwan” read more ... |
| Egypt, Serbia, Georgia… The History of US Sponsored “Democratization” - Thursday, March 03, 2011There is a Russian proverb: only a fool learns from his own mistakes. As Georgia’s foreign minister visits his Egyptian counterpart, there are lessons for Egypt in similar revolutions in eastern Europe and the ex-Soviet Union. read more ... |
| TSA Criminality Epidemic: “Behavioral Detection” Officer Faces Charges Of Helping Drug Dealers - Wednesday, March 02, 2011Yet another TSA officer has been arrested on suspicion of abusing her position and engaging in illegal activity, adding to a long history of cases indicating that TSA workers are prone to criminal behavior. Everyone else must have their insides scanned Steve Watson Prisonplanet.com
March 2, 2011 Yet another TSA officer has been arrested on suspicion of abusing her position and engaging in illegal activity, adding to a long history of cases indicating that TSA workers are prone to criminal behavior. “Behavioral detection” officer Minnetta Walker was arrested Tuesday by federal agents at Buffalo Niagara International Airport on charges that she provided information to suspected drug traffickers and helped them get past security checkpoints with minimum scrutiny, reports The Buffalo News. Investigators say that Walker helped traffickers move large amounts of cash through the airport, escorting them through security lines, directing them away from the naked body scanners and patdown security lines, and ensuring their luggage bypassed screening areas. According to the Affidavit in support of the Complaint, Walker also allowed at least one person to fly under a false identity and even waited with others at the aircraft departure gate, ensuring that they were able to avoid random secondary screening. She also did this while off duty, but still in her TSA uniform.
Walker faces up to five years in prison, a fine of $250,000 or both for “conspiring to defraud the United States by interfering with and obstructing security measures”, and faces a further one year prison sentence, a fine of $100,000, or both for “aiding and abetting another individual in entering an aircraft and airport area in violation of federal security requirements”. Walker has pleaded not guilty. The TSA has refused to comment on the case. The most sickening part of the case is that Walker’s role as a “behavioral detection” officer is to walk around the airport seeking out potential criminals by analyzing their behaviour. Clearly it takes one to know one, if Walker is found guilty, of course. “TSA screeners generally do not question the activities of a [behavioral detection officer],” FBI Special Agent Gary P. Jensen said in court papers. “This places Walker in a unique position to help individuals bypass security procedures and to detect the presence of law enforcement activity.” While Walker was allegedly helping drug smugglers to waltz through security unhindered, the general public continues to be groped and prodded and forced through naked x-ray body scanners in the name of security. As we reported yesterday, the next generation of body scanners, set to be trialed and rolled out in airports, will use deep penetrating ionizing radiation to literally see inside the bodies of travelers. The justification is to crack down on drug smugglers, yet if they are simply allowed to walk through security unhindered by TSA agents, clearly the plan is somewhat flawed. The full strength x-ray machines present a clear and present danger to the health of millions, who will be subjected to radiation usually used only in hospitals and surgeries to examine bone fractures and to produce brain scans. The most recent studies estimated that CT scanners cause 29,000 cancers and kill nearly 15,000 Americans every year. If similar devices are employed in airports many many more will be exposed to the radiation they emit. read more ... |
| The Perfidy of Government: Evidence v. Denial - Wednesday, March 02, 2011Paul Craig Roberts | America is dissolving.
This essay is about three recent books that explain how we lost our economy, the Constitution and our civil liberties, and how peace lost out to war.Matt Taibbi is the best — certainly the most entertaining — financial/political reporter in the country. There is no better book than Griftopia (2010) to which to turn to understand how stupidity, greed, and criminality, spread evenly among policymakers and Wall Street, created the financial crisis that has left Americans overburdened with both private and public debt. Taibbi walks the reader through the fraudulent financial instruments that littered the American, British, and European financial communities with toxic waste. He has figured it all out, and what in other hands might be an arcane account for MBAs is, in Taibbi’s hands, a highly readable and entertaining story. For the first 65 pages, Taibbi entertains the reader with the inability of the public and politicians to focus on any reality. The financial story begins on page 65 with Fed chairman Alan Greenspan undermining the Glass-Steagall Act leading to its repeal by three political stooges, Gramm-Leach-Bliley. This set the stage for the banksters to leverage debt upon debt until the house of cards collapsed. When Brooksley Born, head of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, attempted to do her regulatory job and regulate derivatives, the Federal Reserve, Treasury, and Securities and Exchange Commission got her bounced out of office. To make certain that no other regulator could protect the financial system and its participants from what was coming, Congress deregulated the derivatives markets by passing the Commodity Futures Modernization Act. As an Ayn Randian mentality of a self-regulating private sector crowded out prudence, the media cheered. Taibbi captures the era in a sentence: “In was in the immediate wake of all these historically disastrous moves — printing 1.7 trillion new dollars in the middle of a massive stock bubble, dismantling the Glass-Steagall Act, deregulating the derivatives market, blowing off his regulatory authority in the middle of an era of rampant fraud — that Greenspan was upheld by the mainstream financial and political press as a hero of almost Caesarian nature. In February 1999, Time magazine put him on the cover.” Mortgage securitization allows lenders such as banks to issue mortgages that can be sold to third parties. Instead of making money from the interest from mortgages in its portfolio, the bank issues mortgages for a fee and sells the mortgages. The mortgages are then combined with mortgages sold by other lenders and resold to investors. This development resulted in lenders being less interested in the credit-worthiness of borrowers. In order to assure investors about credit-worthiness and to appeal to risk-tolerant hedge funds, the next development was to take a pool of mortgages of varying credit-worthiness and to organize them into three tranches. The mortgages were separated into AAA, B grade, and high-risk stuff. The triple A tranche could be sold to pension funds and institutional investors. Hedge funds would take the high-risk tranche for the high-interest rate that they offered, intending to get rid of the mortgages before they had time to go bad. The middle tranche was the one hard to sell. The interest rate on the B-grade tranche was not high enough to appeal to hedge funds, and pension funds were restricted to investment grade. So what did the banks do? Well, they lumped together all the B-grade tranches and started the process all over. The best of the lot were turned into — you guessed it — AAA, then came the B grade, and then the worst of the lot became the third tranche. And then the process was repeated. This was bad enough, but even worse was happening. Many of the triple A and B grade mortgages had that rating only because of fraudulent credit scores and rating agencies assigning investment grade ratings to lower grade mortgages. Everyone was focused on short-term profits, from the lenders who churned out mortgages for fees to hedge funds that had no intention of holding the high-risk tranches beyond the short-run. You can see how toxic waste was spread throughout the financial system. Then it became possible to “insure” the AAA mortgages (many of which were not AAA). Once this happened, financial institutions that were required to maintain reserves against deposits or to capitalize obligations, such as insurance policies, could now substitute higher-paying mortgage derivatives for U.S. Treasury notes and still meet their reserve requirements for a ready cash reserve. Treasury notes are so liquid that they are considered the equivalent of cash, and insured AAA-securitized mortgages acquired similar status. AIG became the big provider of “insurance” in an operation run by Joe Cassano. Cassano’s “insurance” product is called a credit default swap. It is not insurance, because AIG did not set aside capital to pay any claims. And claims there would be. Not only were the AAA mortgages that were being insured littered with toxic waste, investment banks and hedge funds could purchase swaps against mortgages that they did not even own. As Taibbi puts it, people were gambling in a casino in which gamblers did not have to cover their bets or own the financial instruments that they were insuring. While Cassano was collecting fees for bets that he could not cover, Win Neuger on the other side of AIG was lending the insurance giant’s long-term portfolio of sound investments to short-sellers for a fee. Short-selling works like this: A short-seller thinks a company’s stock price is going to fall in value. He borrows the stock from AIG by putting up collateral equal to its market price the day the stock is borrowed plus a small fee, sells the stock, pockets the money and waits for the stock to fall. If his hunch or inside information is correct, and the stock falls in value, he buys the stock and returns it to AIG, pocketing the difference in the two prices. Normally, people who lend stock to short-sellers are content with the fee and with the interest on the collateral (cash) invested in safe instruments like Treasury bills. The lender of the stock cannot take any risk with the cash collateral, because the cash must be returned to the short-seller when he returns the borrowed stock. Once, however, toxic waste got AAA ratings plus insurance from Cassano, higher-paying insured investment grade toxic waste could displace of US Treasuries as a place for Neuger to hold the short-sellers’ collateral. You can see the untenable position into which Cassano and Neuger put AIG. Enter Goldman Sachs as a buyer of swaps from Cassano and a borrower of stocks from Neuger. Once the real estate bubble that the crazed Federal Reserve had caused popped, all the fraud that had been disguised by rising real estate prices appeared in its naked glory. AIG couldn’t cover Cassano’s swaps, and it could not return the collateral to short-sellers that Neuger had invested, unknowingly, in toxic waste. This was the origin of the TARP bailout, which was perceived by Goldman Sachs (whose former executives, as Taibbi relates, controlled the U.S. Treasury, financial regulatory agencies, and the Federal Reserve) as an opportunity not merely to have U.S. taxpayers make good on its exploitation of AIG, but also to fund with free capital supplied by hapless taxpayers more money-making opportunities for “banks too big to fail.” As Taibbi shows, Goldman Sachs had yet more ruin to bring to Americans. Goldman Sachs managed to get the position limits that regulation imposed on speculators in order to prevent speculation from taking over commodity markets (for example, grains, metals, and oil) secretly repealed. This allowed Goldman Sachs to create a new product, index speculation, which brought hundreds of billions into commodities markets and drove up the price of gasoline in 2008 to $4.50 per gallon despite the fact that there was no change in supply or consumer demand. It was entirely a profit rip-off from speculation in oil futures contracts. From here on Taibbi’s book really rolls. If the U.S. had a media worthy of the name, instead of mere shills for private oligarchs and propagandists for government, Matt Taibbi would be the editor of an independent Wall Street Journal with a regiment of investigative reporters. Then Americans would have a prospect of reclaiming their country and their economy. Charlie Savage is a summa cum laude graduate of Harvard with a Master’s degree in law from Yale. As a Boston Globe reporter, he documented the Bush-Cheney-Yoo-Bybee-et.al. destruction of U.S. civil liberties and the constitutional separation of powers as they occurred during the reign of the 43rd president of the United States. Savage draws on this disillusioning experience to give us another important book, Takeover (2007). Savage documents completely how American civil liberty was destroyed by Dick Cheney and the traitors he was able to place in key positions in the Bush regime. President George Bush, an inconsequential person, gloried in the increase in his power that the Cheney forces and the Federalist Society achieved by a fabricated doctrine of “inherent power” that allegedly resides in the presidency. This power, its tyrannical advocates assert, places the President above Congress, the Judiciary, and the law itself during times of war. The advocates of this doctrine used war to advance their claims, but actually believe that the President, as long as he is a Republican, is, in fact, a Caesar who is unaccountable. Savage is a clear, masterful writer. He shows that the Bush/Cheney traitors have left Americans with an executive branch that is unaccountable to statutory law, treaties, international law such as the Geneva Conventions, and Congress. What one reads in Takeover is not opinion but documented fact. There is no better way for gullible flag-waving Americans to sober up than to read Takeover. Anyone who has any remaining faith in the U.S. government after reading the Taibbi and Savage books will lose it completely when they read James W. Douglass’ JFK And The Unspeakable (2008). Douglass’ book is more gripping than the best thriller or murder mystery; yet, it is based on hard evidence documented in 100 pages of footnotes. Douglass presents the solution to the greatest murder mystery of the 20th century — that of President John F. Kennedy. Douglass is not the first to take on this task. Millions of people in the U.S. and abroad have been convinced by years of investigation by many competent researchers that President Kennedy was murdered by his own government. What differentiates Douglass book is that he proves it several times over with official government documents that have been declassified in the years that have passed, with personal and careful interviews with eye-witnesses whose testimony was excluded from the Warren Commission’s report and whose mouths where shut by threats that silenced them into old age when they had nothing left to lose, and with circumstantial evidence that is so overwhelming that it could not be a mere coincidence. In brief, JFK, who began political life as a cold warrior was brought face-to-face with reality in the Cuban missile crisis when the U.S. military insisted that the crisis be resolved by military attack on Cuba and a first-strike nuclear attack on the Soviet Union. Kennedy found his intelligence and humanity isolated within his own government and turned via back channels to Soviet leader Khrushchev for help. Khrushchev sensed sincerity in JFK’s plea and withdrew the Soviet nuclear missiles from Cuba in exchange for Kennedy’s promise that the US would not invade Cuba. Kennedy added the promise to remove U.S. strategic missiles from Turkey in six months but not as a public part of the deal. The U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff, the CIA, and even the Secret Service entrusted with the protection of the president concluded that JFK was soft on communism and a national security threat. Kennedy had not gone along with the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, calling off the U.S. air support. He had nixed the Operation Northwoods project conceived by the Joint Chiefs of Staff to conduct black ops terrorist operations against American citizens in Miami and Washington D.C., to hijack and shoot down American airliners (“real and simulated”), to strafe and bomb Cuban refugee ships headed for Florida and to blame it all on Castro in order to create public support for “regime change” in Cuba. When Kennedy signed the nuclear test ban treaty with Khrushchev, it brought him more condemnation from within his own government. In the eyes of the Joint Chiefs, the CIA, and the Secret Service, America had a national security risk in the White House who was selling out the country to Soviet deceptiveness. The decision was made to eliminate the security risk. Douglass presents in fascinating detail every inch of the story. I can’t reproduce it here. Suffice it to say that Oswald was on both the CIA and FBI payrolls. He was set up as the patsy without realizing it until he was in the Dallas jail where he was shot by Jack Ruby, another CIA asset. The FBI at headquarters level was not part of the plot, although local offices were infiltrated by the CIA. The CIA had set the assassination up so that the patsy, Oswald, was linked to a KGB assassin and to Castro. The goal was to use Kennedy’s murder to enrage the American public and to attack Cuba and the Soviet Union. I know, it sounds to naive Americans like a far-fetched conspiracy theory, but I have never seen a better proven case. After JFK’s assassination, J. Edgar Hoover clued in Lyndon Johnson that the linkages of Oswald to the KGB and Cuba were fabricated by the CIA. The problem for President Johnson was that the CIA had assassinated Kennedy in a manner that was too transparent. The CIA had overdone its setup of Oswald, for example, to the point that it was transparently a CIA operation. What to do? If Johnson ordered the arrest of the CIA operatives responsible, the responsibility rose high up into the ranks. What would be the effect on the American public during a difficult time of the cold war if they learned that they could not trust their own government not to murder their own president? In addition, liberals were concerned that if the truth came out, Americans’ trust in their government would evaporate. Heaven forbid! Johnson made the decision to cover up the crime and that was the task assigned to the Warren Commission. J. Edgar Hoover knew the truth, but went along with the cover-up. Johnson and Earl Warren were thinking short-run and did not understand the unintended consequences of the cover-up. They thought that by blaming Oswald as a lone deranged assassin, that they had done service by eliminating the CIA plot to implicate Cuba and the Soviet Union. Johnson did not realize that he had handed the U.S. government over to the CIA, and that he would soon be involved in an escalating war in Vietnam — a war that JFK had ordered wound down — which would deny him a second term. Evidence continues to pile up that the Warren Commission covered up JFK’s murder by a conspiracy within the U.S. government. In his multi-volume, Inside The Assassination Records Review Board, Douglas P. Horne, Chief Analyst for Military Records, Assassination Records Review Board, provides voluminous incontrovertible evidence that fraud was introduced into the autopsy reports that served as the basis for the Warren Commission’s conclusion that JFK was shot from behind by a lone gunman. Out of JFK’s assassination came Robert Kennedy’s assassination, the Oklahoma City bombing, Waco, and 9/11. Niels Harrit, a professor of nano-chemistry at the University of Copenhagen, together with U.S. physicists and engineers published a paper in the Open Chemical Physics Journal in 2009 that proves that nano-thermite was used to bring down the World Trade Center towers. In the U.S. this startling finding is unreported except on 9/11 truth sites. The researchers say that in the dust from the World Trade Towers destruction they found unreacted nano-thermite, some of which they tested to confirm their identification. The researchers say that they have enough of the unreacted nano-thermite left for others to examine. There have been no takers in America. Not a single U.S. physics department, most of which are totally dependent on federal government grants, will touch the subject. The campaign that has been organized against the finding of Harrit and his associates is that the dust has not been in certified custody, and the explosive material could have been added. This claim overlooks that nano-thermite is a material that is not available to anyone except the U.S. military. In America today the financial press says we cannot believe Taibbi. Law professors hoping for elevation to the federal bench say we cannot believe Savage. The mainstream media and some left-wing Internet sites say we can’t believe Douglass. It is in this disbelief of hard evidence that America is dissolving. read more ... |
| New Hampshire Moves to Criminalize TSA Grope-down Procedures - Wednesday, March 02, 2011Kurt Nimmo | Lawmakers argue TSA goons should be placed on sex offender registry. Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
March 2, 2011 New Hampshire may soon criminalize the TSA’s intrusive pat-downs and naked body porno scanners as sexual assault. Debate has moved forward on HB628-FN, a bill that would make “the touching or viewing with a technological device of a person’s breasts or genitals by a government security agent without probable cause a sexual assault,” according to WMUR in Manchester. “Let’s put their name on the sex offender registry, and maybe that will tell them New Hampshire means business,” said bill co-sponsor Rep. Andrew Manuse, R-Derry. “That is a crime in this state, and we should charge them every single time,” added bill co-sponsor Rep. George Lambert, R-Litchfield. TSA officials did not comment on the legislation. They insist so-called airport security checkpoints are under federal jurisdiction. “We have to understand that if things need to be changed, they have to be done at the federal level, not the state level,” said Democrat Rep. Laura Pantelakos. In November, a California district attorney said he would charge TSA agents with sexual assault if they conducted the new pat-down procedures in his state. “TSA does not have any special immunity from everybody else,” said Steve Wagstaffe, San Mateo County’s chief deputy district attorney. “If an employee of TSA inappropriately touches the privates of another person, and they do so with a sexual or lewd intent, then that’s either a misdemeanor (if it’s over the clothing) or a felony crime (possible when touching the skin).” TSA grope-down behavior gained national attention when flier John Tyner told TSA agents “don’t touch my junk.” Tyner secretly recorded his TSA pat down experience on his iPhone. After the computer programmer refused to fly and obtained a ticket refund, TSA officials ordered him to return to the security inspection to complete his screening. Tyner was later threatened with a $10,000 fine for refusing to be sexually abused by the federal government. Outraged citizens organized a national opt-out day in response to the TSA’s new grope and sexual abuse procedures. “Groping, naked X-Ray scans, and invasive searches by government bureaucrats — probably not what you had in mind as part of your holiday travels,” Congressman Bob Barr of Liberty Guard wrote as the campaign kicked off prior to Thanksgiving. “Like many Americans, you might even be having second thoughts about flying this holiday season to avoid these invasions to your privacy at our nation’s airports.” In response to the campaign, the TSA deactivated many naked body porno scanners around the country and waived sexual assault grope-down procedures. “Considering recent hardline statements made by DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano and TSA Administrator John Pistole, this apparent sudden reversal in the TSA’s direction warrants additional scrutiny,” said Joe Seehussen, President of Liberty Guard. “We’d like to know if we can expect a policy shift from the TSA or if they were merely attempting to shut down the public outcry regarding their search procedures.” read more ... |
| Docs Reveal TSA Nazi like Plan To Body-Scan Pedestrians, Train Passengers - Wednesday, March 02, 2011Newly uncovered documents show that as early as 2006, the Department of Homeland Security has been planning pilot programs to deploy mobile scanning units that can be set up at public events and in train stations, along with mobile x-ray vans capable of scanning pedestrians on city streets.  Andy Greenberg Forbes
Wednesday, March 2, 2011 Giving Transportation Security Administration agents a peek under your clothes may soon be a practice that goes well beyond airport checkpoints. Newly uncovered documents show that as early as 2006, the Department of Homeland Security has been planning pilot programs to deploy mobile scanning units that can be set up at public events and in train stations, along with mobile x-ray vans capable of scanning pedestrians on city streets. The non-profit Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC) on Wednesday published documents it obtained from the Department of Homeland Security showing that from 2006 to 2008 the agency planned a study of of new anti-terrorism technologies that EPIC believes raise serious privacy concerns. The projects range from what the DHS describes as “a walk through x-ray screening system that could be deployed at entrances to special events or other points of interest” to “covert inspection of moving subjects” employing the same backscatter imaging technology currently used in American airports. The 173-page collection of contracts and reports, acquired through a Freedom of Information Act request, includes contracts with Siemens Corporations, Northeastern University, and Rapiscan Systems. The study was expected to cost more than $3.5 million. One project allocated to Northeastern University and Siemens would mount backscatter x-ray scanners and video cameras on roving vans, along with other cameras on buildings and utility poles, to monitor groups of pedestrians and assess what they carried. In another program, the researchers were asked to develop a system of long range x-ray scanning to determine what metal objects an individual might have on his or her body at distances up to thirty feet. “This would allow them to take these technologies out of the airport and into other contexts like public streets, special events and ground transit,” says Ginger McCall, an attorney with EPIC. “It’s a clear violation of the fourth amendment that’s very invasive, not necessarily effective, and poses all the same radiation risks as the airport scans.” Epic Body Scan Foia Docs Feb 2011[1]
read more ... |
| TSA Lies To Justify Illegal Train Station Grope-Down - Tuesday, March 01, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Passengers were forced to enter train station by TSA goons who swarmed them on platform.
March 1, 2011 The TSA has been caught in yet another act of deception after claiming that passengers who were subjected to an invasive pat down and bag search after getting off an Amtrak train in Savannah, Georgia earlier this month did not have to enter the station, when in fact according to firefighter Brian Gamble, TSA agents swarmed the platform as soon as passengers stepped off the train and ordered them inside the building. “(Lt. Brian) Gamble, who also works part-time as a travel agent, tells AOL Travel News he was bringing a small group that included other firefighters and policemen to Savannah for a Valentine’s Day getaway. They were among 30 or 40 people getting off the train when he says TSA officers ordered everyone into the terminal.” “They sent us all into a roped-off holding area and said ‘Y’all are going to be searched,’” Gamble says. “We were getting off the train. This didn’t make sense.” In a lengthier personal account of the incident, Gamble, a firefighter, makes it clear that the train passengers were given no option to leave the station. “When we got off in Savannah, there were TSA agents out on the platform that told us to go inside to get our (checked) luggage. So we were part of about 20 people that wondered inside. As soon as we went inside the door, there were about 14 TSA agents waiting and they ushered us into a roped off holding area. They stated we were all being searched, as well as our luggage. We told them we just got OFF the train. They said they didn’t care, that if we entered the building, we were subject to search. We told them we didn’t want to enter the building, that THEY told us to. (BTW our luggage was never inside – it was waiting for us on the train platform).” After forcing women to pull up their shirts, the TSA agents proceeded to pat down two young boys, as seen in the video clip. When the firefighter started to complain he was told by a TSA supervisor, “calm down. This is for your own security”. When Gamble informed a Georgia State Patrol officer of what was going on, the officer asked to see Gamble’s ticket and then said he and his group were free to go. “I explained what was going on, he left for a few minutes and then came back and took six of us in our group and said ‘Sorry about that, go get your luggage, you’re good to go.’” After Gamble’s video clip of the incident went viral on You Tube, the TSA was forced to resort to its usual tactic of wheeling out “Blogger Bob” on the TSA website in an effort to explain away the controversy. The blog states that Gamble and his group had encountered a fourth amendment-busting VIPR operation, a random search “where anyone entering an impacted area has to be screened.” As we have documented, VIPR teams are now occupying America in the name of “security,” having expanded from airports, to train stations, to highways and now street corners. VIPR is quite obviously a 21st century Gestapo designed to indoctrinate Americans into accepting Soviet-style shake-downs, bag searches and groping of genitalia at checkpoints across the country – not just in airports. “It should be noted that disembarking passengers did not need to enter the station to claim luggage or get to their car,” claims the TSA blog. This is of course a complete mischaracterization of the incident. As Gamble makes clear, the passengers were swarmed with TSA agents on the platform as soon as they stepped off the train, and were directly told that they needed to enter the station to pick up their luggage, even though it was waiting for them on the platform. The passengers didn’t want or need to enter the station, but they were ordered to do so by TSA workers. The TSA has once again been caught lying about their conduct – fabricating stories in a crass attempt to justify their assault on the constitutional rights of the American people, who under the fourth amendment are supposed to be protected from “unreasonable searches,” which is precisely what the Savannah incident represented. “Their apology is kind of lame,” said Gamble. “I thought this whole thing was very unprofessional and very shady.” A TSA worker’s comment that he liked the smell of the perfume one woman was wearing was typically creepy given the fact that TSA employees have a propensity for predatory sexual harassment and criminal behavior. “One guy went through (Traci’s) hand luggage and smelled her perfume and made comments about it smelling good. It was just not professional. It was just weird,” Gamble said. The fact that the women subjected to the search also had their breasts fondled according to the firefighter is particularly prescient in relation to a House committee hearing in New Hampshire scheduled to discuss “a bill that would make it a sexual assault for an airport screener to touch or view a person’s breast or genitals without probable cause.” An online poll currently running on the WMUR website shows that an overwhelming 92 per cent of respondents are in favor of the legislation. read more ... |
| Obama’s fake “Humanitarian” Conquest Of Libya - Monday, February 28, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | While his predator drone attacks kill 90% innocents, President suddenly develops a conscience for human suffering Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
February 28, 2011 
Before President Barack Obama even took office, we warned that his administration would continue to follow the Bush-era policy of bankrupting America both financially and morally with new wars, but that these conquests would be done in the name of a humanitarian crisis rather than a pre-emptive assault. The “international crisis” that Vice-President Joe Biden warned Obama would face has now arrived, with the increasingly chaotic situation in Libya forging a pretext for military intervention on behalf of the United States, NATO and the United Nations. The prevalence of the US military-industrial complex, even under a government that promised peace, was guaranteed all along. Under a Democratic administration, wars remain the health of the state, only the rhetoric behind their justification is different. By citing humanitarian concerns as a pretext, the Obama administration can send US troops into battle safe in the knowledge that they can rely on left cover – the vitriol that accompanied Bush’s foreign adventures will be non-existent. In an article I wrote with Alex Jones back in November 2008, before Obama had even defeated McCain, we foresaw the fact that new wars would be launched under Obama with a tricked up, contrived, humanitarian veneer that would fool the left into biting their tongue and going along with it. “Obama may eventually withdraw a portion of troops from Iraq, but mark our words, they won’t be home long before they are sent off to bomb another broken-backed third world country, this time in the name of a United Nations-backed “humanitarian” war, just as Bill Clinton presided over in Somalia and Serbia with the full support of the establishment political left.” we wrote on November 4 2008 in an article entitled, The More Things “Change” The More They Stay The Same. Influential neo-cons who were central to military interventions in the Balkans and Iraq have now called for the United States and NATO to “immediately” prepare military action to bring down Colonel Gaddafi’s regime. “The appeal, which came in the form of a letter signed by 40 policy analysts, including more than a dozen former senior officials who served under President George W. Bush, was organised and released by the Foreign Policy Initiative (FPI), a two-year-old neo-conservative group that is widely seen as the successor to the more-famous – or infamous – Project for the New American Century (PNAC),” reports Al Jazeera. Calling for sanctions as well as military force, the very same people responsible for the slaughter of over a million innocent Iraqis demanded “an end to the murderous Libyan regime,” miraculously developing a conscience for the suffering of human beings having gleefully massacred untold amounts of men, women and children over the last decade in the name of the war on terror. When predator drones murder hundreds of innocent people every year, attacks which have increased under the Obama administration, it’s called unfortunate collateral damage, but when Gaddafi does the same using weapons he purchased from British and American arms manufacturers, it’s an international humanitarian crisis. Around 89% of victims in predator drone attacks are civilians – figures from the Brookings Institute put the figure even higher at 90% – and yet Obama still thinks it’s funny to make jokes about murdering innocents in a similar vein to how Bush turned the failure to find weapons of mass destruction in Iraq into a comedy routine. “Two words for you: predator drones. You will never see it coming,” Obama joked during a White House Correspondents’ Association dinner in May last year, in response to the notion of the Jonas brothers having any designs on his daughters. The crowd laughed it up. While the US-backed slaughter of innocents elicits little more reaction than a few chuckles and guffaws at a White House dinner, Gaddafi’s use of similar tactics prompts Hillary Clinton to organize frantic high-level discussions with the foreign ministers of six major world powers, while proposing a no-fly zone over Libya. Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad) Of course, the opportunity to seize control of a country that is conveniently resource rich is merely a coincidence, and I’m sure we can all be confident that any military incursion into Libya is purely motivated by genuine concern for the humanitarian plight of the Libyan people and has nothing to do with the fact that Libya holds around 46.4 billion barrels of oil reserves, the largest in Africa. read more ... |
| Government Promises to Cut Social Security - Saturday, February 26, 2011It’s official, national austerity measures are here.
February 26, 2011 It’s official, national austerity measures are here! As Wisconsin protesters fill the streets because of lost rights and benefits to workers, the nation is gearing up to face similar losses with social security being cut. Comedian George Carlin warned us that this day would come (note video contains obscene language):
“Now they’re coming for your social security money … they want it back so they can give it to their criminal friends on Wall Street.” — George Carlin. The debate has moved from whether or not to cut social security, to how many cuts, how much, and when they’ll start. Threatened with the prospect of a government shutdown, Democrats are pushing for compromise by agreeing to cut social security to avert a manufactured “shutdown” disaster. For years the government has had no problem raiding the surplus in the social security fund to pay for wars, bank bailouts, General Motors, and a slew of other unfunded giveaways. Yet, now, as they claim bankruptcy, they seek to take even more from the program. The federal government DOES NOT fund Social Security! Social Security funds the federal government. Since the Johnson Administration of the ’60s, the S.S. fund has been plundered and the surplus from the fund used to finance wars and the daily operations of the federal government. This came as a result of Johnson declaring that these surplus funds would be added to the general fund. Once there, the funds could be used for anything and everything. Now, seniors and future generations that had nothing to do with creating the national debt and massive shortfalls in social security are going to pay the price. Seniors have already had cost of living increases to their SS checks frozen for the last two years. This has been especially painful given the double-digit inflation to necessary goods like food and energy, and services like healthcare.
It seems the government is going to take and take until the people push back and say that enough is enough. Again, the people are not at fault and yet they are being treated like tax slaves to bailout the slave masters. It doesn’t matter whether you believe in cutting entitlement programs or not. The overall equation for the average citizen has tipped so far in the favor of the elites who orchestrated this mess, that it’s time to draw the line in the sand. The perceived debt problems will not be solved by cutting social security while the wars continue and the banks get a blank check from the taxpayer. If we aren’t ready to fight for their deserved benefits now, then we may deserve the absolute looting that is occurring. This post first appeared on the Activist Post website. read more ... |
| SPLC Report Lumps In We Are Change With Neo-Nazis, KKK - Friday, February 25, 2011Steve Watson
Infowars.com
February 24, 2011 The Southern Poverty Law Center has a history of declaring any protest group it sees as “anti-government” as an “extremist” hate group, without justification. Today it continues that trend with the publication of yet another report that throws in We Are Change members nationwide with racist Neo Nazi groups and Ku Klux Klan factions. The SPLC’s annual report, entitled “The Year in Hate & Extremism, 2010″, is being touted as material for mainstream media headlines such as “Anti-government extremist groups on rise in US: study”, and “Survey: more US hate groups than ever before”. Of course, if you contend that everything, including peaceful protest and citizen journalism is “extremist”, then you are assured to find that “extremism” is most definitely on the rise. The SPLC has once again included many state chapters of We Are Change in it’s report, despite protests last year designed to counter the “Defamatory Propaganda” put out by the SPLC. The report separates its targets into “Hate Groups”, “Nativist Extremist Groups”, and “Patriot Groups”. Though We Are Change are listed under the latter, the implication in the overall report and the articles it has spawned are that they are all one and the same. “…by far the most dramatic growth came in the antigovernment “Patriot” movement — conspiracy-minded organizations that see the federal government as their primary enemy — which gained more than 300 new groups, a jump of over 60%.” the report states. Without presenting any empirical evidence whatsoever, the report states that the rise of groups such as We Are Change can be attributed “at least partly on the basis of furious rhetoric from the right aimed at the nation’s first black president — a man who has come to represent to at least some Americans ongoing changes in the racial makeup of the country.” Alongside such libelous and offensive statements, the SPLC presents its annual “hate map”, complete with icons in the form of swastikas and white robes, to indicate the locations of Neo Nazis and virulently racist Klan groups. The report also lists The Oath Keepers, a group it has regularly targeted, as well as other peaceful pro-Constitution groups. The report even lists Austin’s Brave New Books store, which sells books and dvds on a wide range of subjects. Brave New Books stocks most of Alex Jones’ films as well as books such as ‘End The Fed’ by libertarian Congressman Ron Paul. The SPLC contends that a “mainstreaming of conspiracy theories,” has contributed to a rise in “hate”. Translation: the increased exposure of rampant government corruption and its blatant disregard for the American people has resulted in more social dissatisfaction and the growth of more political protest groups. Though it is entirely possible that real extremist groups are growing in numbers, it is clearly grossly misleading to suggest that We Are Change, a peaceful citizen journalism activist group, is on a par with cross burning racists. We Are Change is a true grass roots group that is populated by people of all races and nationalities, it is ludicrous and downright offensive to throw those people in with Neo-Nazi skinheads who worship Hitler. All of this gets filtered down into the suggestions that extreme hate and racism is responsible for new illegal immigration laws, legislation challenging the authority of the privately owned Federal Reserve and a general unrest amongst the wider population. “It’s hard to predict where this volatile situation will lead,” the report suggests. “What seems certain is that President Obama will continue to serve as a lightning rod for many on the political right, a man who represents both the federal government and the fact that the racial make-up of the United States is changing, something that upsets a significant number of white Americans.” “And that suggests that the polarized politics of this country could get worse before they get better.” It is precisely this kind of fearmongering propaganda, if anything, that is causing greater anxiety and divisions in America today, not the work of groups like We Are Change, who take their very name from the philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi. In response to criticism that the SPLC is broadly tarring every group it disagrees with with the same brush, the editor of the report, Mark Potok, told the Christian Science Monitor: “We’re not in any way suggesting that these groups should be outlawed or free speech should be suppressed … but it’s a kind of calling out the liars, the demonizers, the propagandists,” says Mr. Potok. While the groups themselves may not advocate violence, he says, such speech has “driven people and will continue to drive people to murder.” Of course, we should not expect anything different from the SPLC, which has always been heavy on smear and thin on actual facts. Last year the group, published a “Patriot Hitlist”, linking mainline political activists and even members of Congress, such as Ron Paul, with violent extremist minority groups. The piece labels Paul, along with Andrew Napolitano, Michele Bachmann and Glen Beck as anti-government patriot movement “enablers”. If anyone is an enabler of extremism it is the SPLC, as it continues to propagandize for the miniscule and completely irrelevant white supremacist movement in order to magnify the ludicrous threat it claims these fringe groups pose. Other notables to make the hitlist were Luke Rudkowski of We Are Change, Stewart Rhodes of the Oath Keepers, Larry Pratt of Gun Owners For America, former Phoenix police officer Jack McLamb and former IRS special agent Joe Banister – a who’s who of regular guests on the Alex Jones show, who was also included on the list. Alex is quoted in the piece as saying “The entire planet is being enslaved by global, dominant corporations.” If that’s the classification of what an radical extremist believes then the SPLC better prepare to compile a much larger list. The SPLC are always desperate to throw in their mainstream political opponents with killers and mass murderers, no matter how ludicrous the notion. In 2009, the group attempted to link Infowars and Alex Jones with Pittsburgh cop killer Richard Poplawski because Poplawski had left comments on Jones’ websites. Cursory inspection of the comments revealed that Poplawski was attacking Jones, however that did not stop the SPLC ‘s ridiculous smear attempt extending to elements of the media that later had to issue retractions. What made the entire issue even more ludicrous was the fact that comments left on the SPLC’s own website four months previously had called for Alex Jones to be executed for his political views. The SLPC makes millions every year off the back of attacking libertarians and conservatives and anyone else who doesn’t share their own myopic political outlook. It has a nasty habit of labeling “extremist” and “radical” any group or person that it merely disagrees with, lumping them in with white supremacists and right wing militias, all the while preaching that it is committed to “Fighting Hate, Teaching Tolerance, Seeking Justice”. Perusing their website and published materials for just a short time will lead any rational and discerning person to identify the SPLC for what it is – an über leftist outfit of control freaks with an axe to grind. However, the U.S. government, under both Republican and Democratic administrations – and by proxy the corporate mainstream media – has chosen to elevate the SPLC to the level of revered research group. Most infamously, the SPLC was cited as a primary research source in the highly inflammatory Missouri Information Analysis Center report, a federally funded “fusion center” document that equated Ron Paul supporters, people who display bumper stickers, people who own gold, or even people who fly a U.S. flag with radical race hate groups and terrorists. Along with the ADL, another group that just loves to compile lists of political enemies, the SPLC was also a prominent source for the leaked Department of Homeland Security “Rightwing Extremism” report. The sources for the document, which equated veterans and gun owners with violent terrorists, were revealed following a freedom of information act request from the group Americans for Limited Government. Along with the SPLC and the ADL, other sources included a number of news articles, some of which also cited the SPLC, and a scattering of web posts from highly dubious sources. No statistical analysis was found to have been undertaken by the DHS – they just took the opinions of the SPLC and threw in a few internet posts as an afterthought. The disgusting irony of the whole sorry affair came with the fact that the SPLC immediately jumped on the DHS report when it was leaked, using it to justify their own materials and agendas, in a twisted ‘you scratch my back and I’ll scratch yours’ scenario. In the months that followed, the SPLC returned to the report again and again to tie it in with incidents such as the tragic shooting at the Holocaust museum in Washington DC. The SPLC has continued its sustained effort, with the establishment media in tow, to float the talking point that worried gun owners are growing in the United States and that this could portend a violent act of domestic terror. While the SPLC claims to rail against hate, it continues to mirror the actions of the most hateful regimes in the history of the human race by compiling endless lists of “enemies of the state”. Perhaps the most famous illustration can be derived from an evening dubbed “The Night Of The Long Knives” when in June 1934 Hitler took out his political enemies, based on a prepared list drawn up by Goering and Himmler, later known as the Reich List of Unwanted Persons. Hitler’s list of enemies then extended beyond political grievances. Suffice to say, political enemies lists have somewhat of a bad rap. But I guess what’s good for Hitler is good for the SPLC. read more ... |
| Most Canadians would charge Americans to enter the country - Friday, February 25, 2011Almost two-thirds of Canadians believe a "passenger inspection fee" should be charged to Americans coming north if a similar resolution is passed in the U.S., according to a new study.By: Darcy Wintonyk, ctvbc.ca Date: Wednesday Feb. 23, 2011 9:10 AM PT Almost two-thirds of Canadians believe a "passenger inspection fee" should be charged to Americans coming north if a similar resolution is passed in the U.S., according to a Vision Critical/Angus Reid study released Wednesday. The U.S. government is mulling the introduction of a $5.50 PIF fee for all commercial air and marine travelers who enter the country from Canada. So far, the fee wouldn't apply to car traffic. Until now, visitors from Canada -- as well as from Mexico and selected Caribbean countries -- have enjoyed a waiver from the fee. But President Barack Obama's budget blueprint notes that charging the fee to Canadians would add millions to U.S. government coffers and would help offset the costs of increasingly intensive air-passenger inspections. In an online survey, 58 per cent of Canadians polled said the fee wouldn't change their plans to travel south of the border. People living in Alberta are the most likely to change their travel plans because of the new fee (34 per cent). They are also the most likely to travel to the U.S. by air or by sea in the next year. Nearly half of British Columbians surveyed, 47 per cent, said they plan to travel to the U.S in the next year. Four-in-five British Columbians believe it's likely the passenger fee will be expanded in the future to including travelers entering the U.S. by car – not just by air or by sea. The national average is 73 per cent. Sixty-four-per-cent of Canadians favour implementing a similar fee for all visiting Americans who enter Canada by air or by sea, if the PIF is implemented in the U.S. Only one-in-four Canadians (26 per cent) oppose fee reciprocity. Travel Plans About two-thirds of Canadian respondents (64 per cent) and less than one-third of Americans (30 per cent) surveyed said they would travel to their neighbouring country by air or by sea in the next year – the two modes of transport currently proposed to be taxed. According to Statistics Canada, some 16 million Canadians flew into the U.S. in 2009. The $5.50 head tax would add almost US$90 million to U.S. government coffers. Seven-in-ten Americans (70 per cent) never travel to Canada by air or by sea and one quarter (25 per cent) report rarely visiting Canada in this manner. Nearly nine-in-ten American respondents (88 per cent) do not plan to visit Canada via air or sea in the 12 months. The poll was conducted on Feb. 17 and 18. Vision Critical claims an error margin of +/- 3.1% for Canada and the United States. read more ... |
| How government terrorism IS OUT OF HAND - Friday, February 25, 2011WHY DOESN'T THIS IDIOT MIND HIS OWN
In a speech delivered earlier today with Secretary of State Clinton at his side, Obama announced that the government of the United States will soon intervene in Libya with its globalist partners under the threadbare cover of humanitarian aid and respect for human rights.Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 23, 2011
Obama announced he will send CFR member and Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs William J. Burns to Europe and the Middle East. According to teleprompter-reader-in-chief Obama, Mr. Burns will “intensify our consultation with allies and partners.” In other words Burns will serve as the point man ahead of the coming globalist intervention in Libya, where there is around 44 billion barrels of estimated oil reserves Obama’s speech coincided with a pronouncement made by UN boss Ban Ki-moon who demanded international action against attacks on civilians in Libya. Ki-moon said the North Africa country is now at a dangerous juncture. The UN Security Council and the Arab League chimed in with a round of condemnation as Ban said he was sure more international action is imminent. The corporate media in the United States and Europe has called for intervention in Libya and has characterized the Security Council’s reaction inadequate. Carne Ross, writing for the Guardian, called for a no-fly zone or exclusion zone, a proposal originally suggested by Navi Pillay, the UN’s High Commissioner for Human Rights. Even the Huffington Post – now a subsidiary of the global transnational corporation AOL – has called for the UN to unleash the dogs, once again demonstrating that some liberals support invading small countries if it is done while one of their own is at the helm of the teleprompter in the United States. Naturally, and right on cue, the CIA created bogeyman al-Qaeda has surfaced in eastern Libya. Earlier today it was reported that the manufactured terrorist group has set up an Islamic emirate in Derna, in eastern Libya, headed by a former US prisoner at Guantanamo Bay. It is said the scary Sunni terrorists have grabbed an FM radio station and have begun to impose the burqa on female Libyans, a scenario that plays right into the UN’s handbook on politically correct human rights. One resident to the AFP the claims of an al-Qaeda emirate “was something to scare Europe with” and were not valid. Finally, it should be noted that Libya has consistently refused to pay homage to the New World Order by refusing forays by the IMF and the banksters. The cult of personality dictator Qaddafi has made a fatal mistake by attacking his own people and thus allowing the globalists the option of militarily entering his country. The people of Libya may believe things will change for the better after Qaddafi is gone, but they will be in for a surprise after their oil is stolen and they are reduced groveling at the feet of the banksters and their loan sharking operations run out of the IMF and World Bank. read more ... |
| Trends Journal Predicted Global Anti-Gov’t Protests: What’s Next? - Friday, February 25, 2011 It is a matter of record! The spate of seething, youth-inspired Middle East uprisings that are toppling governments, reshaping the geopolitical landscape and roiling world markets blindsided the world’s intelligence community. read more ... |
| Globalist Shill Barack Obama - Friday, February 25, 2011Globalist Shill Barack Obama Asks Business Leaders For Job Creation Ideas Even As He Ships More Of Our Jobs Overseas As Part Of The New One World Economy The other day, Barack Obama summoned a group of business and labor leaders to the White House and “challenged” them to come up with some great ideas for creating more jobs inside the United States. read more ... |
| SCUMBAG JUDGE WHO - used ‘Kids for Cash’ Scheme - Tuesday, February 22, 2011A former juvenile court judge in Pennsylvania could face more than 10 years in prison after being convicted in what prosecutors called a " kids for cash" scheme. 
So many children used for a judges scam, to make money off children. The legal syatem is too corrupt to be trusted now. Prosecutors say former Luzerne County Judge Mark Ciavarella used children as pawns, locking them up unjustly in a plot to get rich. Ciavarella is accused of taking nearly $1 million in kickbacks from owners of private detention centers in exchange for placing juvenile defendants at their facilities, often for minor crimes. Ciavarella claims that the payment he received from a developer of the PA Child Care facility was legal and denies that he ever incarcerated kids for money. "Absolutely never took a dime to send a kid anywhere," said Ciavarella. Ciavarella, 61, was found guilty of 12 out of 39 charges on Friday, including racketeering, money laundering and conspiracy, in connection with the nearly $1 million payment from Robert Mericle, the developer of the PA Child Care center. He plans to appeal. Ciavarella was acquitted on charges of bribery and extortion in relation to additional payments from the center's builder and owner. Families complain of Ciavarella's rapid-fire brand of justice and trials that lasted only minutes with even first-time offenders sent to detention centers. In one reported case, Ciavarella sentenced a child to two years for joyriding in his mom's car. In another, he sentenced a college-bound high school girl to three months in juvenile detention for creating a website that made fun of her assistant principal. Some of the kids he ordered locked up were as young as 10. "The numbers of children going into placement in Luzerne County tended to be two to three times higher than in other counties," said Marsha Levick, deputy director of the Juvenile Law Center in Philadelphia. In October 2009, the Pennsylvania Supreme Court dismissed 4,000 juvenile delinquency cases Ciavarella handled from Jan. 1, 2003 to May 31, 2008. The court said that it "cannot have any confidence that Ciavarella decided any Luzerne County juvenile case fairly and impartially while he labored under the specter of his self-interested dealings with the facilities," and called Ciavarella's actions a "travesty of juvenile justice." Mom Confronts Convicted Judge After VerdictThough most of the affected youth have already served their time, many parents were outraged by Ciavarella's sentence, including Sandy Fonzo, who could not contain her anger. Fonzo's son Edward Kenzakoski was sentenced by Ciavarella to juvenile detention in 2003 for possession of drug paraphernalia. Fonzo said her 17-year-old son had no prior record when he landed in Ciavarella's courtroom. She claims Kenzakoski never recovered from the months he served behind bars and years later, at 23, he killed himself. "Do you remember me? Do you remember me? Do you remember my son? He was an all-star wrestler and he's gone," Fonzo screamed to Ciavarella as he exited the courthouse Friday. Ciavarella remains free until sentencing. Fonzo said she expected to see Ciavarella carted off in handcuffs as the former judge often did to juveniles he sentenced. Ciavarella is expected to get a minimum prison sentence of 12 years behind bars, according to prosecutors. To Fonzo, that is not justice. "You know what he told everybody in court? They need to be held accountable for their actions," she yelled to Ciavarella Friday. "You need to be!!" The case of alleged corruption first shocked Luzerne County residents in January 2009 when federal prosecutors announced that the respected county judgesCiavarella and Michael Conahan had pleaded guilty to tax evasion and honest services fraud. However, the plea deal and relatively light sentence were later rejected by a federal judge who ruled that Ciavarella had failed to accept responsibility for the crimes. Wilkes-Barre residents exploded with anger when they heard that men they elected, and trusted to judge their children, had allegedly profited from their incarceration. Conahan pleaded guilty to one count of racketeering conspiracy on July 23, 2010. He faces up to 20 years, but has not yet been sentenced. Related Video
Child Abuse at The Hands of State Officals Patience Calls Into Alex Jones About Child Abuse at The Hands of State Officals read more ... |
| UBC idiot that want toll's on roads, bridges or tunnels. - Saturday, February 19, 2011Political Commentary and Opinion
Our BC Gas Taxes already pay for roads, bridges or tunnels, and now you got an idiot from UBC wanting people to foot the bill for more cash grabs on the public for private company's. Just who the hell do these people think they are, by infringing on travel rights in BC and then using global warming propaganda to justify Tolls, to force people to pay out more of their hard earned cash.
David Gillen and his self serving goals of tolls, are right up their with other kooks who beleive like Obama does, that Canadians need to pay up to enter the USA as entry fee's. This is not going to fly, if anyone want to express their views to David Gillen send him an e-mail and express your outrage on how a person from UBC can push tolls david.gillen@sauder.ubc.ca
Just how much more TAXES AND OTHER MONEY GRABS ARE THE PUBLIC GOING TO KEEP ON PAYING OUT TO THE CRAZIES. UBC professor proposes tolls on all bridges, tunnelsA UBC professor says putting tolls on all of Metro Vancouver's tunnels and bridges could cut down on pollution and congestion By: ctvbc.ca http://www.ctvbc.ctv.ca/bcnews/ Date: Friday Feb. 18, 2011 3:56 PM PT A UBC professor is recommending that all tunnels and bridges be tolled in Metro Vancouver. Feb. 18, 2011. (CTV)

A professor at the University of B.C. is recommending more tolls on Metro Vancouver's roads, bridges and tunnels, and local mayors aren't ready to rule out the idea. David Gillen of UBC's Sauder School of Business says more tolls could raise funds and cut down on congestion and pollution. "If all of the bridges and tunnels were tolled, those prices would reflect what the relevant costs of those crossings would be and you would have an allocation of traffic in a fairly efficient manner, and you wouldn't have people searching for alternative routes," Gillen said. "It incentivizes people to think carefully about whether a trip is necessary." Some mayors think the idea is worth looking into, like New Westminster's Wayne Wright, who saw many examples of tolled roads on a recent trip to Australia. "Everywhere you go there, every major road, there's a little noise and that's your toll," he told CTV News. Port Moody Mayor Joe Trasolini says that tolls can be used to fund important projects. "The secret is what do you do with the money? Number one, you pay for the infrastructure, but you have to invest it in public transit and alternate forms of transportation," he said. TransLink is currently drawing on reserve funds to pay down its debt, which it says is manageable. But service expansion is out of the question for now, and CEO Ian Jarvis says that more tolls are under consideration as a funding source. Daily commuters like Tang Hung aren't happy about the idea. "We pay all these taxes for some kind of government-provided transportation system. If you put a toll on, it's some kind of rip-off," Hung said. With a report from CTV British Columbia's Maria Weisgarber

-----Original Message-----
From: Gillen, David
Sent: Friday, February 18, 2011 9:58 PM To: Mark G Hansel
Subject: Re: David Gillen of UBC's Sauder School of Business
Dear Mark, thank you for such a pathetic response to such an import issue, DG
On 11-02-18 7:46 PM, "Mark G Hansel"> wrote:
To David Gillen;
I want to express that your socialist view on recommending more tolls on roads, bridges and tunnels, is just a nutty as Obama's wanting to charge Canadians cash cows to enter the United States. Yes sir, global warming fraudsters'' under the guise as nothing more then criminals alike, working hand in hand with private corporations to steal whatever they can off the public. The gas taxes already pay for our roads, two to three times over. I willing to bet, clowns like you want transponders on cars, and bigger governments too. Solutions that relate everything for monies, is nothing but a violation of people rights to travel and be free from molesters like you, who steal off Canadians, will solve the world ills. Well Sir, I will not pay anything to travel freely on roads, bridges or tunnels. Instead I will voice my complaint very loudly in having you removed from your job...Take your tolls and shove it, you idiot.
read more ... |
| Teachers and Police Battle in Oaxaca, Mexico - Thursday, February 17, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 17, 2011 Teachers in Oaxaca, Mexico, attempted to confront installed president Felipe Calderon yesterday. In the resulting clashes with police, 15 people, including three photographers, were injured.
Calderon was in Oaxaca for the inauguration of a private university for the children of Mexico’s elite. Calderon lost the election to Andrés Manuel López Obrador. Calderon, however, was the bankster choice, so the election was fixed in his favor (see A Full Recount Would Show that López Obrador Won Mexico’s Presidency by More than One Million Votes). As the above video reveals, the street battles between the cops and protesters were pitched. The police fired rubber bullets at rock throwing teachers and their supporters. They threatened more protests and roadblocks in response to the police crackdown In 2006, educators in Oaxaca demanded higher pay. The demonstration turned into a larger movement against then-Oaxaca Gov. Ulises Ruiz, who was accused of rigging his election. Several people were killed when thousands of state and federal police attacked the encampment of striking teachers in the central square of the Mexican city. Observers accused the Mexican government of engineering a strategy of tension event by sending in thousands of paramilitary police ahead of the election of dedicated globalist Vicente Fox. Section 22 leaders said Tuesday they were protesting a decree that Calderon signed Monday giving parents of Mexico’s tiny elite tax breaks on private school tuition. The union leaders argue the measure undermines Mexico’s already struggling public schools. The battle coincided with a United Nations report warning that countries in Latin America and Africa, including Bolivia and Mozambique, are most at risk of food riots as prices advance. Recent protests in North Africa and the Middle East were partly linked to agriculture costs. World food prices climbed to a record in January. read more ... |
| British Cabinet Office Collaborates With French Brainwashing Guru To Change The Way We Think - Wednesday, February 16, 2011On 3 January 2011, following the UK Column’s lead article exposing insider dealing between the Cabinet office and political behavioural training charity Common Purpose, the Independent newspaper revealed that David Cameron had also set up a Cabinet Office Behavioural Insight Team. Formed in July last year, the secretive cell is tasked to “dream up psychological tricks to alter our behaviour” – and on a massive scale
read more ... |
| Kill Switch Beta: Government Blocks 84,000 Websites - Criminals in Government - Wednesday, February 16, 2011Kurt Nimmo | Sites were taken offline in calculated fashion in order to send a message.
February 16, 2011 Under the banner of fighting child pornography, the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Justice knocked out 84,000 websites last week. The websites did not host or link to child pornography as the government claims. “As part of ‘Operation Save Our Children‘ ICE’s Cyber Crimes Center has again seized several domain names, but not without making a huge error. Last Friday, thousands of site owners were surprised by a rather worrying banner that was placed on their domain,” reports TorrentFreak, a tech site.
Criminal and Terrorist Senator Joe Lieberman peddles his kill switch legislation under the rubric of the phony war on terror. “Advertisement, distribution, transportation, receipt, and possession of child pornography constitute federal crimes that carry penalties for first time offenders of up to 30 years in federal prison, a $250,000 fine, forfeiture and restitution,” was the message visitors to the sites were greeted with after a judge signed a seizure warrant and Big Sis contacted the domain registries and instructed them to point the domains in question to a server that hosts the above warning message. “However, somewhere in this process a mistake was made and as a result the domain of a large DNS service provider was seized,” writes Ernesto for TorrentFreak. It is certainly possible although not probable the takedown was an error. It is more likely the sites were taken offline in calculated fashion in order to send a message – government has the ability to deny a large number of websites access to the internet. In response to widespread protests and mass unrest, the authoritarian Egyptian government shut down the internet in late January. In addition, the Mubarak regime gave the order to shut off mobile phone service. “All mobile operators in Egypt have been instructed to suspend services in selected areas. Under Egyptian legislation, the authorities have the right to issue such an order and we are obliged to comply,” explained Vodaphone. The government wants to implement a likewise system in the United States. Senator Joe Lieberman introduced a bill that would allow the Obama administration to pull the plug on the internet. The bill would amend the Homeland Security Act of 2002 enacted during the manufactured hysteria following the events of September 11, 2001. According to the language of the bill, it would “enhance the security and resiliency of the cyber and communications infrastructure of the United States” by allowing the president to use a figurative “kill switch” and seize control of the web in response to a Homeland Security directive. “Right now China, the government, can disconnect parts of its internet in case of war and we need to have that here too,” Lieberman told CNN last year. Myanmar shut down the internet in 2007 and Iran and China did the same in 2009. Governments crave the absolute power of denying millions of people access to the internet and other forms of telecommunication. The Protecting Cyberspace as a National Asset legislation is expected to be reintroduced into Congress this session. Late last month, Brandon Milhorn, Republican staff director and counsel for the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, said that the Senate was revisiting the bill. Detractors call it the “internet kill switch” bill while supporters argue it is essential for our national security. If passed, the law would give Obama and future presidents the ability to designate the internet – and other network computer systems – as vital to national security. If the government decided to shut down the internet or certain parts during a declared emergency – more than likely a contrived false flag event – it will not be “subject to judicial review,” in other words the Fourth Amendment will not apply. The power to declare such an emergency would not come from Congress. An early version of the bill introduced by Democrat Jay Rockefeller and Republican Olympia Snow authorized the White House to “declare a cybersecurity emergency” and explicitly gave the executive branch the power to “order the disconnection” of networks and websites. House Democrats have taken a similar approach in their own proposals, according to Declan McCullagh writing for CNet News.
Webster Tarpley on Obama’s internet kill siwtch. Blocking the access of 84,000 websites from the internet is not a mistake. It was a beta test by the government to test the technical aspects of the action and gauge response. The government is not in the business of seriously combating child pornography. Like the Mubarak regime in Egypt, the government in the United States is interested in having a mechanism in place to shut down the public internet or take out targeted websites and domains. More and more people are flocking to the internet for news and information. Millions are ignoring the corporate media and the government propaganda it spews. Before the economy crashes completely and people take to the street like they are now doing in the Middle East, the government wants to have its internet kill switch firmly in place. It may get the chance during this session of Congress read more ... |
| TSA Workers Admit To Stealing Huge Amounts Of Cash From Passengers - Tuesday, February 15, 2011The revelation that TSA workers have admitted to stealing huge amounts of cash from passengers they singled out for enhanced security screening is far from an isolated incident, and underscores how armies of degenerates are being employed by the federal government to push around and dominate members of the public going about their daily business Homeland Security employs criminals and thugs to implement domestic police state Steve Watson & Paul Joseph Watson Prisonplanet.com
Feb 15, 2011 The revelation that TSA workers have admitted to stealing huge amounts of cash from passengers they singled out for enhanced security screening is far from an isolated incident, and underscores how armies of degenerates are being employed by the federal government to push around and dominate members of the public going about their daily business. As reported in several mainstream media reports today, a TSA supervisor at the ironically titled Newark Liberty Airport has pleaded guilty in a federal court to multiple counts of theft, as well as admitting to taking bribes and kickbacks from another TSA worker to “look the other way”, while the agent he was supervising stole more money from travelers read more ... |
| G20 Pushes Globalist SDR and China’s Role - Tuesday, February 15, 2011On Monday, French Economy Minister Christine Lagarde said her country will work to realize a planned transition to a global financial system based on several international currencies.France is currently head of the G20. February 15, 2011 On Monday, French Economy Minister Christine Lagarde said her country will work to realize a planned transition to a global financial system based on several international currencies.France is currently head of the G20. 
Lagarde and the G20 want to undermine sovereignty of nations by moving away from national reserves into SDRs, or Special Drawing Rights issued by the International Monetary Fund.
The G20′s mid-February meeting in Paris will concentrate on “reform” of the international monetary system. “Continuing demand for the U.S. dollar as the world’s de facto reserve currency, consequently still widening trade imbalances, and ongoing worry over how long the dollar can retain its excessively high value relative to other currencies, are sowing the seeds of renewed global financial instability,” warned Robert C. Hockett, an expert on international finance and professor of law at Cornell University. Hockett said the Chinese yuan will likely be added to the dollar, euro, pound, and yen as one of the principal currency components of the Special Drawing Rights. Lagarde and the G20 are currently debating the role of China. She said France favors including the renminbi in the currencies that make up SDRs even before the Chinese currency is fully convertible. In 2009, Zhou Xiaochuan, China’s central bank’s governor, said he wants a new globalist reserve currency to be controlled by the International Monetary Fund read more ... |
| Lorne Gunter: Swiss vote to preserve private gun ownership - Monday, February 14, 2011Back in the late 1970s, the NBC weekly satire show, Saturday Night Live (SNL) did a famous skit entitled Show us Your Guns. A flatbed camera truck cruised suburban American with a sign encouraging people it passed on the street to display the guns they were concealing. Nearly everyone had one. A dad had a shotgun tucked behind the barbecue on which he was grilling burgers. A homeowner out mowing the lawn had one slipped in the back of his waistband. A woman in her housecoat out on her front stoop brandished a machine gun. A mom pushing her baby produced a handgun from under the stroller. And every member of a wedding party was packing, including the bride, who had a tommy gun stuffed up under her long, flowing dress. Sometimes when I imagine Switzerland, I think it must be something like that SNL spoof, but in real life. A country of fewer than eight million residents has nearly three million private firearms, maybe more. (In Canada, the federal government estimates there are seven million guns for a population of 34 million.) A large percentage of private Swiss guns are fully automatic military weapons, such as machine guns and high-powered sniper rifles. There are plenty of pump-action shotguns, too. Many Swiss see it as perfectly natural to spend a Sundayafternoon sport shooting. One particularly famous annual competition features ordinary Swiss shooting 300 metres across a deep valley at targets on the next mountain. What would surely appal Canada’s hysterical anti-gunners is that a busy freeway runs along the valley floor beneath the shooting. The Swiss are believed to have a level of civilian gun ownership rivalled only by the U.S. and Finland among developed nations. Those who wish to register and even ban guns in Canada talk about wanting to prevent a U.S.-style “gun culture” from developing here. But what about a Swiss-style gun culture? All Swiss men are required to perform military service to preserve the independence of their fiercely neutral nation. When their duty is complete, most then take their weapons home with them so they can be formed into a militia immediately should a foreign power invade. That means nearly half of Swiss homes – more outside the largest cities – contain an assault rifle. Yet Switzerland has a very low murder rate. So much for the gun-banners contention that high rates of gun ownership equate to high rates of homicide. A problem the Swiss do have is a fairly high rate of suicide. So on the weekend, Swiss anti-gun activists were pushing in a nationwide referendum to require men passed the age of mandatory military service to store their weapons in locked armouries. They were also seeking establishment of a national gun registry and a ban on the sale of fully automatic weapons and pump-action shotguns. They failed. Nearly 60% of Swiss voters rejected the idea, including majorities in over half of the country’s cantons (states). Anti-gunners here in Canada have tried the suicide canard, too, to justify their efforts to regulate private firearms out of existence. And while it is true gun bans and registries have occasionally been linked to a decline in gun suicides, there is no evidence of gun control being responsible for an overall decline in suicides. Everywhere gun regulation has perhaps had an impact on firearms suicides, it has always merely meant a switch of methods. Where committers of suicide are discouraged from using guns to end their lives, they almost always choose another method – an overdose, a noose, an idling engine in a sealed garage, natural gas. Each year, between 3,500 and 3,800 Canadians take their own lives. There are fewer now killing themselves with guns than there were 20 years ago, but more are doing it with rope, prescription medication and carbon monoxide. This is a pattern that has been repeated in Australia, Britain, Germany and much of Europe, too. Firearms suicides are off significantly in the past two decades, but suicides by most other methods are up or, at best, stable. Crediting gun control with saving lives from firearms suicide is, then, meaningless. If, when denied a gun, a depressed person merely finds another way to kill themselves, gun control cannot be said to have made them safer. No doubt the Swiss would have witnessed the same phenomenon had they voted to limit private firearms possession, too. But thankfully they didn’t. It’s good to know that there remains a modern, sophisticated democracy that has not given into the irrational, fearful, anti-factual, gun-ban mentality. Trusting ordinary, law-abiding citizens with guns is a sign of a free country, one in which the people are truly the sovereigns and not the subjects of the government. George Orwell once wrote, “That rifle hanging on the wall of the working-class flat or labourer’s cottage is the symbol of democracy. It is our job to see that it stays there.” We in Canada seem to have forgotten that. National Post read more ... |
| Wisconsin Gov. Walker Threatens To Deploy National Guard As ‘Intimidation Force’ Against Workers’ Un - Monday, February 14, 2011Think Progress | When asked by a reporter what will happen if workers resist, Gov. Walker replied that he would call out the National Guard. Last month, Ohio Gov. John Kasich (R) said that if employees strike, “they should be fired,” and former Minnesota Gov. Tim Pawlenty (R) wrote in an op-ed that the moral case for unions “does not apply to public employment.” Now, facing a $137 million budget deficit, Wisconsin Gov. Scott Walker has proposed a “budget repair bill” that would severely limit collective bargaining, eliminate the right of unions to negotiate pensions, retirement and benefits. Walker is facing fierce criticism for this all-out assault against state workers, especially after he insisted that the “National Guard” will be used against a walkout: When asked by a reporter what will happen if workers resist, Gov. Walker replied that he would call out the National Guard. He said that the National Guard is “prepared…for whatever the governor, their commander-in-chief, might call for. … I am fully prepared for whatever may happen.”
Traditionally, the National Guard is called to assist Americans in times of crisis; so Walker’s attempt to use the National Guard as a tool to suppress dissent is particularly deplorable. In the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks, more than 50,000 Guard members were called to help, and following Hurricane Katrina in 2005, more than 50,000 Guards were deployed. Veterans have strongly objected to Walker’s recent intent to use the National Guard as a vessel to intimidate state workers. VoteVet released a statement today that says Walker shouldn’t use the National Guard as an “intimidation force“. read more ... |
| Los Angeles gets tough with political protesters - Saturday, February 12, 2011For acts of political protest that his predecessor treated as mere infractions, Los Angeles City Atty. Carmen Trutanich is seeking jail time. Kate Linthicum and Andrew Blankstein, Los Angeles Times
Feb 12, 2011 For acts of political protest that his predecessor treated as mere infractions, Los Angeles City Atty. Carmen Trutanich is seeking jail time. Los Angeles City Atty. Carmen Trutanich is throwing the book at dozens of people arrested during recent political demonstrations — a major shift in city policy that has him pressing for jail time in types of cases that previous prosecutors had treated as infractions. Some of the activists arrested, including eight college students and one military veteran who took part in a Westwood rally last year in support of the DREAM Act, face up to one year in county jail. Trutanich’s aggressive stance is the latest episode in the city’s decades-long legal struggle over the rights of protesters. The Los Angeles Police Department’s treatment of demonstrators at the 2000 Democratic National Convention and at a 2007 May Day rally at MacArthur Park led to lawsuits against the city read more ... |
| Cheney-Rumsfeld ‘War criminals!’: Ron Paul backers crash Cheney-Rumsfeld reunion - Saturday, February 12, 2011Fans of Ron Paul turned what should have been a friendly moment before an audience of fellow conservatives into a screaming match and protest action that resembled what a Cheney-Rumsfeld hug at the Netroots Nation convention might look like. Daniel Tencer Raw Story Feb 11, 2011 Supporters of libertarian Republican Ron Paul shouted down former Vice President Dick Cheney at a conservative conference Thursday, in a sign of a growing foreign policy rift on the American right. Cheney had appeared on the first day of the 2011 Conservative Political Action Conference to introduce Donald Rumsfeld, the former Bush-era defense secretary who was scheduled to receive this year’s “Defender of the Constitution Award.” That didn’t sit well with “Team Paul,” supporters of Rep. Ron Paul who have long called for an end to the US’s foreign wars. “Where’s bin Laden?” one heckler shouted as Cheney stood at the podium to introduce Rumsfeld. “War criminal!” another shouted out, prompting a heated reaction from the crowd read more ... |
| Canadian sues claiming groping, strip search abuse at U.S. border - Friday, February 11, 2011Detroit Free Press | A 46-year-old Canadian woman sued two unidentified female U.S. Customs and Border Protection agents in U.S. District Court in Detroit on Wednesday, saying one of them strip-searched and groped her without justification as the other one watched.
U.S. border Detroit Free Press
February 10, 2011 A 46-year-old Canadian woman sued two unidentified female U.S. Customs and Border Protection agents in U.S. District Court in Detroit on Wednesday, saying one of them strip-searched and groped her without justification as the other one watched at the Ambassador Bridge last March. Loretta Van Beek of Stratford, Ontario, who said she travels to the U.S. regularly to vacation in Georgia, said agents sent her to secondary inspection because she failed to declare raspberries. She said agents questioned her during a two-hour session, then ordered her to strip. She said one agent aggressively groped her breasts and genital area for an extended period of time while the other watched. Then they photographed and fingerprinted her and sent her back to Canada, the suit said. Her lawyer, S. Thomas Wienner of Rochester, said she was traumatized by the incident and wants to find out whether there are other victims. read more ... |
| White House Lies On Blackouts Exposed - Thursday, February 10, 2011Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
February 10, 2011 
Image: Cassandra Jowett
We have become used to seeing politicians distort the truth, but when such lies are brazenly plastered all over the front page of the White House website, it really highlights how much contempt the government has for the intelligence of the American people. When Obama Communications Director Dan Pfeiffer attacked our article blaiming the White House’s anti-energy policies for contributing to the severity of the rolling blackouts that have occurred over the last few weeks, he claimed that the outages had nothing to do with maxed-out grids and were in fact solely the result of “mechanical failures.” This formed the foundation of Pfeiffer’s charge that our research was “unquestionably false,” and was used to dismiss our argument that the Obama administration’s strict enforcement of draconian EPA regulations that has led to new clean-burning coal-fired plants being mothballed and other existing ones being shut down, has in turn led to Texas and other states becoming energy-dependent, leading to shortages and blackouts. Whether or not the White House lied comes down to whether the severity of the blackouts was made worse by maxed-out power grids or “mechanical failures”. “The Electric Reliability Council of Texas, the agency that oversees the state’s power, says the energy grid is nearly maxed out,” reports WFAA this morning. “The agency has warned consumers that if they don’t conserve power this morning, rolling blackouts will likely happen once again.” “As people wake up in the morning, they power on the lights, turn on their hairdryers and other electronic equipment as they get ready for the day. That’s exactly what puts pressure on the already maxed out grid, ERCOT says.”
So there you have it – the severity blackouts is being worsened by maxed-out power grids, not “mechanical failures” as the White House claimed. While the freezing weather undoubtedly exascerbated the problem, it only highlighted the inherant flaw of not having enough back-up power to meet demand, the blame for which can be laid squarely at the door of the Obama White House. Maxed-out power grids are why Texas is having to rely on countries like Mexico to meet its energy needs. Maxed-out energy grids are a direct consequence of a shortage of new power plants to meet demand. Indeed, contrary to another of Pfeiffer’s falsehoods when he claimed that Texas was not subject to EPA restrictions, one of the delayed power plants that could have alleviated the energy shortage, the Las Brisas Energy Center, has been the subject of an EPA battle with Texas state authorities for the past three years. A federal court ruling last month gave the EPA permission to proceed with greenhouse gas regulation in Texas, temporarily superseding Texas’ non-compliance with the new regulations which came into force on January 2. The White House’s claim that EPA regulations are not currently affecting Texas is a complete fabrication. The Obama administration’s meddling in Texas’ energy policy, through the threat of enforcing new EPA restrictions, has directly led to desperately needed power plants not being built or existing ones being shut down. This is all part of Obama’s publicly stated agenda to bankrupt the coal industry in the move towards a “green economy,” which has little to do with the environment and everything to do with hollowing out America’s industrial base so that the country may be more easily swallowed up by the “post-industrial revolution” that remains the goal of the global elite. RELATED: White House Responds to Blackout Controversy RELATED: Fury Builds Over Blackouts Caused By De-Industrialization Of America RELATED: Obama’s Blocking Of New Power Plants Triggers Nationwide Blackouts read more ... |
| Obama Energy Secretary Promises “Massive” Coal Plant Closures - Thursday, February 10, 2011Obama Energy Secretary Steven Chu has launched the next phase of the White House’s publicly stated agenda to bankrupt the coal industry via EPA regulations after announcing the prospect of “massive” coal plant closures even as Texas and other states suffer rolling blackouts as a result of maxed-out power plants that cannot cope with demand White House agenda to bankrupt coal industry via EPA regulations accelerates despite rolling blackouts 
Image: Department of Energy
Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Thursday, February 10, 2011 Obama Energy Secretary Steven Chu has launched the next phase of the White House’s publicly stated agenda to bankrupt the coal industry via EPA regulations after announcing the prospect of “massive” coal plant closures even as Texas and other states suffer rolling blackouts as a result of maxed-out power plants that cannot cope with demand. The Obama administration’s strict enforcement of draconian EPA regulations has led to new clean-burning coal-fired plants being mothballed and other existing ones being shut down, which has in turn led to Texas and other states becoming energy-dependent, leading to shortages and blackouts exacerbated by freezing temperatures. Despite White House Communications Director Dan Pfeiffer’s brazen lie in claiming that the blackouts are solely a result of “mechanical failures,” the Electric Reliability Council of Texas, the agency that oversees the state’s power, confirmed this morning that the threat of blackouts was ongoing as a result of a “maxed out grid”. This “maxed out grid” is a consequence of federally enforced EPA restrictions that have led to the delay, mothballing and closing down of coal-fired plants. In Texas, approval for the much-needed Las Brisas Energy Center has been delayed for 3 years as a result of EPA meddling in Texas’ energy policy. A federal court ruling last month gave the EPA permission to proceed with greenhouse gas regulation in Texas, temporarily superseding Texas’ non-compliance with the new regulations which came into force on January 2. The White House’s claim that EPA regulations are not currently affecting Texas is a complete fabrication. Now White House Energy Secretary Steven Chu has made it clear that “massive” amounts of coal-fired plants in the United States will be closed down over the next five to eight years “The EIA ( Energy Information Administration) predicts plants with 7.7 gigawatts of capacity will close by 2018. Cambridge, Massachusetts-based The Brattle Group, a consulting firm, said in December that 50 to 65 gigawatts of capacity may be closed by 2020 because of environmental regulations. Analysts at Zurich-based bank Credit Suisse Group AG said in September that about 60 gigawatts of coal capacity may be retired,” reports Newsmax. “We’re going to see massive retirements within the next five, eight years,” Chu said at a renewable-energy conference in Washington yesterday. “Smaller, older units” that burn coal “won’t be economic under new clean air standards,” said Luke Popovich, a spokesman for the Washington-based National Mining Association. This means that the larger transnational energy companies with close Obama administration ties like General Electric, who have been given waivers for the EPA carbon restrictions, will see their competition eliminated and be given free reign to jack up prices even further by creating artificial scarcity. Americans will be made to foot the bill as part of Obama’s publicly stated agenda to bankrupt the coal industry in the move towards a “green economy,” which has little to do with the environment and everything to do with hollowing out America’s industrial base so that the country may be more easily swallowed up by the “post-industrial revolution” that remains the goal of the global elite.
RELATED: White House Lies On Blackouts Exposed RELATED: White House Responds to Blackout Controversy RELATED: Fury Builds Over Blackouts Caused By De-Industrialization Of America RELATED: Obama’s Blocking Of New Power Plants Triggers Nationwide Blackouts read more ... |
| “See Something, Say Something” Exposed As Hoax - Wednesday, February 09, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Alex Jones proves it’s impossible to report terror threats because the government has no interest in preventing terror.
Infowars.com
February 9, 2011 
Given the intensity with which the Department of Homeland Security and Janet Napolitano have promoted the “See Something, Say Something” campaign, one would think the federal government would be keen on receiving reports from Americans about potential terror threats. However, numerous calls to the DHS, FBI and the White House prove otherwise – the entire program is a hoax and the feds have no interest in preventing terrorism.
Alex Jones calls the White House, DHS, and local Austin law enforcement. For the past week, both on air and off air, Alex Jones has been trying to alert the federal government to terror threats and on every occasion has been rebuffed and ignored. On Sunday, Alex called the FBI while hosting his live radio broadcast to report terrorism. During the last half hour of today’s show (MP3 – video to follow), he called the White House and the DHS. On each occasion, the reports were met with ignored phone calls, answer phone messages that didn’t even state who was taking the message, and a complete failure to return any of the calls after messages were left. After calling the White House a second time in an effort to talk to a real person, the line simply went dead before anyone answered. In addition, the DHS won’t even provide the number to report terror threats and instead passes the buck to local authorities when asked, as the phone calls made by Alex Jones prove. Jones responded to numbers provided on “See Something, Say Something” flyers, only to be told by a DHS operator as well as a DHS press officer that local law enforcement were responsible for taking reports about terror threats Jones then tried to call the local Austin Police Department but was told to call Homeland Security and was then shunted to yet another voicemail machine. On every single occasion, Jones illustrated that it is impossible to report terror threats, proving that the entire mirage of anti-terror apparatus is a complete fraud. While the DHS sends out multi-million dollar robots to deal with coffee flasks and harmless boxes left on highways, Americans who need to report genuine instances of potential terror are completely stonewalled. Just like the TSA stood down on the busiest travel day of the year in a crude political stunt to diffuse the effectiveness of the national opt out day protest, Homeland Security’s disinterest in taking reports about potential terrorism underscores the fact that the entire anti-terror set up is about making billions of dollars in public-private partnerships as well as creating a police state in the United States. It has nothing to do with protecting Americans from terrorism. We invite the media to test the veracity of the point we are making this article by trying themselves to call the DHS, FBI or the White House to report terrorism. They will doubtless run into the same brick wall, proving that the entire “Say Something, See Something” campaign is a hoax that has nothing to do with preventing terrorism and everything to do with creating a chilling atmosphere wherein Americans are afraid to exercise their constitutional right to dissent for fear of being labeled an extremist. read more ... |
| No Escape from the TSA’s Sexual Molestation and Naked Body Porno Scanners - Wednesday, February 09, 2011Kurt Nimmo | TSA boss says private airports must follow rules to humiliate the traveling public
February 9, 2011 Back in January there was a healthy sign that a handful of airports around the country were saying no to the TSA and its sexual molestation searches and naked body porno scanners. Airport managers said they are opposed to the federal government telling them how to run security.
“The TSA has grown too big and we’re unhappy with the way it’s doing things,” Larry Dale, president of Orlando Sanford International Airport, told MSNBC. “My board is sold on the fact that the free enterprise system works well and that we should go with a private company we can hold directly accountable for security and customer satisfaction.” Airports in Los Angeles, the Washington, D.C. metro area and Charlotte, N.C., were also considering telling the TSA to take a hike. Rep. John Mica, a Florida Republican and chairman of the House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee, encouraged the country’s 200 biggest airports to opt out. Mica said the TSA is a “bloated, poorly focused and top-heavy bureaucracy.” The TSA immediately attempted to control this dangerous trend. “TSA sets the security standards that must be followed and that includes the use of enhanced pat-downs and imaging technology, if installed at the airport,” TSA spokesperson Greg Soule said in response The TSA eventually offered a fig leaf to ward off disenchantment. It turned out to be nothing but a smoke screen. “The Transportation Security Administration is still taking applications from airports looking to shift over to private security screeners, but those applications probably aren’t going anywhere, the agency explained,” reports Government Security News. In addition, the TSA declared that sexual molestation searches and dangerous naked body porno scanners to be the iron-clad rule of the day that cannot be deviated from. “You may recall a recent post where I wrote about the TSA contract screener program. I posted because many were under the wrong impression that screening from contractors is or would be different than federal screening. The post explained how airports that opt out of TSA screening are still regulated by TSA. In a nutshell, the screening is the same,” explains “Blogger Bob” on the TSA blog. On January 28, TSA boss John S. Pistole said that he had decided not to expand the contract screener program because he did “not see any clear or substantial advantage to do so.” Mr. Pistole said airports that “currently use contractor screening will continue to be regulated by TSA and required to meet our high security standards.” In short, there will be no escape from federal Gestapo zones where sexual humiliation and submission to the state are the order of the day. Obama’s initial choice to head up the TSA was Robert Harding, who wanted to turn the TSA into a military intelligence operation that would expand to bus and train stations. Fortunately, Harding was rejected, but that did not stop Pistole’s TSA from implementing intrusive pat-downs and naked body scanners. On Sunday, the TSA in partnership with a military contractor and the private sector – the very essence of fascism – gave us a glimpse of the future during the Super Bowl. “Everyone entering the stadium must pass through a magnetometer, such as those used at airports, and get a pat down as part of the screening process. The majority of fans will enter through checkpoints on the east side of Cowboys Stadium,” reported the Dallas Star-Telegram on Friday. An array of high-tech surveillance technology was used on fans. The electronic panopticon used at the event, however, was just the beginning. Homeland Security is also developing technology to be used at “security events” which purports to monitor “malintent” on behalf of an individual who passes through a checkpoint. Similar programs are in use at 161 airports around the country. John Pistole has made it perfectly clear that when you travel you will be subjected to humiliation and made to submit to the government. The feds will not allow private airlines and airports to hire their own security. As noted above, the TSA and DHS are itching to extend their reach to sports stadiums, malls, train and bus stations, and all public areas. America is rapidly becoming little different than the Soviet Union or East Germany with its notorious Stasi. How long before they place naked body porno scanners in your neighborhood? read more ... |
| “Inexcusable”: TSA STILL Refusing To Release Naked Scanner Safety Reports - Wednesday, February 09, 2011Steve Watson | TSA once again lies, tells media machines are not capable of storing images
Steve Watson
Infowars.com
February 9, 2011 
– Senate amendment introduced to make misuse of images a federal crime punishable by prison
- Further amendment introduced to force all scanners to use “privacy enhancing” software
- TSA once again lies, tells media machines are not capable of storing images The chairman of a House oversight committee on homeland defense has labeled “inexcusable” the TSA’s continued refusal to release it’s internal reports on the safety of radiation firing airport body scanners. “The public has a right to know, and there isn’t something so sensitive that requires holding it back,” Rep. Jason Chaffetz, R-Utah. tells USA Today. The newspaper filed Freedom of information requests for the reports over two months ago, prompting members of congress to get involved, with a group led by Rep. Ed Markey, D-Mass, demanding that the TSA release the documents. Two months on, the TSA says it is still reviewing the documents to ensure they do not contain any sensitive information that could be a threat to national security. TSA spokeswoman Giselle Barry told USA Today that the Department of Homeland Security’s inspector general is investigating the adequacy of the TSA’s X-ray inspection program at the request of Markey, yet still refused to confirm when the safety reports would be made available. The safety of new body scanners has been particularly questioned in light of an independent study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) carried out in 2004, found that some baggage scanners, which emit the same type of X-rays, were in violation of federal radiation standards, and were emitting two or three times beyond the agreed safe limit. A further 2008 CDC report noted that some X-ray machines were missing protective lead curtains or had had safety features disabled by TSA employees with duct tape, paper towels and other materials. TSA employees themselves have also voiced concern over the safety of the scanners. Workers are reportedly unhappy with the fact that they are being kept in the dark by their employers, despite repeated requests for information. “We don’t think the agency is sharing enough information,” said Milly Rodriguez, occupational health and safety specialist at the American Federation of Government Employees, the union that represents TSA workers. “Radiation just invokes a lot of fear.” she added. According to the USA Today report, several TSA employees have expressed their concerns to the CDC: …a TSA employee at an unidentified airport asked CDC in June to examine concerns about radiation exposures from standing near the new full-body X-ray scanners for hours a day. The CDC said it didn’t have authority to do a hazard assessment unless three or more current employees at one location made a joint request, according to a September letter from the CDC to the unnamed worker. The CDC provided the letter to USA TODAY.
The TSA is responsible for inspecting the scanners and producing safety reports itself, rather than the FDA, because they are not classed as medical devices. “It should send some flashing red lights when they won’t allow the public to review that data,” Rep. Chaffetz has noted. Chaffetz oversaw the passage in the House last year of an amendment to ban “strip-search” imaging at airports altogether. “You don’t have to look at my wife and 8-year-old daughter naked to secure an airplane,” Chaffetz said at the time. “You can actually see the sweat on somebody’s back. You can tell the difference between a dime and a nickel. If they can do that, they can see things that quite frankly I don’t think they should be looking at in order to secure a plane,” Chaffetz told the House. Considering scores of warnings from scientists, more TSA workers should be concerned over the levels of radiation they are being exposed to and are being asked to expose the public to. Dr Michael Love, who runs an X-ray lab at the department of biophysics and biophysical chemistry at the Johns Hopkins school of medicine recently told AFP that “statistically someone is going to get skin cancer from these X-rays”. “…we have a situation at the airports where people are so eager to fly that they will risk their lives in this manner,” he added. John Sedat, a University of California at San Francisco professor of biochemistry and biophysics and member of the National Academy of Sciences tells CNet that the machines have “mutagenic effects” and will increase the risk of cancer. Sedat previously sent a letter to the White House science Czar John P. Holdren, identifying the specific risk the machines pose to children and the elderly. The letter stated: “it appears that real independent safety data do not exist… There has not been sufficient review of the intermediate and long-term effects of radiation exposure associated with airport scanners. There is good reason to believe that these scanners will increase the risk of cancer to children and other vulnerable populations.” The TSA has repeatedly stated that going through the machines is equal to the radiation encountered during just two minutes of a flight. However, this does not take into account that the scanning machines specifically target only the skin and the muscle tissue immediately beneath. The scanners are similar to C-Scans and fire ionizing radiation at those inside which penetrates a few centimeters into the flesh and reflects off the skin to form a naked body image. The firing of ionizing radiation at the body effectively “unzips” DNA, according to scientific research by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The research shows that even very low doses of X-ray can delay or prevent cellular repair of damaged DNA, yet pregnant women and children will be subjected to the process as new guidelines including scanners are adopted. The Inter-Agency Committee on Radiation Safety concluded in their report on the matter that governments must justify the use of the scanners and that a more accurate assessment of the health risks is needed. Pregnant women and children should not be subject to scanning, according to the report, adding that governments should consider “other techniques to achieve the same end without the use of ionizing radiation.” “The Committee cited the IAEA’s 1996 Basic Safety Standards agreement, drafted over three decades, that protects people from radiation. Frequent exposure to low doses of radiation can lead to cancer and birth defects, according to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,”reported Bloomberg. Scientists at Columbia University also entered the debate recently, warning that the dose emitted by the naked x-ray devices could be up to 20 times higher than originally estimated, likely contributing to an increase in a common type of skin cancer called basal cell carcinoma which affects the head and neck. “If all 800 million people who use airports every year were screened with X-rays then the very small individual risk multiplied by the large number of screened people might imply a potential public health or societal risk. The population risk has the potential to be significant,” said Dr David Brenner, head of Columbia University’s centre for radiological research. Despite all these warnings, The Department of Homeland Security claims that the scanners are completely safe, pointing to “independent” verification from the Food and Drug Administration and the National Institute of Standards and Technology, both federal government bodies. Meanwhile, the TSA has once again repeated the same lie that the machines cannot record the naked images that are produced as air travelers pass through them. In response to the proposal of an amendment to make the misuse of scanner images a federal crime punishable by up to a year in prison and a $100,000 fine, a spokesman for the DHS told the AP that “the body scanners used by Transportation Security Administration workers at airports are not capable of storing, copying or transmitting images.” “Each time a passenger is scanned, he said, the image of the previously scanned passenger is deleted.” said the DHS’ Nicholas Kimball. Yet, as we have previously detailed, the images that show in detail the naked genitals of men, women and children that have passed through the scanners can indeed be transmitted and printed. As reported by Declan McCullagh of CNET earlier this year, “The U.S. Marshals Service admitted this week that it had surreptitiously saved tens of thousands of images recorded with a millimeter wave system at the security checkpoint of a single Florida courthouse.” The proof comes in the form of a letter (PDF), obtained by The Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC), in which William Bordley, an associate general counsel with the Marshals Service, admits that “approximately 35,314 images…have been stored on the Brijot Gen2 machine” used in the Orlando, Fla. federal courthouse. EPIC says it has also obtained more than 100 images of electronically stripped individuals from the scanning devices used at federal courthouses. The disclosures come as part of a settlement of an EPIC Freedom of Information Act lawsuit against the U.S. Marshals Service. Brijot, the manufacturer of the body scanning equipment in question, also admits that its machine can store up to 40,000 images and records. EPIC, has filed two further lawsuits against the Department of Homeland Security over the scanners, claiming that the DHS has refused to release at least 2,000 images it has stored from scanners currently in use in U.S. airports. EPIC’s lawsuit argues that the body scanners violate the Fourth Amendment, which prohibits “unreasonable” searches, as well as the Privacy Act, the Administrative Procedure Act, and the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, referencing religious laws about modesty. The group points to a further document (PDF) it has obtained from DHS showing that the machines used by the department’s TSA are not only able to record and store naked body images, but that they are mandated to do so. The TSA has admitted that this is the case, but claims that it is for training and testing purposes only, maintaining that the body scanners used at airports cannot “store, print or transmit images”. This was confirmed in a letter sent to Rep. Bennie G. Thompson, Chairman of the Committee on Homeland Security, at approximately the same time the government initially claimed the machines are safe and cannot save images. In fact, this ability is a government requirement. “TSA requires AIT machines to have the capability to retain and export imagines (sic) only for testing, training, and evaluation purposes,” states a Homeland Security letter dated February 24, 2010 and signed by Gale D. Rossides, Acting Administrator. 
The machines indeed store and transmit images. According to Rossides, however, this ability is limited to engineers, training contractors, and “Z” level users. “Z” level users are described as select lab personnel from the TSA’s Office of Security Technology. The images are apparently also sent to the TSA’s Threat Mitigation Lab. “In complying with our Freedom of Information Act request, the Marshals Service has helped the public more fully understand the capabilities of these devices,” EPIC President Marc Rotenberg has said in a statement. “But the DHS continues to conceal the truth from American air travelers who could be subject to similar intrusive recorded searches in U.S. airports.” As if it was needed, further evidence also points to the fact that the images are actively being transmitted and printed in airports. 
Furthermore, if there is no capability for the devices to save, distribute and print images, then how on earth have news organizations obtained print outs of such images like the one above? The TSA and the DHS have repeatedly told the media and the public the same lie, that the scanners cannot store images. If they are willing to promulgate outright lies regarding the performance of the machines in this respect why should anyone take their word for it when they say the machines are 100% safe? Another Senate Amendment has been introduced this week by Senator Udall (D-NM) that would require the TSA to install “Automatic Target Recognition” software, in all body scanners by January 1, 2012. The software ensures that the images produced by the machines are generic human outlines, rather than graphic naked images. However, as we have previously highlighted, according to documents obtained by the Electronic Privacy Information Center, the software merely place a mask over the naked image, which the machine is still capable of storing. “…keep in mind that filters can be enabled and disabled by the operator.” Marc Rotenberg, executive director of EPIC has noted. read more ... |
| Hauled Away from Downing Street for 9/11 Justice - Wednesday, February 09, 2011Civil Disobedience at Downing Street for 9/11 Justice: An Interview with Gareth Newnham
9/11 Blogger
February 8, 2011 Gareth Newnham reports: On Monday 31st January 2011, in solidarity with Jon Gold’s action outside the White House, I took a ‘911 Truth’ sign to Downing Street – the British Prime Minister lives at No. 10 – and sat down outside the gates. Within seconds I was approached by a policeman carrying a machine gun who demanded I immediately move, a request with which I respectfully declined to comply with. After ten minutes I was approached by two Ministry of Defence policemen who issued the same request. We talked a little about 9/11. Moments later a police van pulled up and four police officers got out – I was also surprised to see a further four Ministry of Defence policeman approaching to see what was going on. After explaining that I was respectfully going to decline all further requests to move on I found myself being dragged from where I was sitting, put into the police van, and driven away to Charing Cross Police Station. I was released later the next evening having been detained for 30 hours. I’m glad I took a good book! 
read more ... |
| Alex Jones Exposes “See Something, Say Something” as Patent Fraud - Wednesday, February 09, 2011Given the intensity with which the Department of Homeland Security and Janet Napolitano have promoted the “See Something, Say Something” campaign, one would think the federal government would be keen on receiving reports from Americans about potential terror threats. However, numerous calls to the DHS, FBI and the White House prove otherwise – the entire program is a hoax and the feds have no interest in preventing terrorism
Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 9, 2011 After previously attempting to call the Department of Homeland Security’s “See Something, Say Something” hotline to report criminal behavior by the government, Alex Jones on Wednesday called the White House, the Department of Homeland Security, and local law enforcement. Alex Jones calls the White House, DHS, and local Austin law enforcement. Alex Jones calls the White House, DHS, and local Austin law enforcement. 
As we have noted, the lavishly promoted campaign rolled out at Wal-mart and other high visibility venues around the country is not intended to actually apprehend and punish criminals and would-be terrorists. It is instead a calculated propaganda device designed to foster and expand the phony and profitable war on manufactured terror and decidedly acclimate citizens to an ever encroaching police state.
In addition to the Wal-mart gimmick unleashed with sickening fanfare, the government released three soap opera-like PSA videos portraying ordinary everyday activities as ominous signs of possible terrorism. The videos produced with tax payer money indoctrinate the public and demand they assume the role of domestic spies reporting on their friends, neighbors, coworkers and strangers alike. Alex contacted the White House to report that calls placed to publicly published “See Something, Say Something” telephone numbers are going to voicemail. He also wanted to talk to somebody about White House Communications Director Dan Pfeiffer’s attack on a Prison Planet.com report about the controversy surrounding the Obama administration’s agenda to bankrupt the coal industry and its connection to blackouts across the country last week. After a recording informed him that he would need to wait in order to leave a message for the president – as if the president actually listens to such messages — he hung up and redialed, this time with the intention of talking to Dan Pfeiffer. After the operator at the White House placed him on hold for a period of time, Jones called the Department of Homeland Security in a follow-up to a call he made in December of last year to report illegal activities at the Pentagon. He also wanted to inform the agency calls reporting suspicious activity are going to voicemail without response. A man at DHS told Alex he would need to contact local law enforcement in order to make a report about terrorist activity. In response, Jones asked to talk with the Department of Homeland Security’s press officer. A woman at the DHS Public Affairs office told him he would need contact the FBI. She had no idea how to respond when Jones pointed out that purported al-Qaeda terror mastermind Anwar Al-Awlaki – the man who supposedly helped plot the aborted Christmas Day bombing, the Fort Hood shooting, the Times Square bombing attempt, and who also preached to the alleged September 11 hijackers – dined at the Pentagon just months after 9/11. Flummoxed, the DHS employee suggested Alex contact Pentagon security. Finally, Alex called local law enforcement and the threat fusion center in Austin, Texas. After describing to an incredulous police employee that terrorism is run out of the Pentagon, she responded by asking how that pertains to local law enforcement. Finally, an attempt to route his call to the intelligence unit resulted in voicemail. Alex Jones’ effort to report terrorism – following instructions doled out by government bureaucrats – is an effort in futility. Obviously, the ludicrous “See Something, Say Something” program is nothing if not a brazen propaganda effort by the government to convince the public that a sincere and ominous terror threat exists when in fact the pathetic terrorists held up by the government are mostly clueless and mentally deficient patsies and ineffectual miscreants tricked and duped by FBI informants and agents provocateurs. Indeed, there is no mechanism available to report terrorism because it does not exist. “See Something, Say Something” is an empty public relations shell designed to prop up and support government created and supported terrorism. It is not intended to protect us, as the government claims, and that is what Alex’s effort today so clearly and plainly revealed. read more ... |
| Forget Super Bowl Pat Downs, Big Sis Wants Interrogations And Behavioral Tests - Monday, February 07, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | Anyone attending a public event will be forced to prove to Homeland Security that they are well-behaved slaves.
February 7, 2011 
Even as Christina Aguilera butchered the words to the American national anthem before the start of last night’s Super Bowl, the hard-fought freedoms recognized in that song were being eviscerated as hired goons conducted 4th Amendment busting pat downs on people entering the stadium. But if you think that was too invasive, you ain’t seen nothing yet. As part of Homeland Security’s complete takeover of society, at future Super Bowls, TSA agents will get to interrogate you at special checkpoints which will use “physiological” and “behavioral” tests to determine if you’re a terrorist or a criminal. “Everyone entering the stadium must pass through a magnetometer, such as those used at airports, and get a pat down as part of the screening process. The majority of fans will enter through checkpoints on the east side of Cowboys Stadium,” reported the Dallas Star-Telegram on Friday. Big Sis seized upon the spectacle of the Super Bowl to saturate the public with the inherently fascist public-private partnership which has given birth to the “See Something, Say Something” monstrosity, the citizen snitch program that has wiped away any doubt that America is now a rotting banana republic. But this only marks the beginning of the role DHS sees itself in assuming as part of its occupation of the country. Homeland Security is also developing technology to be used at “security events” which purports to monitor “malintent” on behalf of an individual who passes through a checkpoint. The video below explains how “Future Attribute Screening Technology” (FAST) checkpoints will conduct “physiological” and “behavioral” tests in order to weed out suspected terrorists and criminals. The clip shows individuals who attend “security events” being led into trailers before they are interrogated as to whether they are terrorists while lie detector-style computer programs analyze their physiological responses. The subjects are asked about their whereabouts, and if they are attempting to smuggle bombs or recording devices into the “expo,” proving that the technology is intended to be used at public events and not just airports. Individuals who do not satisfy the first lie detector-style test are then asked “additional questions”. The fact that Homeland Security’s own internal reports list supporting political candidates like Ron Paul, flying US flags, owning gold, displaying political bumper stickers, or owning firearms as signs of behavioral malintent that could be linked to terrorism or extremism tells you all you need to know about how FAST checkpoints could be used to snag political dissidents who commit the thought crime of believing they still had any rights under the US Constitution that Janet Napolitano is gleefully ripping to shreds. In the coming years, staying away from airports won’t be enough to avoid a run-in with TSA goons. Homeland Security has embarked on a massive gestapo-like occupation of America where “security” checkpoints will litter highways and roads, transport hubs, as well as public events and anywhere crowds gather. This in turn will be reinforced by an army of citizen tattle tales being trained to be the eyes of the state under the See Something, Say Something campaign, which was heavily promoted ahead of the Super Bowl. Homeland Security has already announced that TSA agents and VIPR teams will be expanding their mobile radiation-scanning checkpoints from rest stops to highways and roads in general, as Big Sis accelerates Soviet-style levels of control over the population. Only by standing up in unison and sending a forceful and clear message that they will resist the DHS occupation of the country can Americans hope to continue to live in a nation that does not come to be characterized as a decaying militarized police state littered with internal checkpoints manned by state jackboots demanding to see their papers, radiation-scan their bodies and conduct “behavioral tests” to prove they are well-behaved slaves. read more ... |
| Criminals and Terrorists in Government - Friday, February 04, 2011William Black Slams Financial Commission For Failing to Use the “F” Word (Fraud) … “Elites Can Now Commit White Collar Crime with Near Impunity” I’ve previously noted that the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission was a whitewash. Tuesday, senior S&L regulator William K. Black slammed the FCIC for failing to call out fraud. Washington’s Blog
Feb 4, 2011 I’ve previously noted that the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission was a whitewash. See this and this.Tuesday, senior S&L regulator William K. Black slammed the FCIC for failing to call out fraud. As told the Real News: - The Commission was unwilling to use the “F” word (“fraud”)
- “They’ve drawn the picture of the horse, but they refuse to call it a ‘horse’”
- The Commission’s conclusions could only have occurred with fraud by the most senior ranks of the big banks
- They made millions of liars loans, with an incidence of fraud of 90%
- There was an epidemic of appraisal fraud. Only lenders and their agents can induce appraisals to commit fraud. They deliberately inflate appraisals to make the loans look safer, and then then to sell the loans for a higher price. Attorney General Cuomo found that Washing Mutual had a “black list” of appraisers they wouldn’t use. Appraisers got on the black list by refusing to inflate appraisals
- Nobel price winning economist George Akeroloff showed that if banks (1) grow like crazy, (2) Make bad loans at premium yields, (3) use high leverage and (4) keep small loan loss reserves, it is a e a “sure thing” that there will be record profits on paper which will make the top executives rich, and cause the bank to fail
- The only reasons you’d have millions of liars loans was to create fictional accounting income and loot the institutions
- We’ve known of dynamic for “hundreds of years”
- There were 1,000 felony convictions before the S&L commission made its findings. In addition, had several thousand major enforcement actions by regulators. And nearly 1,000 civil suits
- By contrast today, there have been zero criminal prosecutions of any senior lending officers that made liars loans at major institutions, next to no enforcement actions, and next to no civil suits. Because the prosecutions have not occured, the public records have not been developed. And so the FCIC knows 1/100th as much about this crisis as the S&L commission knew about S&L crisis
- This crisis is maybe 40 times as large as S&L crisis. However, the number of FBI agents assigned to look at white collar crime is much smaller than during the S&L period
- “The elites can now commit white collar crime with near impunity”
- The result is catastrophic to our nation. And not just our nation, but nations worldwide.
Watch:
read more ... |
| Smoking In The Park Banned, Ticketed For Cussing In Class And 14 Other Examples on Big Brother - Friday, February 04, 2011When our founding fathers established this nation, they did so with the intention that government would be very limited and that there would be a tremendous amount of liberty and freedom. The American Dream
Feb 4, 2011 When our founding fathers established this nation, they did so with the intention that government would be very limited and that there would be a tremendous amount of liberty and freedom. But today that is such a distant memory that we don’t even remember what “the land of the free and the home of the brave” actually means anymore. Our lives are constrained by literally millions of laws, rules and regulations and it gets worse every single day. The federal government, state governments, local governments and even homeowners associations have become absolutely tyrannical. There is a “law” or a “rule” for almost everything now, and many of them are absolutely ridiculous. Big Brother is ripping our liberties and freedoms away from us at a blistering pace. Just about any activity that you can think of other than sitting completely still in utter silence in your own home is tightly regulated by government. This is not what our founding fathers intended. There are so many laws, rules and regulations out there today that nobody can possibly know them all, much less keep them all. Unfortunately, politics tends to keep attracting new crops of control freaks that are eager to impose even more ridiculous laws on all of us. We have become so tightly controlled and so tightly restrained that there is very little room for any real freedom in America today. Do our politicians even know what they mean when they give speeches about “liberty” and “freedom” anymore? It is almost as if those two words have completely lost their meaning. All around us a control grid is being constructed. It was very subtle at first, but now it has become very much “in our faces”. The TSA abuse that is going on at airports across the United States is perhaps the most obvious example, but the truth is that we are constantly seeing new examples of the encroachment of Big Brother in our lives. These days there seems to be a never ending parade of new laws, new security measures, new taxes, new “requirements”, new paperwork and new ways that the government is trying to control our behavior. It just seems as though there is an endless hunger for more cameras, more bureaucrats, more police brutality, more government snooping, more security and more control. We can’t claim to be a “free country” while we are living like this. But very, very few of our politicians are even talking about the need to get the government off of our backs. The United States is supposed to be free, but instead we are being transformed into just another control freak society. Well, the truth is that the American people don’t want to go down the path that the Europeans and the Chinese have gone.
We want our liberties and our freedoms back. The following are 16 examples of how Big Brother is systematically ripping our liberties and freedoms away from us…. #1 The New York City Council has voted to ban smoking in all public parks and on all public beaches. Of course smoking is very bad for the health and most of us wouldn’t dream of smoking, but once upon a time Americans had the freedom to decide whether they wanted to smoke or not. Now that freedom is rapidly being lost. #2 Did the police issue tickets for cussing in class when you were in high school? Well, it is happening today. A teenager in suburban Dallas was recently forced to take on a part-time job after being ticketed for using bad language in one high school classroom. The original ticket was for $340, but additional fees have raised the total bill to $637. #3 It is not just high school kids that are being ticketed by police. In Texas the crackdown extends all the way down to elementary school students. In fact, it has been reported that Texas police gave “1,000 tickets” to elementary school kids over a recent six year period. #4 The level of paranoia in our society has reached staggering heights. Recently, a 17 year-old honor student in North Carolina named Ashley Smithwick accidentally took her father’s lunch with her to school. It contained a small paring knife which he would use to slice up apples. So what happened to this standout student when the school discovered this? The school suspended her for the rest of the year and the police charged her with a misdemeanor. #5 Someday historians will look back and will be amazed at how much time, money and energy we spent coming up with ridiculous regulations. A new law requires a carbon monoxide detector to be installed on each floor of all single-family homes in the state of Colorado. While this may be a “good idea”, the fact that the government is now forcing us to do these things under penalty of law just shows how much control they now have over the smallest details of our lives. #6 Even the smallest offenses can result in brutal police violence these days. In Fairfax County, Virginia one man was shot and killed by police when they came to arrest him for betting on college football games. #7 Want to record your interactions with police in order to protect yourself in court? Be careful. In some states it is actually illegal to film the cops arresting you. For example, in the city of Chicago, one artist now faces up to 15 years in prison for recording his own arrest by police. #8 In some areas of the country, it is now actually a crime to not recycle properly. For example, the city of Cleveland has announced plans to sort through trash cans to ensure that people are actually recycling according to city guidelines. That is how extreme our control freak society has become. #9 Not cooperating with the “authorities” can get you into a lot of trouble these days. In Washington D.C., if you do not submit to “random bag checks” while riding the Metro, there is a good chance that you could receive a follow-up visit by the FBI or by the Department of Homeland Security. #10 If you make too much noise in your backyard in America today you may get tasered. For example, some time ago cops brutally tasered two adults, including a pregnant woman, in front of a yard packed with young children because the police felt that their Baptism party was making too much noise and they weren’t being cooperative enough with police. #11 If you make food “incorrectly” there is a good chance that you will get raided by the federal government. In fact, the feds recently raided an Amish farmer at 5 AM in the morning because they claimed that he was was engaged in the interstate sale of raw milk in violation of federal law. #12 Oh, and you had better watch your lawn very, very carefully. A few years ago a 70 year old grandmother was actually put in handcuffs and hauled off to jail for having a brown lawn. #13 Freedom of speech is just a memory in many areas of the United States today. In fact, police in many areas of the country seem to have absolutely no idea what the U.S. Constitution requires when it comes to free speech. On June 18th of last year, two Christians decided that they would peacefully pass out copies of the gospel of John on a public sidewalk outside a public Islamic festival in Dearborn, Michigan and within three minutes 8 policemen surrounded them and placed them under arrest. #14 Today you can even be locked away for reading your spouse’s email. A Michigan man has been charged with a felony and could face up to 5 years in prison for reading his wife’s email. #15 If you take too long to pull over for police in some areas of the United States, you could end up bloody and tasered. One 58 year-old woman in Utah learned this lesson very clearly after a cop punched her repeatedly in the face. #16 In the United States today, you can’t even feed the homeless without a permit. In Houston, Texas a couple named Bobby and Amanda Herring that had been feeding homeless people for over a year has been banned by the city from doing so. They were told that they needed a permit to feed the homeless and city officials say that they are not going to get one. This is what America has turned into. Even something as basic as feeding your fellow man has become all about “regulations” and “permits”. We seem to have lost all of our common sense. We have allowed hordes of “control freak” bureaucrats to reign over us. We have become a society that is so paralyzed by our own rules that we can barely even function anymore. John Adams, the second president of the United States, once said the following…. “Children should be educated and instructed in the principles of freedom.”
But instead of instructing them about liberty and freedom we teach them how to be good servants of the system. Somewhere along the line we have lost what it truly means to be Americans. Hopefully the American people can recapture those principles before it is too late read more ... |
| Deepening Canada-U.S. Security and Military Ties - Wednesday, February 02, 2011Dana Gabriel | A recent North American defense ministers meeting was originally scheduled to be a trilateral gathering, but Mexico’s Secretary of Defense was unable to participate in the summit.
Dana Gabriel Be Your Own Leader
February 1, 2011 A recent North American defense ministers meeting was originally scheduled to be a trilateral gathering, but Mexico’s Secretary of Defense was unable to participate in the summit. Canada-U.S. talks focused on continental, hemispheric, as well as global defense issues. The meeting went a long way to further deepen bilateral security and military ties. It was also significant considering that Canada and the U.S. are currently negotiating an agreement that would work towards establishing a perimeter approach to security.
On January 27, Canadian Minister of National Defense Peter MacKay hosted a bilateral meeting with his American counterpart U.S. Secretary of Defense Robert Gates, which centered on security issues of common interest. MacKay characterized the bilateral talks as an opportunity to, “build a better understanding of the threats facing our countries, as well as discuss the most effective ways to address them.” He added, “Our objective is simple: we will work to build on our defence and security cooperation with coordinated and sustained action.” Gates and MacKay addressed security issues facing Mexico and Central America. They discussed expanding cooperation in the Arctic, along with efforts to counter piracy, narcotics and human-trafficking. Also on the agenda was Afghanistan. Canada was set to pull its troops out in July of this year, but now its mission has been extended. It will transition from a combat role to training members of the Afghan military and police forces until 2014. In the coming years, Canada could be asked to play a bigger role in the war on terrorism, including participation in any future U.S.-NATO military operations. At a Joint Press Conference the Canadian and U.S. defense chiefs further elaborated on what was discussed during their meeting. Minister Mackay emphasized that the talks, “were successful in strengthening and expanding the already strong defense relationship that exists between our two countries and in improving our bilateral coordination to effectively address threats to our common security.” He went on to say, “we discussed our bilateral efforts through NORAD as well as new challenges facing our defense and security institutions such as maritime domain awareness which now falls under NORAD, and ways to make our maritime approaches safer and cyber threats.” MacKay acknowledged, “What Secretary Gates and I discussed today will deepen the unique partnership between our countries on important defense issues and ultimately increase security for our citizens and our coordinated contributions to global security.” Although it was not specifically mentioned, the talks would have provided a perfect opportunity to address any military aspects associated with the proposed security perimeter agreement In a statement following the bilateral meeting, Secretary Gates announced that, “Moving forward, we’ll examine together how the advanced defenses of our military networks might also be applied to protect critical civilian infrastructure.” In July of 2010, Public Safety Minister Vic Toews and U.S. Department of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano, reached an agreement to safeguard and respond to disruptions of shared infrastructure that connect the two nations. The Canada-U.S. Action Plan for Critical Infrastructure is designed to, “strengthen the safety, security and resiliency of Canada and the United States by establishing a comprehensive cross-border approach to critical infrastructure resilience.” This includes building partnerships, improved information sharing, as well as risk management aimed at increasing the ability to prepare for emergencies, such as a natural disaster and a terrorist or cyber attack. The action plan is part of ongoing cross-border collaboration and appears to be linked to the Civil Assistance Plan signed by the Canadian-U.S. military in 2008, which allows the armed forces of one nation to support the other during an emergency. During the news conference, questions also turned to the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter program and concerns over rising costs, along with other production problems which prompted both Gates and MacKay to defend the project. Secretary Gates explained, “having all of our partners continue to be with us in this program is very important, and I’m pleased at the number of our allies who are going forward with the F-35.” Canada has announced plans to purchase 65 F-35 fighter jets at a price tag of $16 billion. Both the opposition Liberal party and the NDP have been critical of the deal, but the Conservative government maintains that any changes to their decision to buy the fighter jets would put the future of Canada’s air force at risk. Some have warned that the acquisition could trigger an Arctic arms race. The decision to purchase the new stealth F-35’s reaffirms Canada’s commitment to NORAD and NATO. It is also closely tied to deeper Canada-U.S. military integration and plans for a North American security perimeter. There are reports that the signing of a security perimeter agreement between Canada-U.S. has now been delayed. When news leaked late last year of an imminent trade and security deal between the two countries, it caused an uproar in Canada. At first, the Conservative government denied any such claims, but later they admitted that negotiations are taking place. With speculation of a possible federal election in the spring, it would make sense to wait for such an announcement. This could avoid any sovereignty concerns becoming an issue during the campaign. If an election is called and the Conservatives do win and are able to secure a majority government, they could also proclaim that they have a mandate to pursue a perimeter security deal. In December of last year, Prime Minister Stephen Harper acknowledged in the House of Commons that, “Canada already operates under what is called the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP) with the United States and Mexico.” This is further proof that the SPP never truly died. A perimeter approach to continental security is a continuation of the SPP agenda and will serve to expand the Canada-U.S. relationship in the confines of Fortress North America. In a speech from 2008, former Assistant Secretary of State Thomas Shannon spoke on the evolution of NAFTA and how the SPP process, “understands North America as a shared economic space and that as a shared economic space we need to protect it, and that we need to understand that we don’t protect this economic space only at our frontiers, that it has to be protected more broadly throughout North America. And as we have worked through the Security and Prosperity Partnership to improve our commercial and trading relationship, we have also worked to improve our security cooperation. To a certain extent, we’re armoring NAFTA.” For those championing for deeper Canada-U.S. integration a North American security perimeter is seen as a logical next step. There now appears to be a renewed push to take NAFTA and the SPP design to the next level and incrementally closer to a North American Union. Related articles by Dana Gabriel North American Integration Back on the Front Burner Towards a North American Security Perimeter Expanding U.S.-Canada Security and Economic Partnership Strengthening NAFTA Ties and the Push Towards a Common Security Front |
| Documents reveal FBI transgressions, abuses of power - Monday, January 31, 2011Sahil Kapur | Leaked internal FBI documents reveal dozens of employee transgressions ranging from sex-related misconduct to felonies. One employee gave sensitive information to his girlfriend, who was a journalist, and later threatened to release a sex tape of the two after they had broken up. The employee lied under oath during the inquiry. Another employee became obsessed with a co-worker and continued to press for a closer relationship despite “clear indications” that the colleague wasn’t interested and persisted even after receiving orders to cease contact read more ... |
| ’40,000 violations of the law’ in FBI snooping: report - Monday, January 31, 2011Raw Story | Companies ‘all too willing’ to comply with FBI requests for personal information, EFF says Daniel Tencer Raw Story
January 31, 2011 January 31, 2011 As the US prepares once again to extend the Patriot Act, a new report from a privacy watchdog indicates that the FBI’s use of the law and other surveillance powers may have led to as many as 40,000 violations of the law by the bureau in the years since 9/11. According to documents obtained by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, from 2001 to 2008 the FBI reported nearly 800 violations of surveillance law and the Constitution to the Intelligence Oversight Board, a civilian monitoring group that reports to the president. The EFF also determined that the FBI investigated some 7,000 potential violations of the law that occurred during surveillance operations. The group estimated that, based on the rate of reporting of violations, the FBI may have violated the law as many as 40,000 times during investigations since 9/11. read more ... |
| Police trained that FEMA camps are perfectly normal - Thursday, January 27, 2011Something for the Police to think about as it could be their family being rounded up while they are at work and other officers from other area's would be doing the same to those police familys.. Milo Nickels Activist Post
January 27, 2011 Picture it: You are sound asleep next to your spouse. Your children are safely tucked away in their bedrooms. Despite the chaos in the world which surrounds you–the riots, the food shortages, the deadly pandemic, the nationwide power outage, and the apparent societal collapse–you are safe and comfortable in your house. Although the world has seemingly gone crazy, you are doing all you can to weather the storm and (for the moment) everything is quiet and peaceful. Suddenly, there is a loud crash! You jerk awake from your slumber. Within seconds, before you can even get to your feet, you are blinded by streams of intense light. You can hear your spouse screaming, and your children crying in the distance, but all that noise is drowned out by the loud, harshvoices behind those blinding lights. “Get down!” “Don’t move!” If you hesitate for even a second, they will violently throw you to the ground. You are dragged from your own house along with the rest of your family. As several officers remain behind to search your house, you are thrown onto a fortified bus without any explanation, and whisked away to a “secure facility”. This is your new home–uniforms, prisoner numbers, forced vaccinations, ID markings, armed guards, barking guard dogs, and a fence with barbed wire pointing in. Yes, I’m talking about FEMA camps. I’m not sure if I actually believe that they exist or not, but I have absolutely no doubt that our government is capable of such a thing. These are, after all, the same people who want to see all travelers naked–and grope their genitals. Honestly, how much of a stretch would camps really be? With all of the rules, laws, taxes, license plate readers, face scanners, traffic cameras, security cameras, metal detectors, speed cameras, and (recently) unmanned spy drones we are pretty much in a giant camp already–they just haven’t built the fence yet. This article is not about the “reality” of FEMA camps. Plenty of other people have written articles and made movies which offer “proof” that FEMA camps exist. If you want information concerning the Japanese internment camps of WWII, legislation that opens the door to prisoner camps, or even maps of supposed FEMA camp locations, may I offer the following resources for you: Camp FEMA – American Lockdown (full movie – video – 86 minutes) Jesse Ventura – Conspiracy Theory (Season 2, Episode 4 – video – 44 minutes) American Concentration Camps (website) Google maps marked with all alleged FEMA camps (website)
I’ve watched all the movies and visited all the websites. The information is sometimes compelling, sometimes absurd. There is a plethora of facts and an abundance of wild speculations. Although, I’m not sure what I believe, I have acquired an interesting piece of information that I want to share with all of you. One of my biggest questions concerning FEMA camps has always been this: how on earth would they convince military and police to go along with the roundup? It’s actually not as difficult as you might suspect. Think of all the unconstitutional, victimless-crime laws that the police willingly and aggressively enforce every single day. Take the “seatbelt law” for example. Although this law is clearly a violation of the constitution and a glaring display of government overstepping its bounds, it was justified to the police as being “necessary because it saves lives”. The government offers a rationalization, the law gets passed, police supervisors give out the orders, and police do as they are told. It all starts with the justification/rationalization. It would stand to reason that, if placing people in camps could be justified/rationalized to the police as a “necessary act to save lives”, the police would likely go along with it. But are the police actually being indoctrinated that camps may be necessary to save lives? Sadly, the answer is yes. I recently received the following email, and it blew me away: Dear Milo, I love your site. I noticed you haven’t discussed FEMA camps yet, but here’s some information that you might find interesting. I’m a police officer in [withheld to protect officer's identity] State. Everyone in my department was recently required to take an online course sponsored by FEMA about the “Incident Command Structure” (ICS). The Incident Command Structure is the system of control set in place following a disaster, catastrophe, terrorist strike, or other such event. All of the documents from that course can be found on FEMA’s website: http://training.fema.gov/EMIweb/IS/is100lst.asp In particular you should pay attention to Unit 6: ICS Facilities. Here’s that direct link: http://training.fema.gov/EMIweb/IS/ICS100CR/ICS100IG/06ICS100ICSFac_NMSept05.pdf First, I’d like you to notice page 6-8 which is actually entitled “CAMPS“!!! Now, they claim in this training that “camps” are temporary facilities and may not be required. I feel that they do this to condition the police that camps are perfectly normal and may be necessary–so that we won’t hesitate to place people in camps upon command. Secondly, I’d like you to notice page 6-4 which mysteriously states “some incidents may require facilities not included on the standard list”. The use of the word “facilities” would lead me to believe that these locations are already in place and are permanent in nature. But then you have to ask: what kind of facilities are important enough to already have in place, but too secretive to leave out of your police training? I found it very interesting and thought I’d share. Keep up the good work, [Name Withheld]
Interesting, indeed! It’s quite unsettling that FEMA is educating police officers around the nation that citizens may have to be placed into CAMPS at some point (for their own safety, of course), and that this practice is completely normal. Now, I know that I bust on cops a lot on my site. Truthfully though, I don’t actually dislike most individual police officers, but the corrupt governmental institution they serve. Most cops are just honest, hard-working people–working a very difficult job. They don’t want to violate people’s rights, but they also don’t want to get in trouble with their supervisors and risk losing their livelihoods. I actually have several friends who are cops and, like the author of this letter, I can’t picture any of them voluntarily placing American Citizens into camps. I’m hoping that, by sharing this email with all of you, maybe some other police who have received this training will realize what’s really going on, and how they are being conditioned. Placing citizens in camps is not normal, it’s not necessary, and it never will be. Milo Nickels began blogging and cartooning about politics in the year 2000. After achieving some notoriety at that time, Milo took a break. Now, Milo has launched a new website, Five Cent Revolution where he continues to write about political issues. In particular, Milo focuses on constitutionalism, critiques of modern liberalism and progressivism, and defends individual liberty above all else. Milo wants the government out of our wallets, out of our business, and out of our lives to the greatest extent possible. read more ... |
| Shocker: Citizen Spy Networks to be Given Immunity - Thursday, January 27, 2011Paul Joseph Watson | House Homeland Security Chairman Peter King wants to shield “good citizens who report suspicious activity” from the consequences of their actions New York Republican Terrorist Peter King has introduced a bill that would protect the army of citizen spies Homeland Security hopes to recruit under Janet Napolitano’s “See Something, Say Something” snoop campaign from lawsuits brought by innocent people wrongly accused of being terrorists or extremists. “A top US lawmaker unveiled legislation on Wednesday to protect individuals who tip off authorities to potential extremist threats from lawsuits, in the event that they turn out to finger innocents,” reports AFP. House Homeland Security Chairman King, who is pushing the “See Something, Say Something Act,” wants to shield “good citizens who report suspicious activity” from facing the consequences of misidentifying innocent behavior as extremism or terror. Of course, this will only encourage untrained people to report any behavior whatsoever, no matter how benign, as potential terrorism, creating an army of enthusiastic but hapless citizen spies. “King said his bill would extend protections from individuals “who report suspicious activity anywhere,” adds the report, making reference to the DHS’ “See Something, Say Something” campaign, which characterizes paying for things with cash as a suspicious activity. The program was launched with the aid of Orwellian telescreens at Wal-Mart checkouts that play a message from Homeland Security chief Janet Napolitano encouraging Americans to report anything unusual to Wal-Mart managers. The program was subsequently expanded to include 9,000 federal buildings, as well as sports stadiums, businesses and communities in general. DHS will no longer be limited to the airport in the form of the TSA, but will become a ubiquitous entity policing everyone through a network of citizen spies and infrastructure security technology. The agency will also assume the mantle of regulating Americans’ every behavior and activity. DHS signs are already in place all over the country telling people where they can and can’t park their cars. As we have documented, every historical example of such informant programs illustrates that they never lead to a more secure society, but instead breed suspicion, distrust, fear and resentment amongst the population. The only “benefit” that such programs have ever achieved is allowing the state to more easily identify and persecute political dissidents, while discouraging the wider population from engaging in any criticism against the government. Since its official launch, the See Something, Say Something campaign has successfully wasted thousands of dollars of taxpayer money after people reported half-empty flasks of coffee and bags of clothes as deadly threats that required a response from bomb squads. Of course, as we have documented, the federal government is fully aware of the fact that Americans are just as likely to be killed by lightning strikes, peanut allergies or accident-causing deer than they are by terrorists. See Something, Say Something has little to do with combating terrorism, and everything to do with implanting the notion that Americans are constantly under surveillance from each other and may be reported to the authorities for any minor example of aberrant behavior no matter how benign. In addition, since the Department of Homeland Security has characterized political activism which targets the state as extremist and terrorist activity, Americans are being trained that exercising their constitutional rights could get them in hot water with the law should their behavior be deemed suspicious by ignorant wannabe citizen spies who see themselves as terrorist hunters. In an ironic twist, Rep. King, who is now trying to protect snoops who identify innocent behavior as extremism from lawsuits, was one of the primary co-sponsors of a 2009 House resolution that attempted to get answers as to why Homeland Security equated veterans, gun owners, Ron Paul supporters, and people who fly the U.S. flag, with violent terrorists, following the release of the agency’s infamous MIAC report. read more ... |
| Obama to Deliver Gun-grabbing Speech Soon - Thursday, January 27, 2011This is too keep American Citizens from protecting themselves from dangerous governmernt terrorism and Tryanny from criminals in office.
Kurt Nimmo | White House will unveil a brand spanking new gun control effort designed to strengthen previous anti-Second Amendment laws on the books. Prior to his SOTU, it was reported Obama would mention gun control. He didn’t, although he did preface his speech with a tribute to Rep. Gabrielle Giffords, the wounded Arizona representative who has become a poster child for professional gun-grabbers. Earlier this week, legendary gun-grabber New York mayor Michael Bloomberg called for a strict national background check system and additional restrictions on gun shows
“President Obama tonight failed to challenge old assumptions on the need for, and political possibilities of, reducing the gun violence – which he suggested should be done two weeks ago in Tucson,” complained Paul Helmke, president of the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence, the nation’s largest anti-Second Amendment group. Now administration officials say Obama will address the issue soon. In the next two weeks, Newsweek reports, the White House will unveil a brand spanking new gun control effort designed to strengthen previous anti-Second Amendment laws on the books. The Obama White House will use the mentally deranged accused Giffords shooter, Jared Lee Loughner, to push for background checks, although in order to avoid the impression that Obama is exploiting the Arizona shooting for political gain the White House will dedicate a separate speech to the issue. Obama’s handlers expect increased activity on the issue of background checks soon. “It’s a very important issue, and one I know there’s going to be debate about on the Hill,” Obama adviser David Plouffe told NBC News. The NRA has remained suspiciously silent on Obama’s plan to move on the Second Amendment in the coming weeks In the past, the NRA has teamed up with Democrats to pass gun control legislation. For instance, in the wake of the Virginia Tech shootings, the NRA worked with notorious gun-grabber Rep. Carolyn McCarthy, D-N.Y. to pass a background check bill. Last year, McCarthy introduced The No Fly, No Buy Act (H.R. 2401), a bill that will merge the TSA’s no-fly list with the National Instant Criminal Background Check System (NICS), a point-of-sale system for determining eligibility to purchase a firearm in the United States, Guam, and Puerto Rico. It was created in November of 1993 when the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act of 1993 (Brady Act), Public Law 103-159, was signed into law. Permanent provisions of the Brady Act went into effect on November 30, 1998, and required the U.S. Attorney General to establish NICS. Sources: White House to Push Gun Control, Daniel Stone, Newsweek, January 27, 2011. NRA, Democrats Team Up To Pass Gun Bill, Scott Conroy, CBS News, June 13, 2007. Gun-grabber Rep. Carolyn McCarthy Introduces “No Fly, No Buy Act,” Kurt Nimmo, Infowars.com, May 17, 2009. read more ... |
| California Residents Hit With Government Ban On Paying By Cash - Thursday, January 27, 2011Residents of Discovery Bay, California will be the first in the country to be officially denied the right to use cash to pay for public services, in a move that echoes the Department of Homeland Security’s drive to depict those who use physical money as potential terrorists District officials want to find out who “uncommonly antagonistic” individuals are by tracing requests for public records, while federal government paints cash users as potential terrorists Steve Watson Prisonplanet.com
Jan 27, 2011 Residents of Discovery Bay, California will be the first in the country to be officially denied the right to use cash to pay for public services, in a move that echoes the Department of Homeland Security’s drive to depict those who use physical money as potential terrorists. As reported by the Contra Costa Times recently, from May onwards, residents will no long be allowed to pay water bills or purchase park permits after the Discovery Bay Community Services District board voted to ban cash transactions for all services. Anyone paying for such public services must do so with a credit/debit card, a check or money order. The declaration on all US money bills that “This note is legal tender for all debts, public and private” will no longer apply in Discovery Bay when it comes to paying the government. One former director on the District Board told the Times that he believes the move has come in response to a small amount of anonymous requests for copies of public records, which were then paid for in cash, a perfectly legal right. Residents of the town have been described as “uncommonly antagonistic toward local government”, and former director David Piepho believes some are attempting to use public records “to be like snipers and take shots.” He believes that by banning cash payments, the local government will be able to identify who these individuals are or prevent them from requesting further public information. However, district representatives have denied those claims, instead suggesting that the ban is being put in place because handling cash puts city officials under threat from potential thieves. The ruling sets a dangerous precedent, not only in that it effectively limits access to public records, but also particularly in light of the fact that the federal government is pushing an agenda to identify those who exclusively use cash to pay for things and do not own credit cards as suspicious and potential terrorists. As part of the Commercial Facilities Sector Training and Resources, the following PSA video titled DHS Video No Reservations – Extension of “See Something, Say Something” program was recently released by Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The video suggests that “Terrorists and criminals do their best to cover their tracks. This may include paying by cash.” The hotel receptionist acts baffled and dumbfounded when a guest asks to pay in cash and says he does not use credit cards. Like a dutiful tattle tale she alerts her manager, concluding “I guess it’s not a problem, it’s just… WEIRD.” The narrator of the video then confirms “This is suspicious behaviour."
Of course, what really is “WEIRD” is the fact that we’re expected to believe that US citizens will find it perfectly normal being asked to report on each other for a government that wishes your every purchase to be electronically traceable on the off chance that you might be an enemy of the state. Related: Big Sis Launches DHS Takeover Of Hotels, Malls & Sports Stadiums Related: Americans Outraged As Big Sis Launches DHS Invasion Of Society Related: You Are The Resistance Against The DHS Occupation Of America read more ... |
| Google Comes Under Fire for ‘Secret’ Relationship with NSA - Wednesday, January 26, 2011PC World | Consumer Watchdog, an advocacy group largely focused in recent years on Google’s privacy practices, has called on a congressional investigation into the Internet giant’s “cozy” relationship with U.S. President Barack Obama’s administration.
Consumer Watchdog, an advocacy group largely focused in recent years on Google’s privacy practices, has called on a congressional investigation into the Internet giant’s “cozy” relationship with U.S. President Barack Obama’s administration. In a letter sent Monday, Consumer Watchdog asked Representative Darrell Issa, the new chairman of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, to investigate the relationship between Google and several government agencies. The group asked Issa to investigate contracts at several U.S. agencies for Google technology and services, the “secretive” relationship between Google and the U.S. National Security Agency, and the company’s use of a U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration airfield in California. Federal agencies have also taken “insufficient” action in response to revelations last year that Google Street View cars were collecting data from open Wi-Fi connections they passed, Consumer Watchdog said in the letter read more ... |
| Blair sister-in-law wants him tried for Iraq crimes - Wednesday, January 26, 2011AFP | KUALA LUMPUR — Former prime minister Tony Blair’s sister-in-law Lauren Booth, a rights campaigner and Muslim convert, said on Wednesday that he should be tried for war crimes over the invasion of Iraq AFP
January 26, 2011 KUALA LUMPUR — Former prime minister Tony Blair’s sister-in-law Lauren Booth, a rights campaigner and Muslim convert, said on Wednesday that he should be tried for war crimes over the invasion of Iraq. Booth, the half-sister of Blair’s barrister wife Cherie, is in Malaysia for lectures organised by Viva Palestina, a British-based organisation associated with controversial politician George Galloway. Asked whether Blair should be arrested and sent to the International Court of Justice in The Hague for war crimes, Booth replied: “Absolutely. He misled the British people and took Britain to war on a lie.” read more ... |
| NASA’s Hansen: Impose Chinese Totalitarianism on America - Tuesday, January 18, 2011NASA AND THE TERRORISTS WORKING FROM IN....
Kurt Nimmo | According to Hansen, only brutal authoritarianism is capable of forcing the climate change agenda on the American people. Totalitarian thugs love China. They love its authoritarian government and absolute political power. One such thug is the climatologist James Hansen of NASA. Hansen thinks America needs to adapt Chinese authoritarianism in order to force climate change down the throats of the American people.
Totalitarian thugs love China. They love its authoritarian government and absolute political power. One such thug is the climatologist James Hansen of NASA. Hansen thinks America needs to adapt Chinese authoritarianism in order to force climate change down the throats of the American people.
 |
|
 |
 |
|
|
| James Hansen, head of the NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies. Photo: Bill Ebbesen. |
|
|
|
“I have the impression that Chinese leadership takes a long view, perhaps because of the long history of their culture, in contrast to the West with its short election cycles,” writes Hansen. “At the same time, China has the capacity to implement policy decisions rapidly. The leaders seem to seek the best technical information and do not brand as a hoax that which is inconvenient.” Because the U.S. government has not imposed draconian climate change measures on the people, Hansen insists a boycott is in order. “After agreement with other nations, e.g., the European Union, China and these nations could impose rising internal carbon fees,” he writes. “Existing rules of the World Trade Organization would allow collection of a rising border duty on products from all nations that do not have an equivalent internal carbon fee or tax.” According to Hansen, we have two choices – either carbon fascism or a forced descent into third-world misery. “The United States then would be forced to make a choice. It could either address its fossil-fuel addiction… or… accept continual descent into second-rate and third-rate economic well-being,” he writes. “Has this guy ever heard of the Gang of Four?” muses Patrick J. Michaels of the Washington Times. “Or the Cultural Revolution, which killed those who were inconvenient? Or the Great Leap Forward, which used the best technical information to determine that a steel mill in every backyard was a good idea?” Estimates of the number killed by Mao vary, but it is generally agreed to be well over 40 million. Some say he killed over 70 million. Mao conducted bloody rural and urban purges, killing millions. The so-called Great Leap Forward resulted in the death of between 20 and over 40 million people while the Cultural Revolution killed off and additional 7 or so million. More than a million died when China took over Tibet. China’s authoritarian government routinely imprisons people for speaking out against the government. It is called the Laogai prison system. The Chinese government states that “forced labor is a means toward the goal of thought reform.” In China, “thought reform” or thought control is considered the optimal goal. It is psychological and spiritual submissiveness often achieved through violence. It is the envy of totalitarian thugs around the world. The Laogai system also engages in widespread organ harvesting. This ghoulish practice is part of the Chinese economic system and integral to its political system. In 1984, China implemented a “provisional regulation on the use of executed prisoners’ corpses and organs.” Chinese officials admit that by 1996 around 20,000 kidneys already had been harvested from executed prisoners. None of this seems to bother James Hansen. Is it possible he would support stealing organs from climate denial prisoners? Is he for an American version of the Laogai for climate change thought criminals? James Hansen should be promptly removed from his position as the head of the NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies. The House of Representatives will resume business today. Part of that business will be working to repeal Obamacare. In addition to rolling back Obama’s totalitarian health care, the House should think about getting rid of James Hansen. He is an enemy of the republic and needs to be removed from his government position immediately read more ... |
| Sask. woman could face jail time for refusing to fill out census - Friday, January 14, 2011By Jason Warick, Postmedia News SASKATOON — Following a bitter debate this past summer in which the federal government said it didn't want people threatened with jail time for refusing to answer the long-form census, a Saskatoon woman was found guilty Thursday of doing just that. "I'm stunned," Sandra Finley said outside Saskatoon provincial court immediately after the verdict. Finley, who is facing a penalty that could range from a $500 fine to three months in jail, said she will study the written decision as soon as she can and discuss with her lawyer whether to file an appeal. She'll be back in court Jan. 20 for a sentencing hearing. Finley was found guilty of failing to fill out the long-form census in 2006. She argued during her trial that she objected to the government's hiring of Lockheed Martin Canada Ltd. to provide computer hardware and software and the service of printing forms for the census. Lockheed Martin Canada is a subsidiary of the huge U.S. defense contractor, aerospace manufacturer, information security and advanced technology company. She also invoked the She also invoked the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, saying it protects citizens from being forced to turn over "a biographical core of personal information" to the state. In a written ruling, Judge Sheila Whelan said Finley "did not meet the burden" of showing her charter rights had been violated. Finley said she was particularly surprised by the guilty verdict in light of the federal government's recent changes to census requirements. Prime Minister Stephen Harper's Conservative cabinet decided last year to do away with the long-form census in favor of a voluntary household survey. While statisticians and a large number of groups decried the changes, the government said privacy concerns were a major part of their motivation for the change. Finley said Thursday she doesn't feel Canadians should be forced to reveal personal information to the federal government, such as their ethnicity, sexual preference, occupation or other information. "I feel strongly about this," Finley said. "That's not acceptable in a democracy." Finley represented herself through most of the three-year process. She said she's spent about $10,000 to fight the case. However the judge found Finley made statements of questionable relevance and reliability. The judge did say the woman's credibility was "not an issue. Finley's lawyer, Steven Seiferling, said the guilty verdict "raises privacy concerns." |
| Secretary of State Hillary Clinton is a danger to American - Friday, January 14, 2011COMMENT: Secretary of State Hillary Clinton is a danger to American citizen’s, and The Constitution of the United States of America which is the supreme law of the United States. These types of political potato heads in office, have done everything to remove the American' people’s freedoms and rights away for a police state mentality. They are the Real Terrorists!Is Government Attempting Nixonesque Dirty Trick with Loughner? Kurt Nimmo | Nixon tapes reveal effort by president to spin assassination attempt on Wallace On Wednesday, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton told CNN Jared Lee Loughner was motivated by his political views to shoot Rep. Gifford and others last week.
 |
|
 |
 |
|
|
| Nixon tried to exploit the assassination attempt on Wallace for political gain. Photo: Police detain Arthur Bremer after the shooting in 1972. |
|
|
|
“Based on what I know, this is a criminal defendant who was in some ways motivated by his own political views, who had a particular animus toward the congresswoman,” Clinton said. “And I think when you cross the line from expressing opinions that are of conflicting differences in our political environment into taking action, that’s violent action, that’s a hallmark of extremism, whether it comes from the right, the left, from al Qaeda, from anarchists, whoever it is. That is a form of extremism. So yes, I think that when you’re a criminal who is in some way pursuing criminal activity connected to — however bizarre and poorly thought through — your political views, that’s a form of extremism.” Clinton’s remarks follow the same script used by other government officials and the corporate media. Even though there is scant evidence Loughner was driven to kill by politics, the media and government continue to push the line that he was some sort of political extremist. They are determined to exploit this tragic event for political reasons. Obama’s speech in Tucson and the audience’s inappropriate response to it once again reveals that the government is not beyond exploiting such events for political gain. The corporate media’s effort to portray Loughner as a follower of the Tea Party also demonstrates how far the establishment will go to use the event to discredit political opposition.
 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the infamous Nixon tapes, the president discusses using the assassination attempt as a dirty trick. |
|
|
If you doubt the government is capable of such shameless exploitation, consider the case of Nixon and Arthur Bremer, the man who attempted to kill Alabama governor George Wallace in 1972. The Nixon tapes reveal a shrewd effort by the president to spin the assassination attempt and make Bremer out to be a Democrat party supporter. “Put a call in immediately to [White House Deputy Director of Communications Kenneth] Clawson, or somebody […] to the effect that the first reports of the [Bremer] interrogation [are] that a McGovern/Kennedy person did this. Know what I mean? Rumors are going to flow all over the place. Put it on the left right away,” Nixon told his staff. He later instructed his people to say Bremer “was a supporter of McGovern and Kennedy. Now just put that out. Just say you have it on ‘unmistakable evidence.’” According to journalist Seymour Hersh, Nixon and Colson agreed to send E. Howard Hunt to Milwaukee to place McGovern presidential campaign material at Bremer’s home. “Nixon is energized and excited by what seems to be the ultimate political dirty trick,” Hersh wrote, “the FBI and the Milwaukee police will be convinced, and will tell the world, that the attempted assassination of Wallace had its roots in left-wing Democratic politics.” Hunt would later organize the bugging of the Democratic National Committee at the Watergate office building in Washington. Hunt and fellow operative G. Gordon Liddy, along with five others arrested at the Watergate, were indicted on federal charges three months later and the scandal would ultimately result in Nixon’s resignation. Hunt and crew, however, were unable to plant the bogus evidence at Bremer’s home because the FBI had the residence sealed. The incident provides an example of how far government will go in order to exploit tragic events for political gain. Clinton’s remarks about Jared Lee Loughner have absolutely no basis in reality. There is virtually no evidence that the murder of federal judge John Roll and the attempted murder of Rep. Giffords were politically motivated. The picture now emerging of Loughner is one of a mentally disturbed individual with a tenuous grasp on reality. The corporate media is now portraying Obama’s memorial speech to a speech delivered by former president Bill Clinton following the false flag bombing of the federal building in Oklahoma City. In the wake of the bombing, Clinton managed to pass several pieces of legislation that were precursors to the Patriot Act, most notably the Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996, a law that “radically transformed the landscape of government power, and did so in ways that virtually guarantee repetition of some of law enforcement’s worst abuses of the past,” according to the Bill of Rights Defense Committee. Regardless of the obvious fact Loughner is mentally disturbed, the corporate media is setting the stage for him to be tried as a domestic terrorist. It is no mistake Secretary of State Clinton blurred the lines between Loughner and al-Qaeda, anarchists, and other forms of political extremism. Despite the emerging facts in the case, the government is determined to exploit the murders and eventually push legislation designed to further restrict the liberty of the American people and all who organize in opposition to the government. Additional research on this story by Aaron Dykes. read more ... |
| The Criminals and Gangsters in Government who murder children - Saturday, January 08, 2011America: Wake up (or Waco) You Tube | Documentary from 2000 that shows how the U.S. Government grossly overstepped Constitutional boundaries, as well as the cover up that followed with the Branch Davidians in Waco, Texas.
The story untold by mainstream media about the massacre of the Branch Davidians in Waco, Texas read more ... |
| TransCanada Oil pipeline, terrorism on American landowners - Wednesday, December 29, 2010WASHINGTON — David Daniel bought his dream plot of land six years ago — a 20-acre piece of east Texas paradise packed with hardwood trees and spring-fed creeks that burble year round.

The Oil Company that Tresspasses on Privite property that don't give a dam about laws on people's property. These Corperations think they are above laws and people's rights ...
It was Daniel’s personal Walden Pond, a Thoreau-like retreat ideal for raising a young family. U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton is expected decide early in 2011 whether to grant TransCanada a presidential permit to build the $7-billion international pipeline, which promises to dramatically expand the Canadian oil industry’s access to the U.S. market.
In East Texas and Nebraska, some landowners accuse TransCanada of bullying them into granting right-of-way access to their land. Moreover, the BP disaster in the Gulf of Mexico and several recent pipeline incidents have heightened fears a future Keystone XL rupture could pollute aquifers supplying groundwater to millions of Great Plains residents. “My family should not be forced to be lab rats in some for-profit corporate experiment,” says Mr. Daniel. Mr. Daniel says he learned about TransCanada’s proposed pipeline the hard way, when a neighbour notified him in July 2008 about trespassers on his property. Investigating the tip, Mr. Daniel said he discovered his land had already been surveyed and staked. It wasn’t until late August 2008 that Mr. Daniel received a letter with a “request for permission to survey” his property. After declining to grant permission — partly because the surveyors had already been on the land — Mr. Daniel received a letter in November 2008 from a TransCanada lawyer in Houston. The letter advised Mr. Daniel the company preferred to strike a “good faith” deal but could use “eminent domain” laws to gain access to his property. read more ... |
| Texas sells Babies blood, second lawsuit filed - Friday, December 10, 2010Jason Douglass
Infowars.com
December 10, 2010

Parents are rightly outraged by this deliberate deception with more than 38,000 demanding the immediate destruction of samples. Beginning in 2002, Texas began saving blood samples collected from infants tested for birth defects. The Texas Civil Rights Project filed suit in 2009 over a claim blood samples were improperly collected and stored without parental consent and samples were used for scientific research. A settlement was reached later that year which led to the promised destruction of over 5 million blood samples. An new suit has been filed which seeks to recover and destroy samples that were allegedly sold to pharmaceutical companies and/or used by Armed Forces for genetic research. Compensation of $1,000 per blood sample sold is also sought from Health Commissioner David Lakey. The lawsuit is filed on behalf of two parents who believe their child may have been a victim of the state sponsored blood theft. Jim Harrington, Civil Rights Project director, estimates almost 9000 samples were improperly sold but cautions that may be a conservative number. Harrington also believes the revenue collected from the sales total more than $300, 000. Parents are rightly outraged by this deliberate deception with more than 38,000 demanding the immediate destruction of samples. One parent asserted concerns over a national DNA database could be the endgame for this type of nefarious data collection effort. This is yet another example of our elected officials and private service agencies working in concert to profit from the lies they feed the unsuspecting public. As a parent myself, I no longer trust anything ‘officials’ promise. It is obvious they have ulterior motives for all actions in this case and so many others. Many people are waking up to this type of medical tyranny and saying no to needless blood samples, vaccines, and body scans. |
| BUILDING U.S. JOBS BY LEVERAGING CHINA,S GROWTH - Tuesday, December 07, 2010Viewing cable 10BEIJING231, BUILDING U.S. JOBS BY LEVERAGING CHINA,S GROWTH Reference ID Created Released Classification Origin 10BEIJING231 2010-01-28 10:10 2010-12-04 21:09 CONFIDENTIAL Embassy Beijing VZCZCXRO0181 OO RUEHCN RUEHGH DE RUEHBJ #0231/01 0281017 ZNY CCCCC ZZH O 281017Z JAN 10 FM AMEMBASSY BEIJING TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC IMMEDIATE 7810 INFO RUEHOO/CHINA POSTS COLLECTIVE IMMEDIATE RUEHXX/GENEVA IO MISSIONS COLLECTIVE IMMEDIATE RHEHNSC/NSC WASHDC IMMEDIATE RHEHAAA/WHITE HOUSE WASHINGTON DC IMMEDIATE RUEATRS/DEPT OF TREASURY WASHINGTON DC IMMEDIATE RUCPDOC/USDOC WASHDC IMMEDIATE C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 07 BEIJING 000231 SIPDIS STATE FOR E, EAP, EAP/CM STATE FOR EEB/TPP WCRAFT, CLAYTON HAYS, HHELM STATE FOR H/BETSY FITZGERALD, EAP/CM SHAWN FLATT,SCA/RA JOHN SIPLSBURY STATE PASS USTR FOR DMARANTIS, TREIF, TIM STRATFORD, ANN MAIN, JEAN GRIER DOC FOR IRA KASOFF, NICOLE MELCHER (5130), MAC (4420), IA CSHOWERS (5120) TREASURY FOR OASIA/DOHNER/WINSHIP GENEVA PASS USTR NSC FOR MFROMAN, DBELL WHITE HOUSE FOR DAXELROD, NSC PLEASE PASS TO NEC LSUMMERS EO 12958 DECL: 01/28/2019 TAGS ETRD, EFIN, ECON, PREL, WTRO, CH SUBJECT: BUILDING U.S. JOBS BY LEVERAGING CHINA,S GROWTH Classified By: Ambassador Jon M. Huntsman for reasons 1.4 (b), (d) and (e). 1.(C) SUMMARY. We face a challenging year ahead in U.S.-China relations. Ten percent U.S. unemployment coupled with our huge trade deficit with China, China,s increasing use of industrial policies to restrict market access, and an undervalued RMB, will bring greater tension to bilateral ties. The Google case adds fuel to the fire. In this context, it is critical that we find ways to better advance our bilateral economic policy. This will require sustained, focused interaction on a daily basis with the Chinese, but also serious thinking about what can best be accomplished in the run-up to and at key meetings like the S&ED and JCCT. We need to find ways to keep the relationship positive, but even more important to ensure the American worker, in particular, reaps the benefits of our bilateral economic engagement. 2.(C) We offer below some ideas on how we can move ahead on a concerted, targeted U.S. effort to boost U.S. job-creating exports of goods and services to China as well as increased job-creating Chinese investment and tourism to the United States. While we will continue to aggressively negotiate removal of Chinese barriers, we will need as well to get Chinese buy-in to several job-boosting initiatives. There are even things we can do ourselves unilaterally. Taken together, measures would include: - expanding sector-specific public private partnerships, - offering SMEs China-specific support, - building or retooling existing export promotion mechanisms, - making educational offerings in the U.S. more attractive (and in the process giving new generations of Chinese a reason for wanting to be in the U.S. market), - increasing pull factors for Chinese tourism to and investment in the U.S., and - enhancing the use of the Internet and other electronic means of communication in Chinese. 3.(C) We are aware that in a resource constrained environment, some of these will cost money, but we judge that the benefits will outweigh the costs and have a significant job-creating component. Some suggestions may be more palatable than others, and costs will vary widely, but we emphasize again that the potential benefits of each are substantial. Of course we need to do a better job in helping Americans understand that the China trade relationship can actually be a good story for U.S. jobs and pay dividends far beyond the trade sector. One final note: we accent the positive here in terms of what we can do but we certainly do not neglect that the continuing need to use available trade remedies and WTO consistent retaliatory action to ensure fairness and transparency. END SUMMARY. A ROUGH YEAR AHEAD, BUT OPPORTUNITIES ARE ENORMOUS --------------------------------------------- ----- 4.(C) Whereas 2009 was a year to build the U.S.-China relationship, 2010 will be a year that tests it. Strong Chinese economic and export growth coupled with an artificially undervalued RMB will further heighten focus on our huge trade deficit with China. Widespread perceptions that China,s industrial policies are rolling back market access add to the overall sense that China plays unfairly in the global marketplace. Other emerging issues, like Google,s problems and new rules on indigenous innovation, create a drumbeat of bad news stories for firms seeking to do BEIJING 00000231 002 OF 007 business in China. And as backdrop, the Chinese continue to signal intense displeasure with U.S. positions on issues from the Dalai Lama to Taiwan arms sales and Internet freedom, which they then cite as reasons why they may not cooperate with the U.S. on other issues. 5.(C) Yet, with ten percent U.S. unemployment, more than ever before we must ensure that our relations with China continue to pay real dividends -- especially in creating jobs for Americans. China is the world,s fastest growing major economy and should be providing opportunities for U.S. goods and services exports. Chinese companies, thanks to government-backed loans, monopolies and preferential treatment, are awash in cash and should be a source for investment in the U.S. economy -- investment that would help maintain and create jobs in the U.S. And, China,s rapidly growing middle and upper classes, while still only representing a fraction of its population, measure many tens of millions. They should provide an enormous pool of potential consumers of U.S. goods and services as well as tourism and education in the U.S. 6.(C) Virtually every major U.S. company has a presence in China. They recognize the potential and are trying hard to work around the obstacles to market access that China erects. For many of them, China was their sole profit-center during last year,s global economic downturn. However, for the small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) that are the engine of job creation in the United States, exporting to or doing business in China is still a daunting prospect. Overt market access barriers and regulatory constraints at the national and sub-national level increasingly and blatantly tilt the playing field to Chinese companies’ advantage. Chinese policies make it difficult to succeed in its market unless you establish a local presence, including production, something for which SMEs generally have neither the capital nor expertise. The opacity of China,s legal and regulatory systems and widespread official corruption also serve as barriers to U.S. businesses -- especially SMEs -- seeking to export to, or invest in, China. The lack of effective IPR protection, import-substitution policies, standards discriminate against foreign products and create obstacles to licensing of technology, and central and provincial/local government incentives to “buy local,†additionally skew the playing field against foreign firms. THE OTHER SIDE OF THE COIN: PERCEPTIONS OF U.S. DISINCENTIVES TO TRAVEL, INVESTMENT --------------------------------------------- - 7.(C) Many in China perceive the U.S. as “closed†to Chinese and Chinese companies. Chinese businesspersons looking at investment opportunities around the globe are confused and intimidated by the different investment regulations and promotional activities in the fifty U.S. states. Businesspersons, potential tourists and students remain confused by U.S. visa regulations and, particularly in contrasting them with those of our competitors in Japan and Europe, perceive them as more restrictive than they actually are, even seeing them as “hostile†to Chinese travelers. Many Chinese and some U.S. firms complain that U.S. export controls are out-dated and costing us business as Chinese buyers travel to Europe to buy the same goods or services they cannot buy from American suppliers. JOB-BOOSTING APPROACHES: PROPOSED SOLUTIONS ------------------------------------------- 8.(C) There are no easy solutions to many of these challenges. However, we offer a range of possible initiatives and policy measures for interagency consideration that could help advance our efforts to maximize job-creating benefits from our relations with China. The proposals we BEIJING 00000231 003 OF 007 offer below include ones that would require Chinese buy in as well as some that the U.S. could initiate unilaterally. They are not exhaustive nor are they intended to substitute for continued aggressive negotiation of market access, but instead are meant to provide additional complementary actions to enhance our economic relations and achieve greater benefits for the American people. WIELDING STICKS --------------- 9.(C) Recent issues related to indigenous innovation, express delivery and on-line music content, for example, underscore that USG complaints about discriminatory policies - absent a credible threat of retaliatory action or other leverage -- are falling on increasingly deaf Chinese ears. China,s relatively strong economic position in the wake of the global financial crisis has intensified that trend. As has Chinese hubris that it can call the shots and determine the playbook under which it operates without disclosing the same to foreign firms. While WTO dispute settlement has worked well when applied, many of the problems we face in China,s market do not fall within WTO disciplines. We may want to consider ways to toughen up our talking points and enhance the use -- or perception of likely use -- of other real “sticks†in order to achieve market opening, job-creating objectives. This will require some consideration of just how much disruption in our economic relations we are willing to countenance if we must carry through on threats. -- HIGHLIGHT TO CHINESE POSSIBLE CONGRESSIONAL ACTION on hot-button issues like Renminbi valuation and carbon tariffs on Chinese imports. -- EMPHASIZE THAT CHINA,S INDUSTRIAL AND EXPORT-PROMOTION POLICIES WILL PROVOKE 421 CASES to be filed and positively considered. -- COORDINATE CHINA-DIRECTED TRADE AND ECONOMIC POLICY IN BILATERAL OR MULTILATERAL SETTINGS with the EU and other trading partners, especially in Southeast Asia, that face similar challenges with China. -- CONTINUE TO PURSUE AS APPROPRIATE WTO CASES, with emphasis on sectors most closely tied to U.S. jobs. Consider possibility of using lower “probable victory†standard in deciding whether to initiate such cases. FOCUS OUR ENGAGEMENT ON JOBS ----------------------------- 10.(C) Given current U.S. unemployment levels we suggest the interagency prioritize our objectives over the next year on those areas most likely to create jobs in the U.S. In particular, we suggest: -- AN OVERARCHING FOCUS ON OPENING CHINESE MARKETS TO EXPORTS OF U.S. SERVICES in all of the key U.S.-China bilateral economic fora in 2010, including the S&ED and JCCT. For example, a strong push to eliminate joint venture requirements in select services sectors could be negotiated in exchange for a Chinese-sought concession. -- PRIORITIZE OUR “ASKS†OF CHINA ON GOODS SECTORS THAT HAVE HIGHEST JOB-CREATION POTENTIAL AND STRONG CHINESE GROWTH POTENTIAL, and intensify our advocacy in these areas through the methods outlined below. BANG FOR THE BUCK: INCREASE AND DIVERSIFY EXPORT PROMOTION --------------------------------------------- 11.(C) Since 2005, very conservative estimates show that BEIJING 00000231 004 OF 007 U.S. exports of goods to China created 285,000 jobs in the United States. In that same period, every dollar of funding for export promotion activities facilitated an average of USD 617 in exports to China. While many of the programs listed below would require either a shift in or new funding, those investments would quickly payoff. To increase U.S. exports to China in the near and medium term, it is essential that we expand and enhance existing export promotion programs, including: -- EXPAND SECTOR-SPECIFIC PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS. For example, the highly successful Aviation Cooperation Program, or ACP, was founded with support from the U.S. Trade and Development Agency (TDA). It now has over 40 corporate members, sponsored training for over 100 Chinese aviation professionals, and has introduced U.S. firms and technology throughout China,s aviation industry and regulatory structure. USG participation has helped U.S. firms build relationships with local officials that are crucial to doing business here. Likewise, an Energy Cooperation Program was established in 2009 along these same lines and healthcare is a strong candidate for immediate consideration for a similar new partnership. -- OFFER SMEs INCENTIVES TO TEST NEW MARKETS HERE. Japan, Korea, and Germany offer SMEs loans or subsidies to offset costs of travel, trade show participation, market entry, and business matchmaking. They help companies develop procurement strategies to be more price competitive. Such measures are currently proscribed under the U.S. system. -- TELL THE STATES WE ARE READY TO HELP: Present at Annual Governor’s Association meeting and other state venues on Mission services to help their states connect to counterparts in China. -- ESTABLISH FEDERAL AND/OR STATE-LEVEL INCUBATOR PROGRAMS, which help companies during market entry by Leveraging public-private partnerships to support new exporters. The German government partners with the German Chamber of Commerce in supporting the German Center Beijing. For start-up companies, the Center offers office space, conference facilities, in-depth counseling and practical advice from lawyers, accountants and market and sales professionals. In-house service providers assist German companies with a full range of services helping them compete. By developing public-private partnerships that join business expertise and government assistance, the USG could offer comparable one-stop service to U.S. companies to help level the playing field with competitors. -- DUPLICATE THE “COOPERATOR†PROGRAMS of the Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS) in other sectors. FAS spends $25 million annually on cooperator programs in China to help companies create, expand and maintain long-term export markets for U.S. agricultural products. Those funds are matched by industry. TDA funds might help. -- FURTHER EXPAND FCS ACTIVITY IN CHINA, one of the most effective ways to spur export promotion. This will have a big bang for the buck in terms of across-the-board commercial outreach. -- FUND THE HIRING OF FCS EXPORT-PROMOTION CONTRACTORS IN THE 14 CHINESE SECOND-TIER CITIES that have been identified by Commerce as having the best U.S. export opportunities (these 14 cities, each of which has a population in excess of one million, currently receive 53% of all U.S. exports to China). -- CAPITALIZE ON CHINESE OUTWARD DIRECT INVESTMENT TO THIRD COUNTRIES. For example, the Embassy could organize match-making events to introduce U.S. upstream design and managerial services firms to Chinese design/build firms that BEIJING 00000231 005 OF 007 have contracts for infrastructure projects using PRC concessional loans in Asia, Africa and Latin America. -- SEEK TO REDUCE U.S. EXPORT CONTROLS ON SALES OF JOB-CREATING TECHNOLOGIES that are readily available from our allied competitors (semiconductors manufacturing equipment, microwave chambers, composite prepregs). We know that there is an ongoing discuss about export controls in the U.S. and well recognize the national security implications of how we view export controls. ENCOURAGE CHINESE INVESTMENT IN THE U.S. ---------------------------------------- 12.(C) Apart from misperceptions of an unwelcoming political Environment and periodic complaints that key high tech investments are denied routinely due to CFIUS concerns, Chinese companies view the U.S. economy as an attractive investment destination. Dispelling harmful myths and actively promoting direct Chinese investment would help us capture a larger share of China,s rapidly growing ODI levels (PRC ODI to the world roughly doubled from $27 billion in 2007 to $56 billion in 2008), which in turn would create more U.S. jobs. In this regard, the following steps should be considered: -- THE INTERNET. We should create many more Chinese language websites that are directed at key secondary and tertiary cities in China. The more we facilitate access to information about American business opportunities -- whether through a national database or enhanced state and local databases -- the better. We believe thinking local, start-ups and grassroots first is the preferable way to go in using the Internet -- ENHANCE THE ADMINISTRATION’S INVEST IN AMERICA PROGRAM. Other countries have national promotion programs that work with Chinese companies to help them identify industry clusters or target locations based on their criteria. -- DIRECT FEDERAL FUNDS TO SUPPORT STATE INVESTMENT-SPONSORED BUYING OR INVESTMENT MISSIONS originating in China. -- ADD INVESTMENT PROMOTION TO THE AGENDA OF VISITING CABINET AND OTHER HIGH-LEVEL OFFICIALS (conduct roundtables with influential Chinese business leaders who could move substantial investment to the United States). -- CONDUCT A PUBLIC DIPLOMACY CAMPAIGN to erase misperceptions about the scope of CFIUS restraints, including use of existing bilateral fora like the S&ED, Investment Forum, and JCCT and “investment missions†to provincial capitals and second-tier cities. -- EXTEND THE VALIDITY OF U.S. B-1/B-2 visas for Chinese travelers. EXPANDING TOURISM AND EDUCATIONAL TRAVEL ---------------------------------------- 13.(C) A fundamental Chinese misperception that our doors are closed constrains growth in Chinese travel to the U.S. across a wide range of categories, as does the confusing diversity of state-level programs on tourism and education. A rich and sustained effort to overcome these factors could pay rapid and substantial job-creating dividends. We need to create a buzz in the street that travel to America for business for other reasons is actually pretty easy. And that traveling in America is generally easy and without restrictions. We propose the U.S. consider: -- ESTABLISH A CHINA-SPECIFIC TRAVEL AND TOURISM AUTHORITY. BEIJING 00000231 006 OF 007 A national body to encourage the rapidly growing pool of Chinese tourists to spend leisure time in the U.S. could accelerate growth in individual travel and boost group travel. Local U.S. tourism offices need help understanding what attracts Chinese visitors. -- DUPLICATE IN OTHER FIRST-TIER CHINESE CITIES THE NATIONAL TOURISM ASSOCIATION (NTA) program office that was created in DOC,s Shanghai Commercial Center (NTA received a supporting Market Cooperator Grant). -- INCREASE THE FREQUENCY OF OUTREACH PROGRAMS to educate Chinese public on the visa process, including intense public diplomacy through media channels. The more visitors, the more money they will spend and we enhanced “see America†program will create good service sector related jobs in the travel and tourism industry. -- SEEK TO EXTEND VISA RECIPROCITY FROM ONE TO FIVE YEARS IN ALL VISA CATEGORIES. The Embassy has just negotiated the extension of visa reciprocity for select categories to five years. Expanding this to all visa categories would dramatically help promote U.S. openness to legitimate travel. (By contrast, U.S. visa reciprocity with Thailand is ten years.) -- EXPAND STATE,S EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL AFFAIRS INITIATIVES to provide student advising and enhance student mobility between the U.S. and China as well as to support American universities, professional and technical training efforts to bring more Chinese adult students to the United States for training. It is notable that the number of Chinese in the United States for non-university education has nearly doubled in the last few years, demonstrating that U.S. education services are sought by Chinese and are an industry in which jobs could be created. -- EXPAND FEDERAL DIRECTION AND SUPPORT TO PROMOTE community and state college recruitment of Chinese graduate and undergraduate students. -- WORK TO CHANGE CHINESE PERCEPTIONS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF UNIVERSITY RANKINGS and promote enrollment in a broader range of U.S. institutions. DANGLING CARROTS ---------------- 14.(C) Where China is already seeking assistance from us or encouraging investment, we should capitalize on that interest for job promotion. For example: -- ADVERTISE MORE EFFECTIVELY FOREIGN-FRIENDLY INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES IN CHINA, especially those that are already with PRC encouragement and which are tied to follow-on U.S. goods exports (current examples include mining and logistics management). -- IDENTIFY AND REDUCE USG-CREATED BARRIERS TO GROWTH IN THOSE SECTORS WITH THE MOST POTENTIAL IN CHINA. Green technologies is the most potent example. U.S. subsidies to R&D in green technologies, specifically solar panels, expire biannually. That unpredictability stymies long-term R&D by U.S. companies in the field, a detriment to their competitiveness in the industry. Establishing a long-term program for R&D would increase U.S. competitiveness. -- LEVERAGE CHINESE INTEREST IN TECHNICAL EXCHANGES WITH EPA, FDA AND OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES to extract specific commitments on expanded market opportunities for U.S.-based services in related fields, consistent with U.S. health and safety interests. BEIJING 00000231 007 OF 007 -- RE-EXAMINE EXPORT CONTROLS ON COMMERCIALLY-IMPORTANT TECHNOLOGY being made available to China by allied competitors (i.e. semiconductor manufacturing equipment; aviation; EMC and microwave chambers). HUNTSMAN read more ... |
|